CN211297077U - An installation state detection circuit - Google Patents

Abstract

The utility model provides an installation status's power module, power module is applicable to and supplies power for LED straight tube lamp. The power module comprises an installation detection module. The installation detection module comprises a detection controller, a switch circuit, a bias circuit, a start control circuit and a detection period decision circuit. The detection controller sends out a control signal to turn on the switch circuit temporarily in the detection stage so as to detect whether extra impedance is connected to the detection path of the power supply module or not in the switch turn-on period. The detection period determining circuit is used for sampling the electric signal on the detection path so as to count the time length of the detection controller operating in the detection stage. The start control circuit determines whether to disable the detection controller according to the counting result, so as to stop the detection controller.

Description

An installation state detection circuit

technical field

The utility model relates to the field of lighting appliances, in particular to an installation state detection circuit and an assembly of an LED straight tube lamp, which comprises a light source, a power supply module and a lamp holder.

Background technique

LED lighting technology is rapidly developing and replacing traditional incandescent and fluorescent lamps. Compared with fluorescent lamps filled with inert gas and mercury, LED straight tube lamps do not need to be filled with mercury. Therefore, in a variety of home or workplace lighting systems dominated by lighting options such as traditional fluorescent bulbs and tubes, LED straight tube lamps have unsurprisingly gradually become a highly anticipated lighting option. The advantages of LED straight tube lamps include improved durability and longevity and lower energy consumption. So, all things considered, LED straight tubes will be a cost-effective lighting option.

It is known that LED straight tube lamps generally include a lamp tube, a circuit board with a light source inside the lamp tube, and lamp caps disposed at both ends of the lamp tube. The lamp cap is provided with a power supply, and the light source and the power supply are electrically connected through the circuit board . However, the existing LED straight tube lamps still have the following quality problems to be solved. For example, the circuit board is generally a rigid board. When the lamp tube is broken, especially when it is partially broken, the entire LED straight tube light is still in the straight tube. In this state, users will mistakenly think that the lamp can still be used, so they can install it by themselves, which may easily lead to electric leakage and electric shock accidents. The applicant has proposed corresponding structural improvement methods in previous cases, such as CN105465640U.

Furthermore, the circuit design of the existing LED straight tube lamp fails to provide an appropriate solution for conforming to the relevant certification specifications. For example, there are no electronic components inside fluorescent lamps, and it is quite simple to comply with UL certification and EMI specifications for lighting equipment. However, the LED straight tube lamp has quite a lot of electronic components in the lamp, it is important to consider the influence caused by the layout of the electronic components, and it is not easy to meet the UL certification and EMI specifications.

Then, the driving signal used for LED driving is DC signal, but the driving signal of fluorescent lamp is low-frequency and low-voltage AC signal of mains or high-frequency and high-voltage AC signal of electronic ballast, and even when applied to emergency lighting, the battery of emergency lighting is a DC signal. The voltage and frequency ranges between different driving signals are greatly different, and it is not easy to rectify them to be compatible.

There are mainly two ways for the light emitting diode (ie, LED straight tube lamp) lamps on the market to replace the current lighting devices, namely, to replace the fluorescent lamps.

One is a ballast-compatible light-emitting diode lamp (T-LED lamp), which directly replaces the traditional fluorescent lamp with a light-emitting diode lamp without changing the circuit of the original lighting device. The other is a ballast by-pass LED tube, which saves the traditional ballast on the circuit and directly connects the mains to the LED tube. The latter is suitable for newly renovated environment, using new driving circuit and light-emitting diode lamps. Among them, ballast-compatible LED lamps are generally referred to as "Type-A" LED lamps, and ballast bypass LED lamps with built-in lamp drive are generally referred to as "Type-B" type. LED tube.

In the prior art, because the lamp holder corresponding to the Type-B light-emitting diode lamp is directly connected to the mains signal without passing through the ballast first, when the LED straight tube lamp is a double-ended power supply, the LED direct If one of the two ends of the tube lamp has been inserted into the lamp socket and the other end has not been inserted into the lamp socket, the user may risk electric shock when touching the metal or conductive part of the uninserted lamp socket end.

Many well-known international lighting manufacturers are also unable to further promote the technology of Type-B LED lamps driven by double-ended power supply due to the above-mentioned technical problems. Take GE Lighting as an example, in its public announcements titled "Considering LED Tubes" (reviewed on July 8, 2014) and in its announcements titled "Dollars&Sense: Type B LED Tubes" ( (Reviewed on October 21, 2016), Qiqi Lighting Co., Ltd. has repeatedly mentioned that Type-B type LED tubes have electric shock risks and other defects that cannot be overcome, so they will not conduct further product commercialization and sales for Type-B type LED tubes. Consider.

In addition, when the LED straight tube lamp adopts double-ended power supply (for example, an 8-foot 42W LED lamp with double-ended power supply), the two ends of the lamp head (at least one pin of each) must be along the lamp in the lamp tube. A wire (called Line or Neutral) is arranged on a board (such as a flexible circuit board) for receiving an external driving voltage. This wire Line is different from (1) the LED+ wire and LED- wire connected to the positive and negative poles of the LED unit and (2) the ground wire (Ground) in the lamp tube. However, because the wire Line passes through the lamp board and is very close to the LED+ wire, there is a parasitic capacitance (for example, about 200PF) between the two wires, so the wire Line is prone to generate or be affected by electromagnetic interference (EMI). , resulting in poor power conduction.

In view of the above problems, the present invention and its embodiments are proposed below.

Utility model content

Numerous embodiments of the "invention" are described in this summary. However, the term "invention" is only used to describe certain embodiments disclosed in this specification (whether in the claims or not), rather than a complete description of all possible embodiments. Certain embodiments of the various features or aspects described below as "the present invention" may be combined in various ways to form an LED straight tube lamp or a portion thereof.

The utility model provides a new LED straight tube lamp and an installation detection module, as well as various aspects (and features) thereof, to solve the above problems.

The utility model provides a detection circuit for an installation state, which is suitable for being set in a power supply module of an LED straight tube lamp with a Type-B double-ended power supply mode, and is characterized in that it comprises: a detection controller for detecting the Whether the LED straight tube lamp has abnormal impedance access, and sends out a corresponding control signal, wherein when the LED straight tube lamp has abnormal impedance access, the detection controller sends out a control signal with a pulse waveform; It is connected to the power supply circuit of the LED straight tube lamp, and is controlled by the control signal sent by the detection controller to switch on or off state; and a delay control circuit is used for the operation of the detection controller. After the duration reaches the set duration, a stop signal is sent to the detection controller, wherein, when the detection controller still determines that the LED straight tube lamp has abnormal impedance access after the set duration, the detection controller The controller stops operating in response to the stop signal, and keeps the switch circuit in an off state.

In an embodiment of the present invention, when the LED straight tube lamp is connected with no abnormal impedance, the detection controller sends an enabling control signal to make the switch circuit enter a conducting state.

In an embodiment of the present invention, when the detection controller determines that the LED straight tube lamp has no abnormal impedance connection after the set time period, the detection controller shields the stop signal and continues to send out an enable control signal to maintain the switch circuit in an on state.

In an embodiment of the present invention, when the detection controller determines that the LED straight tube lamp has no abnormal impedance connected within the set time period, the delay control circuit stops sending the stop signal.

In an embodiment of the present invention, the detection circuit of the installation state further includes: a bias circuit for taking electricity from the power supply circuit, and generating a driving voltage to the detection controller according to it, so that all the The detection controller is activated and operated in response to the driving voltage.

In an embodiment of the present invention, the bias circuit generates the driving voltage based on the rectified signal.

In an embodiment of the present invention, the bias circuit generates the driving voltage based on an AC signal on the input end of the LED straight tube lamp.

In an embodiment of the present invention, the delay control circuit includes: a detection period determination circuit, which samples the electrical signal on the power supply circuit to count the working duration, and outputs an output indicating whether the working duration reaches the an indication signal for setting the duration; and a start-up control circuit, electrically connected to the detection controller and the detection period decision circuit, for determining whether to send the abort signal according to the indication signal, wherein: when the indication signal When indicating that the working duration reaches the set duration, the startup control circuit sends the stop signal in response to the indication signal, and when the indication signal indicates that the working duration does not reach the set duration, The activation control circuit does not issue the abort signal in response to the indication signal. (8,12,16)

In an embodiment of the present invention, the installation state detection circuit further includes a bias circuit, and the startup control circuit includes: a transistor, the first end of which is electrically connected to the power supply end of the detection circuit or enabled terminal, the second terminal of which is electrically connected to the ground terminal, and the control terminal of which is electrically connected to the detection period determination circuit to receive the indication signal. (9,13,17)

In an embodiment of the present invention, when the indication signal indicates that the operating duration reaches the set duration, the transistor is turned on in response to the indication signal, so that the driving voltage output terminal of the bias circuit is turned on. is electrically connected to the ground terminal; and when the indication signal indicates that the operating duration does not reach the set duration, the transistor is turned off in response to the indication signal. (10,14,18)

The utility model provides a power supply module, which is characterized by comprising: a rectifier circuit for receiving an external driving signal from a rectifying input end, and rectifying the external driving signal to generate a rectified signal at the rectifying output end; filtering a circuit, connected to the rectifier output, receives the rectified signal and generates a filtered signal; a drive circuit, connected to the filter circuit, wherein the rectifier circuit, the filter circuit and the drive circuit are sequentially connected to the power supply on the circuit, so as to provide the driving signal through the power circuit; and the detection circuit of the installation state according to any one of claims 1-7.

The utility model provides an LED straight tube lamp, which is characterized by comprising: a lamp tube; two lamp caps, respectively arranged on both sides of the lamp tube; the power supply module as claimed in claim 11; and an LED module, arranged on the The lamp tube is electrically connected to the power module for lighting in response to the driving signal.

The utility model provides a detection module, which is suitable for being arranged in a power supply module of a Type-B LED straight tube lamp with double-ended power supply, and is used to detect whether the LED straight tube lamp has abnormal impedance access. The detection module is configured to perform the following steps: turn the detection path on for a period of time and then turn it off; sample the electrical signal on the detection path while the detection path is on; determine the sampled electrical signal Whether it conforms to the preset signal characteristics; if it is determined that the sampled electrical signal conforms to the preset signal characteristics, control the switch circuit to operate in the first configuration; if it is determined that the sampled electrical signal does not conform to the preset signal characteristics, control the The switch circuit operates in the second configuration; and after it is determined that the sampled electrical signal does not conform to the predetermined signal characteristic, the above steps are repeatedly performed.

The utility model provides a power supply module, which is characterized by comprising: a rectifier circuit for receiving an external driving signal from a rectifying input end, and rectifying the external driving signal to generate a rectified signal at the rectifying output end; filtering a circuit, connected to the rectifier output, receives the rectified signal and generates a filtered signal; a drive circuit, connected to the filter circuit, wherein the rectifier circuit, the filter circuit and the drive circuit are sequentially connected to the power supply on the loop to provide the driving signal through the power loop; and the detection module as claimed in claim 19 .

The utility model provides an LED straight tube lamp, which is characterized by comprising: a lamp tube; two lamp caps, respectively arranged on both sides of the lamp tube; a power module as claimed in claim 20; and an LED module, arranged on The lamp tube is electrically connected to the power module for lighting in response to the driving signal.

The utility model provides an LED straight tube lamp, which is characterized by comprising: a lamp tube; two lamp caps, which are respectively arranged on both sides of the lamp tube; and an LED module, which is arranged in the lamp tube and is used to respond to a driving signal The power module is electrically connected to the LED module to generate the driving signal, wherein the power module includes: an installation detection module for detecting the LED straight tube when the LED straight tube lamp is powered on Whether the lamp has abnormal impedance access, if the installation detection module determines that there is abnormal impedance access, the installation detection module limits the leakage current on the power supply circuit of the LED straight tube lamp to be less than a safe value; the first resistor, its third One end is electrically connected to the power supply loop, and the second end is electrically connected to the power supply end of the installation detection module; the first capacitor, the first end of which is electrically connected to the second end of the first resistor, and its The second terminal is electrically connected to the ground terminal; the first terminal of the second resistor is electrically connected to the second terminal of the first resistor and the first terminal of the first capacitor; the first terminal of the second capacitor is electrically connected the second end of the second resistor is connected to the ground end; the first end of the transistor is electrically connected to the power supply end or the enabling end of the installation detection module, and the second end of the transistor is electrically connected to the the ground terminal, and its control terminal is electrically connected to the second capacitor.

In an embodiment of the present invention, the LED straight tube lamp further includes: a diode, the cathode of which is electrically connected to the first end of the second resistor, and the anode of which is electrically connected to the second end of the second resistor. terminal and the first terminal of the second capacitor.

In an embodiment of the present invention, the LED straight tube lamp further comprises: a Zener diode, the cathode of which is electrically connected to the second end of the second resistor and the first end of the second capacitor, and which The anode is electrically connected to the control terminal of the transistor, wherein the second capacitor is electrically connected to the transistor through the Zener diode.

The utility model provides an LED straight tube lamp, which is characterized by comprising: a lamp tube; two lamp caps, which are respectively arranged on both sides of the lamp tube; and an LED module, which is arranged in the lamp tube and is used to respond to a driving signal The power module is electrically connected to the LED module to generate the driving signal, wherein the power module includes: an installation detection module for detecting the LED straight tube when the LED straight tube lamp is powered on Whether the lamp has abnormal impedance access, if the installation detection module determines that there is abnormal impedance access, the installation detection module limits the leakage current on the power supply circuit of the LED straight tube lamp to less than a safe value; the first diode, The anode is electrically connected to the power supply circuit; the first resistor, the first end of which is electrically connected to the cathode of the first diode; the first capacitor, the first end of which is electrically connected to the second end of the first resistor, and the second end of the transistor is electrically connected to the grounding end; the first end of the transistor is electrically connected to the power supply end or the enabling end of the installation detection module, the second end of the transistor is electrically connected to the grounding end, and the control end of the transistor is electrically connected connected to the second capacitor.

In an embodiment of the present invention, the LED straight tube lamp further comprises: a second resistor connected in parallel with the first capacitor.

In an embodiment of the present invention, the LED straight tube lamp further comprises: a third resistor, the first end of which is electrically connected to the control end of the transistor, and the second end of which is electrically connected to the grounding end.

In an embodiment of the present invention, the LED straight tube lamp further comprises: a first Zener diode, the cathode of which is electrically connected to the second end of the first resistor and the first end of the first capacitor, And its anode is electrically connected to the control terminal of the transistor, wherein the first capacitor is electrically connected to the transistor through the first Zener diode.

In an embodiment of the present invention, the LED straight tube lamp further comprises: a second Zener diode connected in parallel with the first capacitor.

In an embodiment of the present invention, the LED straight tube lamp further comprises: a first voltage dividing resistor electrically connected between the cathode of the first diode and the first end of the first resistor ; a second voltage dividing resistor, the first end of which is electrically connected to the first end of the first resistor, and the second end of which is electrically connected to the first end of the first capacitor; and a third voltage dividing resistor, the first end of which is electrically connected One end is electrically connected to the second end of the second voltage dividing resistor, and the second end thereof is electrically connected to the grounding end.

Description of drawings

1A is a plan cross-sectional view showing the arrangement of the lamp board and the power module of the LED straight tube lamp in the lamp tube according to an embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 1B is a plan sectional view showing the arrangement of the lamp board and the power module of the LED straight tube lamp according to another embodiment of the present invention inside the lamp tube; FIG. 1C is a plan sectional view showing the LED according to another embodiment of the present invention. The configuration of the lamp board and the power module of the straight tube lamp inside the lamp tube;

2 is a plan cross-sectional view showing that the flexible circuit board of the lamp board of the LED straight tube lamp has a double-layer structure according to an embodiment of the present invention;

3A is a perspective view showing the pads of the flexible circuit board of the lamp board of the LED straight tube lamp according to an embodiment of the present invention, which are connected to the printed circuit board of the power supply by welding;

FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of the wires disposed along the lamp board between the lamp caps at both ends of the LED straight tube lamp according to an embodiment;

4A is a partial schematic diagram of a welding structure of a lamp board and a power source according to an embodiment of the present invention;

4B to 4D are schematic diagrams of a welding process between a lamp board and a power source according to an embodiment of the present invention;

5 is a perspective view showing that the flexible circuit board of the lamp board of the LED straight tube lamp according to another embodiment of the present invention is combined with the printed circuit board of the power supply to form a circuit board assembly;

Figure 6 is a perspective view showing another configuration of the circuit board assembly of Figure 5;

7 is a perspective view showing another embodiment of the present invention, the flexible circuit board of the light board has a double-layer circuit layer;

8A is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

8B is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

8C is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

8D is a circuit block diagram of the LED lamp according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

8E is a schematic circuit block diagram of an LED lamp according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

8F is a schematic circuit block diagram of an LED lamp according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

8G is a circuit block diagram illustrating the connection between the LED straight tube lamp and an external power source according to a preferred embodiment;

9A is a schematic circuit diagram of a rectifier circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

9B is a schematic circuit diagram of a rectifier circuit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

9C is a schematic circuit diagram of a rectifier circuit according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

9D is a schematic circuit diagram of a rectifier circuit according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

9E is a schematic circuit diagram of a rectifier circuit according to a fifth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

9F is a schematic circuit diagram of a rectifier circuit according to a sixth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

10A is a schematic block diagram of a filter circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

10B is a schematic circuit diagram of a filter unit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

10C is a schematic circuit diagram of a filter unit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

11A is a schematic circuit diagram of an LED module according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

11B is a schematic circuit diagram of an LED module according to a second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

11C is a schematic diagram of the wiring of the LED module according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

11D is a schematic diagram of the wiring of the LED module according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

11E is a schematic diagram of the wiring of the LED module according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

11F is a schematic diagram of the wiring of the LED module according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

11G is a schematic diagram of the wiring of the LED module according to the fifth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

11H is a schematic diagram of the wiring of the LED module according to the sixth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

11I is a schematic diagram of the wiring of the LED module according to the seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention;

11J is a schematic circuit diagram of a power supply pad according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention;

11K is a schematic diagram of the wiring of the LED module according to the eighth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

12A is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of a power supply module for an LED lamp according to a third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

12B is a circuit block diagram of a driving circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

12C is a schematic diagram of signal waveforms of the driving circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

12D is a schematic diagram of signal waveforms of the driving circuit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

12E is a schematic diagram of signal waveforms of the driving circuit according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

12F is a schematic diagram of signal waveforms of the driving circuit according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

12G is a schematic circuit diagram of a driving circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

12H is a schematic circuit diagram of a driving circuit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

12I is a schematic circuit diagram of a driving circuit according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

12J is a schematic circuit diagram of a driving circuit according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

13A is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

13B is a schematic circuit diagram of an overvoltage protection circuit according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention;

14A is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the fifth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

14B is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the sixth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

14C is a schematic circuit diagram of an auxiliary power module according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention;

14D is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention;

14E is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of the auxiliary power module according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

14F is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the eighth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

14G is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of the auxiliary power module according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

14H is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of an auxiliary power module according to a third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

14I is a schematic diagram of the configuration of the auxiliary power module in the LED straight tube lamp according to the preferred embodiment of the present invention;

14J is a schematic diagram of the configuration of the auxiliary power module in the lamp holder according to the preferred embodiment of the present invention;

14K is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of the LED straight tube lighting system according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

14L is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of the LED straight tube lighting system according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

14M is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of the LED straight tube lighting system according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

14N is a schematic circuit diagram of the auxiliary power module according to the first embodiment of the present invention;

14O is a schematic circuit diagram of an auxiliary power module according to the second embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 14P is a sequence diagram when the auxiliary power module according to the preferred embodiment of the present invention is in a normal state;

FIG. 14Q is a sequence diagram when the auxiliary power module of the preferred embodiment of the present invention is in an abnormal state;

15A is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of the LED straight tube lighting system according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

15B is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of the LED straight tube lighting system according to the fifth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

16A is a schematic circuit diagram of an installation detection module according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

16B is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

16C is a schematic circuit diagram of the detection and determination circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

16D is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection result latch circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

16E is a schematic circuit diagram of a switch circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

17A is a schematic circuit diagram of an installation detection module according to a second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

17B is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

17C is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection and determination circuit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

17D is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection result latch circuit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

17E is a schematic circuit diagram of a switch circuit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

18A is a schematic circuit diagram of an installation detection module according to a third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

18B is a schematic diagram of an internal circuit module of an integrated control module according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

18C is a schematic circuit diagram of a pulse generating auxiliary circuit according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

18D is a schematic circuit diagram of the detection and determination auxiliary circuit according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

18E is a schematic circuit diagram of a switch circuit according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

19A is a schematic diagram of a circuit module of an installation detection module according to a fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

19B is a schematic circuit diagram of a signal processing unit according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

19C is a schematic circuit diagram of a signal generating unit according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

19D is a schematic circuit diagram of a signal acquisition unit according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

19E is a schematic circuit diagram of a switch unit according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention; and

19F is a schematic circuit diagram of an internal power detection unit according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

20A is a schematic diagram of a circuit module of an installation detection module according to a fifth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

20B is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection path circuit according to the fifth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

20C is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection path circuit according to the fifth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

20D is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection path circuit according to the fifth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

20E is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection path circuit according to the fifth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

21A is a schematic diagram of a circuit module of an installation detection module according to the sixth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

21B is a schematic circuit diagram of an installation detection module according to the sixth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

21C is a schematic circuit diagram of an installation detection module according to the sixth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

22A is a schematic diagram of a circuit module of an installation detection module according to a seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention;

22B is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to the seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention;

22C is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection path circuit according to the seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention;

22D is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection and determination circuit according to the seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention;

22E is a schematic circuit diagram of a bias voltage adjustment circuit according to the seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention;

22F is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to the seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention;

22G is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection path circuit according to the seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention;

23 is a schematic diagram of the installation state of the LED straight tube lamp according to the preferred embodiment of the present invention;

24A is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of a power supply module for an LED straight tube lamp according to a ninth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

24B is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection circuit and a driving circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

24C is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection circuit and a driving circuit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

25A is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the tenth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

25B is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection trigger circuit and a drive circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

25C is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of an integrated controller according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention;

25D is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection trigger circuit and a drive circuit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

26A is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the eleventh preferred embodiment of the present invention;

26B is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the twelfth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

27A is a schematic diagram of a signal timing sequence of a power supply module according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

27B is a schematic diagram of the signal timing of the power module according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

27C is a schematic diagram of the signal timing of the power supply module according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

27D is a schematic diagram of the waveform of the detection current according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

27E is a schematic diagram of the waveform of the detection current according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

27F is a schematic diagram of the waveform of the detection current according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

28A is a schematic diagram of a circuit module of an installation detection module according to an eighth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

28B is a schematic circuit diagram of a bias circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

28C is a schematic circuit diagram of a bias circuit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

29 is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the detection pulse generation module of the preferred embodiment of the present invention;

30A is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to a third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

30B is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

31A is a schematic diagram of the signal timing of the detection pulse generation module according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention;

31B is a schematic diagram of the signal timing of the detection pulse generation module according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention;

31C is a schematic diagram of the signal timing of the detection pulse generation module according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention;

31D is a schematic diagram of the signal timing of the detection pulse generation module according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

32A is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the thirteenth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

32B is a schematic circuit diagram of the installation detection module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the thirteenth preferred embodiment of the present invention;

32C is a schematic circuit diagram of the installation detection module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the thirteenth preferred embodiment of the present invention; and

32D is a schematic circuit diagram of the installation detection module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the thirteenth preferred embodiment of the present invention.

FIG. 33 is a flow chart of the steps of the lamp replacement detection method according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention.

Detailed ways

The utility model proposes a new LED straight tube lamp to solve the problems mentioned in the background art and the above problems. In order to make the above objects, features and advantages of the present utility model more clearly understood, the specific embodiments of the present utility model are described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. The following descriptions of the various embodiments of the present invention are for illustration and illustration only, and do not represent all embodiments of the present invention or limit the present invention to specific embodiments.

In addition, it should be noted that, in order to clearly illustrate the features of each utility model disclosed in the present disclosure, each embodiment is described below by way of a plurality of embodiments. It does not mean, however, that each embodiment can only be implemented in isolation. Those skilled in the art can design together feasible implementation examples according to requirements, or bring and replace replaceable components/modules in different embodiments according to design requirements. In other words, the embodiments taught in this case are not limited to the aspects described in the following embodiments, but also include, where feasible, the belt exchange and arrangement among the various embodiments/components/modules, which will be described here first. .

Although the applicant has proposed in previous cases, such as CN105465640U, the use of flexible circuit boards to achieve an improved method of reducing leakage accidents, some embodiments can be combined with the circuit method used in the present application to have more significant effects. .

Please refer to FIG. 1A . FIG. 1A is a plan cross-sectional view showing the arrangement of the lamp board and the power module of the LED straight tube lamp in the lamp tube according to an embodiment of the present invention. The LED straight tube light includes a light panel 2 and a power source 5 , wherein the power source 5 can be a modular type, that is, the power source 5 can be an integrated power module. The power source 5 can be an integrated single unit (for example, all components of the power source 5 are arranged in a body) and arranged in a lamp cap at one end of the lamp tube. Alternatively, the power supply 5 may be two separate components (eg, the elements of the power supply 5 are divided into two parts) and provided in the two lamp caps respectively.

In this embodiment, the power supply 5 is shown as an example integrated into a module (hereinafter referred to as the power supply module 5 ), and the power supply module 5 is disposed in the lamp head parallel to the axial direction cyd of the lamp tube. More specifically, the axial direction cyd of the lamp tube refers to the direction in which the axis line of the lamp tube points, which is perpendicular to the end wall of the lamp cap. The axial direction cyd of the power module 5 being parallel to the lamp tube means that the circuit board of the power module configured with the electronic components is parallel to the axial direction cyd, that is, the normal line of the circuit board is perpendicular to the axial direction cyd. Wherein, in different embodiments, the power module 5 can be set to the position where the axial cyd passes, the upper side or the lower side of the axial cyd (relative to the drawings), and the present invention is not limited thereto.

Please refer to FIG. 1B . FIG. 1B is a plan cross-sectional view showing the arrangement of the lamp board and the power module of the LED straight tube lamp in the lamp tube according to another embodiment of the present invention. The main difference between this embodiment and the aforementioned embodiment in FIG. 1A is that the power module 5 is disposed in the lamp cap perpendicular to the axial direction cyd of the lamp tube, that is, parallel to the end wall of the lamp cap. In this embodiment, although the drawings show that the electronic components on the power module 5 are arranged on the side facing the inside of the lamp tube, the present invention is not limited to this. In another exemplary embodiment, the electronic components may also be arranged on the side close to the end wall of the lamp cap. Under this configuration, since the lamp cap can be provided with an opening, the heat dissipation effect of the electronic components can be improved.

In addition, since the vertical configuration of the power module 5 can increase the available accommodating space in the lamp head, the power module 5 can be further split into a configuration of multiple circuit boards, as shown in FIG. 1C , wherein FIG. 1C is a A plan cross-sectional view showing the arrangement of the lamp board and the power module of the LED straight tube lamp in the lamp tube according to another embodiment of the present invention. The main difference between this embodiment and the aforementioned embodiment in FIG. 1B is that the power supply 5 is composed of two power supply modules 5a and 5b. 5a and 5b are facing the end wall of the lamp cap and arranged in sequence along the axial direction cyd. More specifically, the power modules 5a and 5b respectively have independent circuit boards, and corresponding electronic components are arranged on the circuit boards, wherein the two circuit boards can be connected together through various electrical connection means, so that the overall power circuit The topology is similar to the previous Figure 1A or Figure 1B embodiment. With the configuration of FIG. 1C , the accommodating space in the lamp head can be used more effectively, so that the circuit layout space of the power modules 5 a and 5 b is larger. In an exemplary embodiment, electronic components (such as capacitors and inductors) that may generate more heat can be selected to be arranged on the power module 5b on the side close to the end wall of the lamp head, thereby increasing the heat dissipation of the electronic components through the opening on the lamp head. Effect. On the other hand, in order to allow the power modules 5a and 5b to be vertically arranged in the cylindrical lamp holder, the circuit boards of the power modules 5a and 5b can adopt an octagonal structure to maximize the layout area.

As far as the connection mode between the power modules 5a and 5b is concerned, the separated power modules 5a and 5b can be connected by male plugs and female plugs, or connected by wire bonding, and the outer layer of the wire can be wrapped with an insulating sleeve as a Electrical insulation protection. In addition, the power modules 5a and 5b can also be directly connected together by means of rivets, solder paste bonding, welding or wire binding.

Please refer to Fig. 2, the flexible circuit board as the light board 2 includes a circuit layer 2a having a conductive effect, the light source 202 is arranged on the circuit layer 2a, and is electrically connected with the power supply through the circuit layer 2a. In this specification, the circuit layer having a conductive effect may also be referred to as a conductive layer. Referring to FIG. 2 , in this embodiment, the flexible circuit board may further include a dielectric layer 2b, which is stacked with the circuit layer 2a. The area of the dielectric layer 2b and the circuit layer 2a is equal to or slightly smaller than that of the dielectric layer. The wiring layer 2a is used for disposing the light source 202 on the surface opposite to the dielectric layer 2b. The circuit layer 2a is electrically connected to a power source 5 (refer to FIG. 1 ) for allowing a DC current to pass therethrough. The dielectric layer 2b is adhered to the inner peripheral surface of the lamp tube 1 through the adhesive sheet 4 on the surface opposite to the circuit layer 2a. Wherein, the circuit layer 2a may be a metal layer, or a power supply layer with wires (eg, copper wires).

In other embodiments, the outer surfaces of the circuit layer 2a and the dielectric layer 2b may each be covered with a circuit protection layer, and the circuit protection layer may be an ink material with functions of solder resist and reflection enhancement. Alternatively, the flexible circuit board can be a one-layer structure, that is, it is composed of only one layer of circuit layer 2a, and then the surface of the circuit layer 2a is covered with a circuit protection layer of the above-mentioned ink material, and the protection layer can be provided with openings , so that the light source can be electrically connected to the circuit layer. Either a one-layer circuit layer 2a structure or a two-layer structure (a layer of circuit layer 2a and a layer of dielectric layer 2b) can be matched with a circuit protection layer. The circuit protection layer may also be provided on one surface of the flexible circuit board, for example, the circuit protection layer is only provided on the side with the light source 202 . It should be noted that the flexible circuit flexible board is a one-layer circuit layer structure 2a or a two-layer structure (a layer of circuit layer 2a and a layer of dielectric layer 2b), which is significantly higher than the general three-layer flexible substrate (two-layer circuit layer). A dielectric layer is sandwiched between the layers) is more flexible and bendable, so it can be matched with a lamp 1 with a special shape (for example, a non-straight lamp), and the flexible circuit soft board is closely attached on the tube wall of lamp 1. In addition, it is a better configuration for the flexible circuit board to be close to the tube wall, and the fewer layers of the flexible circuit board, the better the heat dissipation effect, and the lower the material cost, the more environmentally friendly, and the flexibility There is also a chance to improve the effect.

Of course, the flexible circuit board of the present invention is not limited to a one-layer or two-layer circuit board. In other embodiments, the flexible circuit board includes a multi-layer circuit layer 2a and a multi-layer dielectric layer 2b. The electrical layer 2b and the circuit layer 2a are alternately stacked in sequence and disposed on the side of the circuit layer 2a opposite to the light source 202. The light source 202 is disposed on the uppermost layer of the multilayer circuit layer 2a, passing through the uppermost layer of the circuit layer 2a. In electrical communication with the power source. In other embodiments, the axial projection length of the flexible circuit board as the light board 2 is greater than the length of the light tube.

Referring to FIG. 7, in one embodiment, the flexible circuit board serving as the light board 2 includes a first circuit layer 2a, a dielectric layer 2b and a second circuit layer 2c in sequence from top to bottom. The thickness of the second circuit layer 2c is greater than the thickness of the first circuit layer 2a, and the axial projection length of the lamp board 2 is greater than the length of the lamp tube 1, wherein the lamp board 2 is not provided with the light source 202 and protrudes from the end area of the lamp tube 1 , the first circuit layer 2a and the second circuit layer 2c are electrically connected through two through holes 203 and 204 respectively, but the through holes 203 and 204 are not connected to each other to avoid short circuit.

In this way, since the thickness of the second circuit layer 2c is relatively large, the effect of supporting the first circuit layer 2a and the dielectric layer 2b can be achieved. Offset or deformation to improve manufacturing yield. In addition, the first circuit layer 2a and the second circuit layer 2c are electrically connected, so that the circuit layout on the first circuit layer 2a can be extended to the second circuit layer 2c, so that the circuit layout on the lamp board 2 is more diverse. Furthermore, the original circuit layout and wiring are changed from single layer to double layer. The single layer area of the circuit layer on the light board 2, that is, the size in the width direction, can be further reduced, allowing the number of light boards to be solidified in batches. Can increase and improve productivity.

Further, the first circuit layer 2a and the second circuit layer 2c, which are provided with the light source 202 on the lamp board 2 and protrude from the end area of the lamp tube 1, can also be directly used to realize the circuit layout of the power module, so that the power The module can be directly configured on the flexible circuit board.

If the two ends of the lamp board 2 along the axial direction of the lamp tube 1 are not fixed on the inner peripheral surface of the lamp tube 1, if a wire is used for connection, in the subsequent moving process, since the two ends are free, it is easy to move in the subsequent moving process. Shaking occurs, which may cause the wire to break. Therefore, the connection method between the lamp board 2 and the power source 5 is preferably welding. Specifically, referring to FIG. 1 , the lamp panel 2 can be directly climbed over the transition area 103 of the reinforcement structure and then welded to the output end of the power source 5 , eliminating the need for wires and improving the stability of product quality.

As shown in FIG. 3A, the specific method can be to leave the output end of the power supply 5 to the power supply pad a, and to leave tin on the power supply pad a, so that the thickness of the tin on the pad increases, which is convenient for welding. Correspondingly, The light source pad b is also left on the end of the lamp board 2 , and the power pad a of the output end of the power source 5 and the light source pad b of the lamp board 2 are welded together. The plane where the pads are located is defined as the front side, and the connection between the lamp board 2 and the power supply 5 is the most stable with the pads on the front of the two, but the welding indenter is typically pressed on the back of the lamp board 2 during welding. The lamp board 2 is used to heat the solder, which is more prone to reliability problems. If in some embodiments, a hole is opened in the middle of the light source pad b on the front of the lamp board 2, and then the front side is superimposed on the power pad a on the front of the power source 5 for welding, the welding indenter can be directly connected to the solder. Heating and melting is relatively easy to achieve in practice.

As shown in FIG. 3A , in the above embodiment, most of the flexible circuit boards used as the lamp board 2 are fixed on the inner peripheral surface of the lamp tube 1 , and only the two ends are not fixed to the lamp tube 1 (see FIG. 3A ). 7) On the inner peripheral surface of the lamp tube 1, the lamp plate 2 that is not fixed on the inner peripheral surface of the lamp tube 1 forms a free portion 21 (refer to Figures 1 and 7), and the lamp plate 2 is fixed on the inner peripheral surface of the lamp tube 1. A fixed portion 22 is formed by the portion of the . The free portion 21 has the above-mentioned pad b, one end of which is welded with the power source 5 , the other end of which is integrally extended and connected to the fixed portion 22 , and the part between the two ends of the free portion 21 is not connected to the inner peripheral surface of the lamp tube 1 . Fitting (ie, the middle section of the free portion 21 is in a suspended state). During assembly, the welded end of the free portion 21 and the power source 5 will drive the free portion 21 to shrink toward the inside of the lamp tube 1 . It is worth noting that when the flexible circuit board as the light board 2 has a structure of two-layer circuit layers 2a and 2c sandwiching a dielectric layer 2b as shown in FIG. 7 , the light source 202 is not provided on the light board 2 and The end area protruding from the lamp tube 1 can be used as a free portion 21, and the free portion 21 can realize the connection of the two-layer circuit layer and the circuit layout of the power module.

In addition, in the pin design of the LED straight tube lamp, it may be a structure of single pins at both ends (two pins in total) or double pins at both ends (four pins in total). Therefore, in the case of feeding power from both ends of the LED straight tube lamp, at least one pin at each end of the LED can be used to receive the external driving signal. The wires arranged between one pin of each of the double ends are typically called Line or Neutral wires, and can be used for signal input and transmission. FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of wires arranged between the lamp caps at both ends of the LED straight tube lamp along a lamp board (eg, a flexible circuit board) according to an embodiment. Referring to FIG. 3B , the LED straight tube lamp of the present disclosure may include a lamp tube, a lamp holder (not shown in FIG. 3B ), a lamp board 2 , a short circuit board 253 , and an inductor 526 in an embodiment. Both ends of the lamp tube have at least one pin for receiving external driving voltage. The lamp caps are disposed at both ends of the lamp tube, and the short circuit boards 253 (at least part of the electronic components) at the left and right ends of the lamp tube as shown in FIG. 3B may be respectively in the lamp caps at the two ends. The light board 2 is disposed in the light tube, and includes an LED module, and the LED module includes an LED unit 632 . The short circuit board 253 is electrically connected to the light board 2, and the electrical connection (for example, through a pad) may include a first terminal (L) for connecting the at least one pin at both ends of the lamp tube, The second (+ or LED+) and third terminals (- or LED-) are respectively used to connect the positive and negative poles of the LED unit 632, and the fourth terminal (GND or ground) is used to connect to the reference potential. Optionally and Typically, the reference potential is defined as the ground potential or the fourth terminal is for the grounding purpose of the power module of the LED straight tube lamp. The inductor 526 is a short circuit connected in series at both ends of the lamp tube Between the fourth terminals of the board 253. In an embodiment, the inductor 526 may comprise, for example, a choke inductor or Dual-Inline-Package inductor.

More specifically, because in the design of a double-ended straight tube lamp, a part of the power supply circuit (for example, about 21W) may be set in each of the lamp caps at both ends, so it is necessary to set an extended wire L along the lamp board (the input Signal line), and this wire L is very close to the wire LED+, so parasitic capacitance will be generated between the two. The high frequency interference passing through the wire LED+ will be reflected to the wire L through the parasitic capacitance, thereby producing a detectable EMI effect.

Therefore, in this embodiment, through the configuration in which the inductance 526 is connected in series between the fourth terminals of the short circuit board 253 at both ends of the lamp tube, the inductance 526 can have a high impedance characteristic at high frequencies. To block the signal loop of high-frequency interference, and then eliminate the high-frequency interference on the wire LED+, so as to avoid the EMI effect reflected by the parasitic capacitance on the wire L. In other words, the function of the inductor 526 is to eliminate or reduce the EMI caused by or affected by the EMI such as the aforementioned wire L (extending the lamp panel 2 between the first terminals of the two ends), thereby improving the power signal transmission in the lamp tube (including Through wire L, wire LED+, and wire LED-) and the quality of the LED light. Therefore, such LED straight tube lamps with inductor 526 effectively reduce the EMI effect of the wire L. Furthermore, such LED lamps may also include a mounting detection module (described below and see FIGS. 15A and 15B ), wherein the mounting The detection module is used for detecting the installation state of the LED straight tube lamp and a lamp socket.

Referring to FIGS. 5 and 6 , in other embodiments, the above-mentioned lamp board 2 and power source 5 fixed by welding can be replaced by a circuit board assembly 25 mounted with a power module 250 . The circuit board assembly 25 has a long circuit board 251 and a short circuit board 253. The long circuit board 251 and the short circuit board 253 are adhered to each other and fixed by bonding. The short circuit board 253 is located near the periphery of the long circuit board 251. The short circuit board 253 has the power supply module 25, which constitutes a power supply as a whole. The material of the short circuit board 253 is longer than that of the circuit board 251 , so as to support the power module 250 .

The long circuit board 251 may be the above-mentioned flexible circuit board or flexible substrate as the light board 2 , and has the circuit layer 2a shown in FIG. 2 . The electrical connection method of the circuit layer 2a of the light board 2 and the power supply module 250 may have different electrical connection methods according to the actual usage. As shown in FIG. 5 , the circuit layers 2 a on the power module 250 and the long circuit board 251 that are electrically connected to the power module 250 are located on the same side of the short circuit board 253 , and the power module 250 is directly electrically connected to the long circuit board 251 . As shown in FIG. 6 , the circuit layers 2a on the power module 250 and the long circuit board 251 to be electrically connected to the power module 250 are located on both sides of the short circuit board 253 respectively, and the power module 250 penetrates through the short circuit board 253 and the lamp. The circuit layer 2a of the board 2 is electrically connected.

Please refer to FIGS. 4A to 4D . FIGS. 4A to 4D are schematic diagrams illustrating a connection structure and a connection manner between the lamp board 200 and the power supply circuit board 420 of the power supply 400 . In this embodiment, the lamp board 200 has the same structure as the aforementioned FIG. 3A , the free part is the part at the opposite ends of the lamp board 200 used to connect the power circuit board 420 , and the fixed part is the light board 200 attached to the lamp tube part of the inner surface. The light board 200 is a flexible circuit board, and the light board 200 includes a laminated circuit layer 200a and a circuit protection layer 200c. The side of the circuit layer 200a away from the circuit protection layer 200c is defined as the first side 2001, and the side of the circuit protection layer 200c away from the circuit layer 200a is defined as the second side 2002, that is, the first side 2001 and the second side 2002 are Opposite sides of the light panel 200 . A plurality of LED light sources 202 are disposed on the first surface 2001 and are electrically connected to the circuits of the circuit layer 200a. The circuit protection layer 200c is a polyimide layer (Polyimide, PI), which is not easy to conduct heat, but has the effect of protecting the circuit. The first surface 2001 of the lamp board 200 has a pad b on which the solder g is placed, and the welding end of the lamp board 200 has a gap f. The power supply circuit board 420 includes a power supply circuit layer 420a, and the power supply circuit board 420 defines a first surface 421 and a second surface 422 opposite to each other, and the second surface 422 is located on the side of the power supply circuit board 420 with the power supply circuit layer 420a. Pads a corresponding to each other are respectively formed on the first surface 421 and the second surface 422 of the power circuit board 420 , and solder g may be formed on the pads a. As a further optimization of welding stability and automated processing, in this embodiment, the lamp board 200 is placed under the power circuit board 420 (refer to the direction of FIG. 4B ), that is, the first surface 2001 of the lamp board 200 is connected to the The second side 422 of the power circuit board 420 .

As shown in FIG. 4C and FIG. 4D , when the lamp board 200 and the power circuit board 420 are welded, the circuit protection layer 200C of the lamp board 200 is first placed on the support table 42 (the second surface 2002 of the lamp board 200 is in contact with each other). support table 42), make the pad a of the second side 422 of the power circuit board 420 directly and fully contact the pad b of the first side 2001 of the lamp board 200, and then press the soldering indenter 41 on the lamp board 200 and the power circuit Welding of plate 420. At this time, the heat of the soldering indenter 41 will be directly transmitted to the soldering pad b of the first surface 2001 of the lamp board 200 through the pad a of the first side 421 of the power circuit board 420, and the heat of the soldering indenter 41 will not be affected by The influence of the circuit protection layer 200c with relatively poor thermal conductivity further improves the welding efficiency and stability at the connection between the pad a and the pad b of the lamp board 200 and the power circuit board 420 . At the same time, the pad b of the first side 2001 of the lamp board 200 is in contact with the pad a of the second side 422 of the power circuit board 420, and the pad a of the first side 521 of the power circuit board 520 is in contact with the welding pressure. The head 41 is connected. As shown in FIG. 4C , the power circuit board 420 and the lamp board 200 are completely welded together by solder g, and between the virtual lines M and N in FIG. 4C are the main parts of the power circuit board 420, the lamp board 200 and the solder g The connection parts, from top to bottom, are the pad a of the first side 421 of the power circuit board 420, the power circuit layer 420a, the pad a of the second side 422 of the power circuit board 420, and the circuit layer of the lamp board 200 200a, the circuit protection layer 200C of the lamp board 200. The combined structure of the power circuit board 420 and the light board 200 formed in this order is more stable and firm.

In different embodiments, another layer of circuit protection layer (PI layer) may be further provided on the first surface 2001 of the circuit layer 200a, that is, the circuit layer 200a will be sandwiched between the two layers of circuit protection layers, so that the circuit layer The first surface 2001 of the 200a can also be protected by a circuit protection layer, and only part of the circuit layer 200a (the part with the pad b) is exposed for connecting with the pad a of the power circuit board 420 . At this time, a part of the bottom of the light source 202 contacts the circuit protection layer on the first surface 2001 of the circuit layer 200a, and the other part contacts the circuit layer 200a.

In addition, using the design solutions of FIGS. 4A to 4D , after placing solder on the circular hole h on the pad a of the power supply circuit board 420 , in the automatic welding process, when the welding indenter 41 is automatically pressed down to the power supply When the circuit board 420 is installed, the solder will be pushed into the circular hole h due to this pressure, which satisfies the needs of automated processing well.

Please refer to FIG. 8A , which is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. The AC power source 508 is used to provide the AC power signal. The AC power source 508 may be commercial power with a voltage range of 100-277V and a frequency of 50 or 60 Hz. The lamp driving circuit 505 receives the AC power signal from the AC power source 508 and converts it into an AC driving signal as an external driving signal. The lamp driving circuit 505 can be an electronic ballast, which is used to convert the signal of the mains into a high-frequency, high-voltage AC driving signal. Common types of electronic ballasts, such as: Instant Start electronic ballasts, Preheat Start electronic ballasts, Rapid Start electronic ballasts, etc. The new LED straight tube lamps are applicable. The voltage of the AC drive signal is greater than 300V, and the preferred voltage range is 400-700V; the frequency is greater than 10kHz, and the preferred frequency range is 20k-50kHz. The LED straight tube lamp 500 receives an external driving signal. In this embodiment, the external driving signal is an AC driving signal of the lamp tube driving circuit 505, and is driven to emit light. In this embodiment, the LED straight tube lamp 500 is a driving structure of a single-ended power supply, and the lamp cap at the same end of the lamp tube has a first pin 501 and a second pin 502 for receiving an external driving signal. The first pin 501 and the second pin 502 in this embodiment are coupled (ie, electrically connected, or directly or indirectly connected) to the lamp driving circuit 505 to receive an AC driving signal.

It is worth noting that the lamp driving circuit 505 is a circuit that can be omitted, so it is marked with a dotted line in the drawings. When the lamp driving circuit 505 is omitted, the AC power source 508 is coupled to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 . At this time, the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 receive the AC power signal provided by the AC power source 508 as an external driving signal.

In addition to the application of the above single-ended power supply, the LED straight tube lamp 500 of the present invention can also be applied to the circuit structure of double-ended single-pin and the circuit structure of double-ended double-pin. The circuit structure of the double-ended single-pin is shown in FIG. 8B . FIG. 8B is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. Compared with that shown in FIG. 8A , the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 of the present embodiment are respectively placed on the opposite double-ended lamp caps of the tube of the LED straight tube lamp 500 to form double-ended single pins, and the rest The circuit connections and functions are the same as those shown in Figure 8A. Please refer to FIG. 8C for the circuit structure of the double-terminal double-pin circuit. FIG. 8C is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention. Compared to that shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B , the present embodiment further includes a third pin 503 and a fourth pin 504 . One end of the lamp cap has a first pin 501 and a second pin 502 , and the other end of the lamp cap has a third pin 503 and a fourth pin 504 . The first pin 501 , the second pin 502 , the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 are coupled to the lamp driving circuit 505 to jointly receive an AC driving signal to drive the LED components ( not shown) glows.

Under the circuit structure of double-ended double-pin, whether it is single-ended power input method, double-ended single-pin power input method or double-ended double-pin power input method, it can be adjusted by adjusting the configuration of the power module. Realize the power supply of the lamp. Among them, in the power-in mode of double-ended single-pin (ie, the two ends of the lamp caps are respectively supplied with external driving signals of different polarities), in an exemplary embodiment, each of the double-ended lamp caps may have a pin that is empty/connected. Floating connection, for example, the second pin 502 and the third pin 503 can be in an open/floating state, so that the lamp can receive an external driving signal through the first pin 501 and the fourth pin 504, so that the lamp can be connected The internal power module performs subsequent rectification and filtering operations; in another exemplary embodiment, the pins of the double-ended lamp head can be shorted together, for example, the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 on the same side of the lamp head are short-circuited together, and the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 on the same side of the lamp head are shorted together, so that the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 can also be used to receive positive or negative external drive The third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 are used to receive external driving signals of opposite polarities, so that the power module inside the lamp tube can perform subsequent rectification and filtering operations. In a dual-terminal dual-pin power-in mode (that is, the two pins of the same side of the lamp head are respectively supplied with external driving signals of different polarities), in an exemplary embodiment, the first pin 501 and the second pin are 502 can receive external driving signals with opposite polarities, and the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 can receive external driving signals with opposite polarities, so that the power module inside the lamp can perform subsequent rectification and filtering operations.

Next, please refer to FIG. 8D , which is a schematic block diagram of the circuit of the LED lamp according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. The power module of the LED lamp mainly includes the first rectifier circuit 510 and the filter circuit 520 , and may also include some components of the LED lighting module 530 . The first rectifier circuit 510 is coupled to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 to receive an external drive signal, rectify the external drive signal, and then output the rectifier from the first rectifier output terminal 511 and the second rectifier output terminal 512 post signal. The external driving signal here can be the AC driving signal or the AC power supply signal in FIG. 8A and FIG. 8B , or even a DC signal without affecting the operation of the LED lamp. The filter circuit 520 is coupled to the first rectifier circuit for filtering the rectified signal; that is, the filter circuit 520 is coupled to the first rectifier output terminal 511 and the second rectifier output terminal 512 to receive the rectified signal and rectify the rectified signal. The filtered signal is filtered, and then the filtered signal is output from the first filtered output terminal 521 and the second filtered output terminal 522 . The LED lighting module 530 is coupled to the filter circuit 520 to receive the filtered signal and emit light; that is, the LED lighting module 530 is coupled to the first filtered output terminal 521 and the second filtered output terminal 522 to receive the filtered signal and then drive the LEDs LED assemblies (not shown) within the lighting module 530 emit light. Please refer to the description of the following embodiments for details in this part.

Please refer to FIG. 8E , which is a circuit block diagram of the LED lamp according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. The power module of the LED lamp mainly includes a first rectifier circuit 510 , a filter circuit 520 , an LED lighting module 530 and a second rectifier circuit 540 , which can be applied to the single-ended power supply architecture of FIG. 8A or the double-ended power supply architecture of FIGS. 8B and 8C . The first rectifier circuit 510 is coupled to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 for receiving and rectifying the external driving signal transmitted by the first pin 501 and the second pin 502; the second rectifier circuit 540 is coupled to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502. The third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 are used to receive and rectify the external driving signal transmitted by the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 . That is to say, the power module of the LED lamp may include the first rectification circuit 510 and the second rectification circuit 540 to jointly output the rectified signal at the first rectification output end 511 and the second rectification output end 512 . The filter circuit 520 is coupled to the first rectified output end 511 and the second rectified output end 512 to receive the rectified signal, filter the rectified signal, and then output the first filtered output end 521 and the second filtered output end 522 filtered signal. The LED lighting module 530 is coupled to the first filtered output terminal 521 and the second filtered output terminal 522 to receive the filtered signal, and then drive the LED components (not shown) in the LED lighting module 530 to emit light.

Please refer to FIG. 8F , which is a circuit block diagram of the LED lamp according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention. The power supply module of the LED lamp mainly includes a rectifier circuit 510', a filter circuit 520 and an LED lighting module 530, which can also be applied to the single-ended power supply architecture of FIG. 8A or the double-ended power supply architecture of FIGS. 8B and 8C. The difference between this embodiment and the aforementioned embodiment of FIG. 8E is that the rectifier circuit 510 ′ may have three input terminals to be respectively coupled to the first pin 501 , the second pin 502 and the third pin 503 , and the rectifier circuit 510 ′ can be used for each connection The signals received by the pins 501 to 503 are rectified, wherein the fourth pin 504 can be floated or short-circuited with the third pin 503 , so the configuration of the second rectifier circuit 540 can be omitted in this embodiment. The operation of the rest of the circuit is substantially the same as that of FIG. 8E , so the detailed description is not repeated here.

It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the number of the first rectification output terminal 511 , the second rectification output terminal 512 , the first filtered output terminal 521 , and the second filtered output terminal 522 are all two. Then, according to the requirement of signal transmission among the circuits of the first rectifier circuit 510 , the filter circuit 520 and the LED lighting module 530 , the number of coupling terminals between the circuits may be one or more.

The power modules for LED lamps shown in FIGS. 8D to 8F and the following embodiments of the power modules for LED lamps, in addition to being applicable to the LED straight tube lamps shown in FIGS. 8A to 8C , include two pins for transmitting Electric light-emitting circuit structure, such as bulb lamp, PAL lamp, intubation energy-saving lamp (PLS lamp, PLD lamp, PLT lamp, PLL lamp, etc.) and other lamp holder specifications are applicable. Embodiments for the bulb lamp This embodiment can be used together with the structural implementations of CN105465630A or CN105465663, so that the effect of preventing electric shock is better.

When the LED straight tube lamp 500 of the present invention is applied to a power-on structure with at least one pin at both ends, it can be retrofitted and then installed in a lamp drive circuit or a ballast 505 (such as an electronic ballast or an inductive ballast) The lamp holder is suitable for bypassing the ballast 505 and is powered by an AC power source 508 (eg, commercial power). Please refer to FIG. 8G , which is a circuit block diagram illustrating the connection between the LED straight tube lamp and the external power source according to a preferred embodiment. Compared with that shown in FIG. 8A , in this embodiment, a bypass ballast module 506 is added between the AC power supply 508 and the ballast 505 , and the functions of the remaining circuit modules are similar to or similar to those of the circuit modules shown in FIG. 8B . same. The bypass ballast module 506 receives power from the AC power source 508, and as shown in FIG. 8D is connected to the double-ended first pin 501 and the second pin 502 of the LED straight tube lamp 500 (and can be connected to the ballast 505 to The ballast 505 performs specific control), and its function is to bypass the ballast 505 and output the power received from the AC power source 508 to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 to supply power to the LED straight tube lamp 500 In various embodiments, the bypass ballast module 506 may include switching circuitry for bypassing power to the ballast 505, and this switching circuitry may include components or devices such as electrical or electronic switches. Those skilled in the art of fluorescent lamps can understand or design feasible structures and circuits that constitute the bypass ballast module 506 . Furthermore, the bypass ballast module 506 can be provided in lamps with conventional fluorescent lamps having ballasts 505 . It can also be set in the power module 5 or 250 of the LED straight tube lamp 500. Furthermore, if the bypass ballast module 506 is set to stop the bypass function, the ballast 505 shown in FIG. 8D It is still coupled to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502, so it can still supply power to the LED straight tube lamp 500 through the ballast 505 (receiving the AC power 508). Module 506) enables the LED straight tube lamp 500 to be compatible with AC power supply 508 for double-ended power supply (instead of being powered by ballast 505) even if it is installed in a lamp socket with ballast 505.

Please refer to FIG. 9A , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the rectifier circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. The rectifier circuit 610 is a bridge rectifier circuit, including a first rectifier diode 611 , a second rectifier diode 612 , a third rectifier diode 613 and a fourth rectifier diode 614 for full-wave rectification of the received signal. The anode of the first rectifier diode 611 is coupled to the second rectifier output terminal 512 , and the cathode is coupled to the second pin 502 . The anode of the second rectifier diode 612 is coupled to the second rectifier output terminal 512 , and the cathode is coupled to the first pin 501 . The anode of the third rectifier diode 613 is coupled to the second pin 502 , and the cathode is coupled to the first rectifier output terminal 511 . The anode of the rectifier diode 614 is coupled to the first pin 501 , and the cathode is coupled to the first rectifier output terminal 511 .

When the signals received by the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 are AC signals, the operation of the rectifier circuit 610 is described as follows. When the AC signal is in the positive half-wave, the AC signal flows through the first pin 501, the rectifier diode 614 and the first rectifier output terminal 511 in sequence, and then flows through the second rectifier output terminal 512, the first rectifier diode 611 and the first rectifier output terminal 511 in sequence. The second pin 502 flows out afterward. When the AC signal is in the negative half-wave, the AC signal flows through the second pin 502, the third rectifier diode 613 and the first rectifier output terminal 511 in sequence, and then flows through the second rectifier output terminal 512 and the second rectifier diode in sequence 612 and pin 501 flow out. Therefore, regardless of whether the AC signal is in the positive half-wave or the negative half-wave, the positive pole of the rectified signal of the rectification circuit 610 is located at the first rectification output end 511 , and the negative pole is located at the second rectified output end 512 . According to the above operation description, the rectified signal output by the rectification circuit 610 is a full-wave rectified signal.

When the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 are coupled to a DC power source to receive a DC signal, the operation of the rectifier circuit 610 is described as follows. When the first pin 501 is coupled to the positive terminal of the DC power supply and the second pin 502 is coupled to the negative terminal of the DC power supply, the DC signal passes through the first pin 501 , the rectifier diode 614 and the first rectifier output terminal 511 in sequence. flows in, and flows out through the second rectifier output terminal 512 , the first rectifier diode 611 and the second pin 502 in sequence. When the first pin 501 is coupled to the negative end of the DC power supply and the second pin 502 is coupled to the positive end of the DC power supply, the AC signal passes through the second pin 502, the third rectifier diode 613 and the first rectifier output terminal in sequence 511 flows in, and flows out through the second rectifier output terminal 512 , the second rectifier diode 612 and the first pin 501 in sequence. Likewise, no matter how the DC signal is input through the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 , the positive pole of the rectified signal of the rectification circuit 610 is located at the first rectification output terminal 511 , and the negative pole is located at the second rectified output terminal 512 .

Therefore, the rectifying circuit 610 in this embodiment can correctly output the rectified signal regardless of whether the received signal is an AC signal or a DC signal.

Please refer to FIG. 9B , which is a schematic circuit diagram of a rectifier circuit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. The rectifier circuit 710 includes a first rectifier diode 711 and a second rectifier diode 712 for half-wave rectification of the received signal. The anode of the first rectifier diode 711 is coupled to the second pin 502 , and the cathode is coupled to the first rectifier output terminal 511 . The anode of the second rectifier diode 712 is coupled to the first rectifier output terminal 511 , and the cathode is coupled to the first pin 501 . The second rectified output terminal 512 may be omitted or grounded according to practical applications.

Next, the operation of the rectifier circuit 710 will be described as follows.

When the AC signal is in the positive half-wave, the signal level of the AC signal input at the first pin 501 is higher than the signal level input at the second pin 502 . At this time, both the first rectifier diode 711 and the second rectifier diode 712 are in a reverse-biased off state, and the rectifier circuit 710 stops outputting the rectified signal. When the AC signal is in the negative half-wave, the signal level of the AC signal input at the first pin 501 is lower than the signal level input at the second pin 502 . At this time, the first rectifier diode 711 and the second rectifier diode 712 are both in the forward-biased conduction state, and the AC signal flows in through the first rectifier diode 711 and the first rectifier output terminal 511, and is transmitted by the second rectifier output terminal 512 or the first rectifier output terminal 511. Another circuit or ground of the LED light flows out. According to the above operation description, the rectified signal output by the rectification circuit 710 is a half-wave rectified signal.

Wherein, when the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 of the rectifier circuit shown in FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B are changed to the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504, they can be used as the second rectifier shown in FIG. 8E . circuit 540. More specifically, in an exemplary embodiment, when the full-wave/full-bridge rectifier circuit 610 shown in FIG. 9A is applied to the double-terminal input lamp of FIG. 8E , the first rectifier circuit 510 and the second rectifier circuit 540 The configuration can be shown in Figure 9C. Please refer to FIG. 9C , which is a schematic circuit diagram of a rectifier circuit according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention.

The structure of the rectifier circuit 640 is the same as that of the rectifier circuit 610, and both are bridge rectifier circuits. The rectifier circuit 610 includes first to fourth rectifier diodes 611-614, the configurations of which are as described in the foregoing embodiment of FIG. 9A. The rectifier circuit 640 includes a fifth rectifier diode 641 , a sixth rectifier diode 642 , a seventh rectifier diode 643 and an eighth rectifier diode 644 for performing full-wave rectification on the received signal. The anode of the fifth rectifier diode 641 is coupled to the second rectifier output terminal 512 , and the cathode is coupled to the fourth pin 504 . The anode of the sixth rectifier diode 642 is coupled to the second rectifier output terminal 512 , and the cathode is coupled to the third pin 503 . The anode of the third rectifier diode 613 is coupled to the second pin 502 , and the cathode is coupled to the first rectifier output terminal 511 . The anode of the rectifier diode 614 is coupled to the third pin 503 , and the cathode is coupled to the first rectifier output terminal 511 .

In this embodiment, the rectifier circuits 640 and 610 have corresponding configurations, and the only difference between the two is that the input end of the rectifier circuit 610 (here can be compared to the first rectifier circuit 510 in FIG. 8E ) is coupled to the first pin 501 With the second pin 502 , the input end of the rectifier circuit 640 (here can be compared to the second rectifier circuit 540 in FIG. 8E ) is coupled to the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 . In other words, the present embodiment adopts the structure of two full-wave rectifier circuits to realize the circuit structure of double terminals and double pins.

Furthermore, in the rectifier circuit of the embodiment of FIG. 9C, although it is implemented in the configuration of double-ended double-pin, in addition to the power supply mode of double-ended double-pin feeding, whether it is single-ended feeding or The power supply mode of the double-ended single-pin can be used to supply power to the LED straight tube lamp through the circuit structure of this embodiment. The specific operation instructions are as follows:

In the case of single-ended power feeding, the external driving signal can be applied to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502, or applied to the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504. When the external driving signal is applied to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502, the rectifying circuit 610 will perform full-wave rectification on the external driving signal according to the operation method described in the embodiment of FIG. 9A, while the rectifying circuit 640 will not operate. On the contrary, when the external drive signal is applied to the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504, the rectifier circuit 640 will perform full-wave rectification on the external drive signal according to the operation method described in the embodiment of FIG. 9A, and the rectifier circuit 610 will not work.

In the case of double-ended single-pin power supply, the external driving signal can be applied to the first pin 501 and the fourth pin 504 , or applied to the second pin 502 and the third pin 503 . When the external driving signal is applied to the first pin 501 and the fourth pin 504 and the external driving signal is an AC signal, during the period of the positive half-wave of the AC signal, the AC signal passes through the first pin 501 and the fourth pin in sequence. The rectifier diode 614 and the first rectifier output terminal 511 flow in and then flow out through the second rectifier output terminal 512 , the fifth rectifier diode 641 and the fourth pin 504 in sequence. During the period when the AC signal is in the negative half-wave, the AC signal flows through the fourth pin 504 , the seventh rectifier diode 643 and the first rectifier output terminal 511 in sequence, and then flows through the second rectifier output terminal 512 and the second rectifier output terminal 512 in sequence. The diode 612 and the first pin 501 then flow out. Therefore, regardless of whether the AC signal is in the positive half-wave or the negative half-wave, the positive pole of the rectified signal is located at the first rectification output end 511 , and the negative pole is located at the second rectified output end 512 . According to the above operation description, the second rectifier diode 612 and the fourth rectifier diode 614 in the rectifier circuit 610 cooperate with the fifth rectifier diode 641 and the seventh rectifier diode 643 in the rectifier circuit 640 to perform full-wave rectification on the AC signal, and the output rectifier The rear signal is a full-wave rectified signal.

On the other hand, when the external driving signal is applied to the second pin 502 and the third pin 503 and the external driving signal is an AC signal, during the period of the positive half-wave of the AC signal, the AC signal passes through the third pin in sequence. 503 , the eighth rectifier diode 644 and the first rectifier output terminal 511 flow in, and then flow out through the second rectifier output terminal 512 , the first rectifier diode 611 and the second pin 502 in sequence. During the period when the AC signal is in the negative half-wave, the AC signal flows through the second pin 502 , the third rectifier diode 613 and the first rectifier output terminal 511 in sequence, and then passes through the second rectifier output terminal 512 and the sixth rectifier output terminal 512 in sequence. The diode 642 and the third pin 503 then flow out. Therefore, regardless of whether the AC signal is in the positive half-wave or the negative half-wave, the positive pole of the rectified signal is located at the first rectification output end 511 , and the negative pole is located at the second rectified output end 512 . According to the above operation description, the first rectifier diode 611 and the third rectifier diode 613 in the rectifier circuit 610 cooperate with the sixth rectifier diode 642 and the eighth rectifier diode 644 in the rectifier circuit 640 to perform full-wave rectification on the AC signal, and the output rectifier The rear signal is a full-wave rectified signal.

In the case of two-terminal two-pin power supply, the individual operations of the rectifier circuits 610 and 640 can be referred to the description of the above-mentioned embodiment of FIG. 9A , which will not be repeated here. The rectified signals generated by the rectification circuits 610 and 640 are superimposed on the first rectified output terminal 511 and the second rectified output terminal 512 and then output to the back-end circuit.

In an exemplary embodiment, the configuration of the rectifier circuit 510' may be as shown in FIG. 9D. Please refer to FIG. 9D , which is a schematic circuit diagram of a rectifier circuit according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The rectifier circuit 910 includes first to fourth rectifier diodes 911-914, the configurations of which are as described in the foregoing embodiment of FIG. 9A. In this embodiment, the rectifier circuit 910 further includes a fifth rectifier diode 915 and a sixth rectifier diode 916 . The anode of the fifth rectifier diode 915 is coupled to the second rectifier output terminal 512 , and the cathode is coupled to the third pin 503 . The anode of the sixth rectifier diode 916 is coupled to the third pin 503 , and the cathode is coupled to the first rectifier output terminal 511 . The fourth pin 504 is in a floating state here.

More specifically, the rectifier circuit 510' of this embodiment can be regarded as a rectifier circuit having three groups of bridge arm units, and each group of bridge arm units can provide an input signal receiving end. For example, the first rectifier diode 911 and the third rectifier diode 913 form the first bridge arm unit, which correspondingly receives the signal on the second pin 502; the second rectifier diode 912 and the fourth rectifier diode 914 form the second bridge arm The fifth rectifier diode 915 and the sixth rectifier diode 916 form a third bridge arm unit corresponding to receive the signal on the third pin 503 . Among them, as long as two of the three groups of bridge arm units receive AC signals with opposite polarities, full-wave rectification can be performed. Based on this, under the configuration of the rectifier circuit in the embodiment of FIG. 9E , the power supply modes of single-ended power feeding, double-ended single-pin power feeding, and double-ended double-pin power feeding are also compatible. The specific operation instructions are as follows:

In the case of single-ended power feeding, the external driving signal is applied to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502. At this time, the operations of the first to fourth rectifier diodes 911-914 are as described in the embodiment of FIG. 9A. The fifth rectifier diode 915 and the sixth rectifier diode 916 do not operate.

In the case of double-ended single-pin power supply, the external driving signal can be applied to the first pin 501 and the third pin 503 , or applied to the second pin 502 and the third pin 503 . When the external driving signal is applied to the first pin 501 and the third pin 503 and the external driving signal is an AC signal, during the period of the positive half-wave of the AC signal, the AC signal passes through the first pin 501 and the fourth pin in sequence. The rectifier diode 914 and the first rectifier output terminal 511 flow in and then flow out through the second rectifier output terminal 512 , the fifth rectifier diode 915 and the third pin 503 in sequence. During the period when the AC signal is in the negative half-wave, the AC signal flows through the third pin 503 , the sixth rectifier diode 916 and the first rectifier output terminal 511 in sequence, and then flows through the second rectifier output terminal 512 and the second rectifier output terminal 512 in sequence. The diode 912 and the first pin 501 then flow out. Therefore, regardless of whether the AC signal is in the positive half-wave or the negative half-wave, the positive pole of the rectified signal is located at the first rectification output end 511 , and the negative pole is located at the second rectified output end 512 . According to the above operation description, the second rectifier diode 912 , the fourth rectifier diode 914 , the fifth rectifier diode 915 and the sixth rectifier diode 916 in the rectifier circuit 910 perform full-wave rectification on the AC signal, and the output rectified signal is full-wave rectified signal.

On the other hand, when the external driving signal is applied to the second pin 502 and the third pin 503 and the external driving signal is an AC signal, during the period of the positive half-wave of the AC signal, the AC signal passes through the third pin in sequence. 503 , the sixth rectifier diode 916 and the first rectifier output terminal 511 then flow in, and then flow out through the second rectifier output terminal 512 , the first rectifier diode 911 and the second pin 502 in sequence. When the AC signal is in the negative half-wave period, the AC signal flows through the second pin 502 , the third rectifier diode 913 and the first rectifier output terminal 511 in sequence, and then passes through the second rectifier output terminal 512 and the fifth rectifier output terminal 512 in sequence. The diode 915 and the third pin 503 then flow out. Therefore, regardless of whether the AC signal is in the positive half-wave or the negative half-wave, the positive pole of the rectified signal is located at the first rectification output end 511 , and the negative pole is located at the second rectified output end 512 . According to the above operation description, the first rectifier diode 911 , the third rectifier diode 913 , the fifth rectifier diode 915 and the sixth rectifier diode 916 in the rectifier circuit 910 perform full-wave rectification on the AC signal, and the output rectified signal is full-wave rectified signal.

In the case of two-terminal two-pin power supply, the operations of the first to fourth rectifier diodes 911 - 914 can be referred to the description of the above-mentioned embodiment of FIG. 9A , which will not be repeated here. In addition, if the signal polarity of the third pin 503 is the same as that of the first pin 501, the operation of the fifth rectifier diode 915 and the sixth rectifier diode 916 is similar to that of the second rectifier diode 912 and the fourth rectifier diode 914 (ie, first bridge arm unit). On the other hand, if the signal polarity of the third pin 503 is the same as that of the second pin 502, the operation of the fifth rectifier diode 915 and the sixth rectifier diode 916 is similar to that of the first rectifier diode 911 and the third rectifier diode 913 ( That is, the second bridge arm unit).

Please refer to FIG. 9E , which is a schematic circuit diagram of a rectifier circuit according to a fifth preferred embodiment of the present invention. 9E and FIG. 9D are substantially the same, the difference between the two is that the input end of the first rectifier circuit 610 in FIG. 9E is further coupled to the end point conversion circuit 941 . The endpoint conversion circuit 941 of this embodiment includes fuses 947 and 948 . One end of the fuse 947 is coupled to the first pin 501, and the other end is coupled to the common node of the second rectifier diode 912 and the fourth rectifier diode 914 (ie, the input end of the first bridge arm unit). One end of the fuse 948 is coupled to the second pin 502 , and the other end is coupled to the common node of the first rectifier diode 911 and the third rectifier diode 913 (ie, the input end of the second bridge arm unit). Thereby, when the current flowing through any one of the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 is higher than the rated current of the fuses 947 and 948, the fuses 947 and 948 will correspondingly fuse and open, thereby achieving the overcurrent protection. Function. In addition, in the case where only one of the fuses 947 and 948 is blown (for example, the overcurrent situation is eliminated after only a short time), if the lamp is driven by the power supply method of double-terminal double-pin power supply, then The rectifier circuit of this embodiment can also continue to operate based on the double-ended single-pin power supply mode after the overcurrent condition is eliminated.

Please refer to FIG. 9F , which is a schematic circuit diagram of a rectifier circuit according to a sixth preferred embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 9F is substantially the same as FIG. 9D , the difference between the two is that the two pins 503 and 504 in FIG. 9F are connected together by thin wires 917 . Compared with the above-mentioned embodiment of FIG. 9D or 9E, when the double-ended single pin is used for power supply, no matter whether the external driving signal is applied to the third pin 503 or the fourth pin 504, the rectifier circuit of this embodiment is all the same. Works normally. In addition, when the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 are mistakenly connected to the lamp socket with single-ended power supply, the thin wire 917 of this embodiment can be reliably blown. Therefore, when the lamp tube is inserted back into the correct lamp socket, the The straight tube lamp of this rectification circuit can still maintain normal rectification work.

It can be seen from the above that the rectifier circuits of the embodiments of FIGS. 9C to 9F can be compatible with the scenarios of single-ended power feeding, double-ended single-pin power feeding, and double-ended double-pin power feeding, thereby improving the application environment compatibility of the overall LED straight tube lamp. sex. In addition, considering the actual circuit layout situation, the circuit configuration inside the lamp tube in the embodiments of FIGS. 9D to 9F only needs to set three pads to connect to the corresponding lamp head pins. Enhancement has a significant contribution.

Please refer to FIG. 10A , which is a circuit block diagram of the filter circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. The drawing of the first rectifier circuit 510 is only used to represent the connection relationship, and the filter circuit 520 does not include the first rectifier circuit 510 . The filter circuit 520 includes a filter unit 523, which is coupled to the first rectifier output terminal 511 and the second rectifier output terminal 512 to receive the rectified signal output by the rectification circuit, and to filter out the ripple in the rectified signal to output the filtered signal. . Therefore, the waveform of the filtered signal is smoother than that of the rectified signal. The filter circuit 520 may further include a filter unit 524, which is coupled between the rectifier circuit and the corresponding pins, for example, the first rectifier circuit 510 and the first pin 501, the first rectifier circuit 510 and the second pin 502, the first rectifier circuit 510 and the first pin 501, The two rectifier circuits 540 and the third pin 503 and the second rectifier circuit 540 and the fourth pin 504 are used to filter specific frequencies to filter out specific frequencies of the external driving signal. In this embodiment, the filter unit 524 is coupled between the first pin 501 and the first rectifier circuit 510. The filter circuit 520 may further include a filter unit 525, which is coupled between one of the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 and one of the diodes of the first rectifier circuit 510 or between the third pin 503 and the fourth connection. One of the pins 504 and one of the diodes of the second rectifier circuit 540 are used for reducing or filtering electromagnetic interference (EMI). In this embodiment, the filter unit 525 is coupled between the first pin 501 and a diode (not shown) of one of the first rectifier circuits 510 . Since the filtering units 524 and 525 may be added or omitted depending on the actual application, they are represented by dotted lines in the figure.

Please refer to FIG. 10B , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the filter unit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. The filter unit 623 includes a capacitor 625 . One end of the capacitor 625 is coupled to the first rectifier output end 511 and the first filter output end 521 , and the other end is coupled to the second rectifier output end 512 and the second filter output end 522 , so as to connect the first rectifier output end 511 and the second filter output end 522 . The rectified signal output by the rectified output 512 is subjected to low-pass filtering to filter out high frequency components in the rectified signal to form a filtered signal, which is then output from the first filter output end 521 and the second filter output end 522 .

Please refer to FIG. 10C , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the filter unit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. The filter unit 723 is a π-type filter circuit, and includes a capacitor 725 , an inductor 726 and a capacitor 727 . One end of the capacitor 725 is coupled to the first rectifier output end 511 and is coupled to the first filter output end 521 through the inductor 726 , and the other end is coupled to the second rectifier output end 512 and the second filter output end 522 . The inductor 726 is coupled between the first rectifying output terminal 511 and the first filtering output terminal 521 . One end of the capacitor 727 is coupled to the first rectifier output end 511 and the first filter output end 521 through the inductor 726 , and the other end is coupled to the second rectifier output end 512 and the second filter output end 522 .

Equivalently, the filter unit 723 has more inductors 726 and capacitors 727 than the filter unit 623 shown in FIG. 10B . Also, like the capacitor 725, the inductor 726 and the capacitor 727 have low-pass filtering functions. Therefore, compared with the filtering unit 623 shown in FIG. 10B , the filtering unit 723 of the present embodiment has better high-frequency filtering capability, and the waveform of the output filtered signal is smoother.

The inductance value of the inductor 726 in the above embodiment is preferably selected from the range of 10nH˜10mH. The capacitances of the capacitors 625 , 725 and 727 are preferably selected from the range of 100pF˜1uF.

Please refer to FIG. 11A , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the LED module according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. The positive terminal of the LED module 630 is coupled to the first filtering output terminal 521 , and the negative terminal is coupled to the second filtering output terminal 522 . The LED module 630 includes at least one LED unit 632 , which is the light source in the aforementioned embodiments. When there are two or more LED units 632, they are connected in parallel with each other. The positive end of each LED unit is coupled to the positive end of the LED module 630 to be coupled to the first filter output end 521 ; the negative end of each LED unit is coupled to the negative end of the LED module 630 to be coupled to the second filter output end 522. The LED unit 632 includes at least one LED assembly 631 . When the number of LED components 631 is plural, the LED components 631 are connected in series in a series, the positive terminal of the first LED component 631 is coupled to the positive terminal of the LED unit 632 to which it belongs, and the negative terminal of the first LED component 631 is coupled to the next (the second LED component 631). a) LED assembly 631. The positive terminal of the last LED component 631 is coupled to the negative terminal of the previous LED component 631 , and the negative terminal of the last LED component 631 is coupled to the negative terminal of the LED unit 632 to which it belongs.

It should be noted that the LED module 630 can generate a current detection signal S531 , which represents the magnitude of the current flowing through the LED module 630 for detecting and controlling the LED module 630 .

Please refer to FIG. 11B , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the LED module according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. The positive terminal of the LED module 630 is coupled to the first filtering output terminal 521 , and the negative terminal is coupled to the second filtering output terminal 522 . The LED module 630 includes at least two LED units 732 , and the positive terminal of each LED unit 732 is coupled to the positive terminal of the LED module 630 , and the negative terminal is coupled to the negative terminal of the LED module 630 . The LED unit 732 includes at least two LED components 731. The LED components 731 in the corresponding LED unit 732 are connected as described in FIG. 11A. The negative pole of the LED component 731 is coupled to the positive pole of the next LED component 731, and the first The positive electrode of one LED component 731 is coupled to the positive electrode of the associated LED unit 732 , and the negative electrode of the last LED component 731 is coupled to the negative electrode of the associated LED unit 732 . Furthermore, the LED units 732 in this embodiment are also connected to each other. The positive electrodes of the n-th LED components 731 of each LED unit 732 are connected to each other, and the negative electrodes are also connected to each other. Therefore, the connection between the LED components of the LED module 630 in this embodiment is a mesh connection. Compared with the embodiments of FIGS. 12A to 12F , the LED lighting module 530 of the above-mentioned embodiment includes the LED module 630 but does not include the driving circuit.

Similarly, the LED module 630 of this embodiment can generate a current detection signal S531 , which represents the magnitude of the current flowing through the LED module 630 , and is used for detecting and controlling the LED module 630 .

In addition, in practical applications, the number of the LED components 731 included in the LED unit 732 is preferably 15-25, more preferably 18-22.

Please refer to FIG. 11C , which is a schematic diagram of the wiring of the LED module according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. The connection relationship of the LED assembly 831 in this embodiment is the same as that shown in FIG. 11B , and three LED units are used as an example for description here. The positive lead 834 and the negative lead 835 receive driving signals to provide power to each LED element 831 . For example, the positive lead 834 is coupled to the first filter output end 521 of the filter circuit 520 , and the negative lead 835 is coupled to the filter circuit 520 A second filtered output 522 to receive the filtered signal. For the convenience of description, the nth of each LED unit is divided into the same LED group 833 in the figure.

The positive lead 834 is connected to the first LED component 831 in the leftmost three LED units, that is, the (left) positive pole of the three LED components in the leftmost LED group 833 as shown in the figure, and the negative lead 835 is connected to the three LED components. The last LED assembly 831 in each LED unit, ie the (right) negative pole of the three LED assemblies in the rightmost LED group 833 as shown in the figure. The negative pole of the first LED component 831 of each LED unit, the positive pole of the last LED component 831 , and the positive poles and negative poles of other LED components 831 are connected through connecting wires 839 .

In other words, the anodes of the three LED components 831 of the leftmost LED group 833 are connected to each other through the anode wire 834 , and the cathodes thereof are connected to each other through the leftmost connecting wire 839 . The positive electrodes of the three LED components 831 of the second left LED group 833 are connected to each other through the leftmost connecting wire 839 , and the negative electrodes are connected to each other through the second left connecting wire 839 . Since the negative poles of the three LED components 831 of the leftmost LED group 833 and the positive poles of the three LED components 831 of the second left LED group 833 are connected to each other through the leftmost connecting wire 839, the first LED of each LED unit The negative pole of the LED component and the positive pole of the second LED component are connected to each other. And so on to form a mesh connection as shown in FIG. 11B .

It is worth noting that the width 836 of the connecting wire 839 connected to the positive electrode of the LED assembly 831 is smaller than the width 837 of the negative electrode connecting portion of the LED assembly 831 . The area of the negative electrode connection portion is made larger than the area of the positive electrode connection portion. In addition, the width 837 is smaller than the width 838 of the portion of the connecting wire 839 that is simultaneously connected to the positive electrode of one of the two LED components 831 and the negative electrode of the other, so that the area of the portion connected to the positive electrode and the negative electrode at the same time is larger than that of the portion connected to only the negative electrode. area and the area of the positive connection part. Therefore, such a trace structure helps to dissipate heat from the LED components.

In addition, the positive lead 834 may further include a positive lead 834a, and the negative lead 835 may further include a negative lead 835a, so that both ends of the LED module have positive and negative connection points. Such a wiring structure enables other circuits of the power module of the LED lamp, such as the filter circuit 520, the first rectifier circuit 510 and the second rectifier circuit 540, to be coupled to the LED module through the positive and negative connection points at either or both ends. , to increase the flexibility of the configuration arrangement of the actual circuit.

Please refer to FIG. 11D , which is a schematic diagram of the wiring of the LED module according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. The connection relationship of the LED components 931 in this embodiment is the same as that shown in FIG. 11A , and the description is given by taking three LED units and each LED unit including 7 LED components as an example. The positive lead 934 and the negative lead 935 receive driving signals to provide power to each LED element 931 . For example, the positive lead 934 is coupled to the first filter output end 521 of the filter circuit 520 , and the negative lead 935 is coupled to the filter circuit 520 A second filtered output 522 to receive the filtered signal. For the convenience of description, in the figure, the seven LED components in each LED unit are divided into the same LED group 932 .

Anode lead 934 connects the (left) anode of the first (leftmost) LED assembly 931 in each LED group 932. Negative lead 935 connects the (right) negative of the last (rightmost) LED assembly 931 in each LED group 932. In each LED group 932 , the negative pole of the left LED component 931 adjacent to the two LED components 931 is connected to the positive pole of the right LED component 931 through the connecting wire 939 . Thereby, the LED components of the LED group 932 are connected in series to form a string.

It is worth noting that the connecting wire 939 is used to connect the negative electrode of one of the two adjacent LED components 931 and the positive electrode of the other. The negative lead 935 is used to connect the negative pole of the last (rightmost) LED assembly 931 of each LED group. The anode lead 934 is used to connect the anode of the first (leftmost) LED assembly 931 of each LED group. Therefore, the width and the heat dissipation area of the LED components are in descending order according to the above order. That is to say, the width 938 of the connecting wire 939 is the largest, the width 937 of the negative wire 935 connecting the negative electrode of the LED component 931 is next, and the width 936 of the positive wire 934 connecting the positive electrode of the LED component 931 is the smallest. Therefore, such a trace structure helps to dissipate heat from the LED components.

In addition, the positive lead 934 may further include a positive lead 934a, and the negative lead 935 may further include a negative lead 935a, so that both ends of the LED module have positive and negative connection points. Such a wiring structure enables other circuits of the power module of the LED lamp, such as the filter circuit 520, the first rectifier circuit 510 and the second rectifier circuit 540, to be coupled to the LED module through the positive and negative connection points at either or both ends. , to increase the flexibility of the configuration arrangement of the actual circuit.

Furthermore, the traces shown in FIGS. 11C and 11D can be implemented with a flexible circuit board. For example, the flexible circuit board has a single-layer circuit layer, and the positive lead 834, the positive lead 834a, the negative lead 835, the negative lead 835a and the connecting lead 839 in FIG. 11C are formed by etching, and the positive lead in FIG. 11D is formed 934 , the positive lead 934a, the negative lead 935, the negative lead 935a, and the connecting lead 939.

Please refer to FIG. 11E . FIG. 11E is a schematic diagram of the wiring of the LED module according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention. The connection relationship of the LED assembly 1031 of this embodiment is the same as that shown in FIG. 11B . The configuration of the positive electrode wire and the negative electrode wire (not shown) and the connection relationship with other circuits in this embodiment are substantially the same as those shown in FIG. 11D , and the difference between the two is that this embodiment uses the horizontal direction shown in FIG. The arrangement of the LED components 831 (that is, the positive electrodes and negative electrodes of each LED component 831 are arranged along the extending direction of the wires) is changed to the vertical arrangement of the LED components 1031 (that is, the connection direction of the positive electrodes and the negative electrodes of the LED components 1031 and the wires are arranged in the vertical direction). The extending direction is vertical), and the arrangement of the connecting wires 1039 is adjusted correspondingly based on the arrangement direction of the LED components 1031 .

More specifically, taking the connecting wire 1039_2 as an example, the connecting wire 1039_2 includes a first long side portion with a narrow width 1037 , a second long side portion with a wider width 1038 , and a turning portion connecting the two long side portions. The connecting wire 1039_2 can be set in a right-angled z-shape, that is, the connection between each long side portion and the turning portion is at a right angle. Wherein, the first long side portion of the connecting wire 1039_2 is correspondingly arranged with the second long side portion of the adjacent connecting wire 1039_3; similarly, the second long side portion of the connecting wire 1039_2 is corresponding to the first long side portion of the adjacent connecting wire 1039_1 The corresponding configuration of the edge. It can be seen from the above configuration that the connecting wires 1039 are arranged in the extending direction of the extended sides, and the first long side of each connecting wire 1039 is correspondingly arranged with the second long side of the adjacent connecting wires 1039; similarly, each The second long sides of the connecting wires 1039 are arranged correspondingly with the first long sides of the adjacent connecting wires 1039 , so that the connecting wires 1039 as a whole are configured to have a uniform width. For the configuration of other connecting wires 1039, reference may be made to the description of the connecting wires 1039_2 above.

The relative configuration of the LED components 1031 and the connecting wires 1039 is also described with the connecting wires 1039_2. In this embodiment, the anodes of some LED components 1031 (for example, the four LED components 1031 on the right side) are connected to the connecting wires. The first long side of 1039_2 is connected to each other through the first long side; and the negative electrode of this part of the LED components 1031 is connected to the second long side of the adjacent connecting wire 1039_3 and is connected to each other through the second long side. connected to each other. On the other hand, the positive poles of another part of the LED components 1031 (for example, the four LED components 1031 on the left) are connected to the first long side of the connection wire 1039_1, and the negative poles are connected to the second long side of the connection wire 1039_2.

In other words, the positive electrodes of the four LED components 1031 on the left are connected to each other through the connecting wire 1039_1, and the negative electrodes thereof are connected to each other through the connecting wire 1039_2. The positive electrodes of the four LED components 831 on the right are connected to each other through the connecting wire 1039_2, and the negative electrodes thereof are connected to each other through the connecting wire 1039_3. Since the negative poles of the four LED components 1031 on the left are connected to the positive poles of the four LED components 1031 on the right through the connecting wires 1039_2, the four LED components 1031 on the left can be simulated as the first LED components of the four LED units in the LED module , and the four LED components 1031 on the right side can simulate the LED as the second LED component of the four LED units in the LED module, and so on to form a mesh connection as shown in FIG. 11B .

It is worth noting that, compared with FIG. 11C , the LED components 1031 are changed to a vertical configuration in this embodiment, which can increase the gap between the LED components 1031 and widen the wiring of the connecting wires, thereby avoiding the problem of The risk of the circuit being easily punctured when the tube is refurbished, and at the same time, it can avoid the problem of short circuit caused by the tin bead caused by insufficient copper foil covering area between the lamp beads when the number of LED components 1031 is large and needs to be closely arranged.

On the other hand, by making the width 1036 of the first long side of the positive electrode connection portion smaller than the width 1037 of the second long side portion of the negative electrode connection portion, the area of the LED element 1031 at the negative electrode connection portion can be made larger than that of the positive electrode connection portion. part of the area. Therefore, such a trace structure helps to dissipate heat from the LED components.

Please refer to FIG. 11F , which is a schematic diagram of the wiring of the LED module according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention. This embodiment is substantially the same as the aforementioned embodiment of FIG. 11E , and the difference between the two is only that the connecting wires 1139 of this embodiment are implemented with non-right-angle Z-shaped wires. In other words, in this embodiment, the turning portion forms an oblique wiring, so that the connection between each long side portion of the connecting wire 1139 and the turning portion is a non-right angle. Under the configuration of this embodiment, in addition to the effect of increasing the gap between the LED assemblies 1031 by arranging the LED components 1131 vertically and widening the traces of the connecting wires, the way of arranging the connecting wires obliquely in this embodiment can Avoid problems such as displacement and offset of LED components due to uneven pads during LED component placement.

Specifically, in the application of using a flexible circuit board as a light board, vertical traces (as shown in Figures 11C to 11E) will generate regular white oil depressions at the turns of the wires, so that the connecting wires are The tin on the LED component pads is relatively in a raised position. Since the surface where the tin is applied is not a flat surface, when the LED components are mounted, the uneven surface may prevent the LED components from being attached to the predetermined position. Therefore, in this embodiment, by adjusting the vertical wiring to the oblique wiring configuration, the copper foil strength of the entire wiring can be made uniform, and no protrusion or unevenness occurs in a specific position, thereby making the LED components 1131 can be attached to the wire more easily, improving the reliability of the lamp assembly. In addition, since each LED unit in this embodiment only travels the diagonal substrate once on the lamp board, the strength of the whole lamp board can be greatly improved, thereby preventing the lamp board from bending and shortening the length of the lamp board.

In addition, in an exemplary embodiment, copper foil can also be covered around the pads of the LED components 1131 to offset the offset of the LED components 1131 when they are mounted, so as to avoid short circuits caused by solder balls.

Please refer to FIG. 11G , which is a schematic diagram of the wiring of the LED module according to the fifth preferred embodiment of the present invention. This embodiment is substantially the same as FIG. 11C , and the difference between the two is mainly that the wiring at the corresponding place between the connecting wire 1239 and the connecting wire 1239 in this embodiment (not at the pad of the LED component 1231 ) is changed to be inclined. Traces. Among them, in the embodiment, by adjusting the vertical wiring to the configuration of the oblique wiring, the strength of the copper foil of the whole wiring can be made uniform, and there will be no protrusion or unevenness in a specific position, so that the LED components 1131 It can be attached to the wire more easily, which improves the reliability of the lamp assembly.

In addition, under the configuration of this embodiment, the color temperature point CTP can also be uniformly set between the LED components 1231 , as shown in FIG. 11H , which is an LED module according to the sixth preferred embodiment of the present invention. wiring diagram. By uniformly setting the color temperature point CTP in the configuration of the LED components, after the wires are spliced to form the LED module, the color temperature point CTP at the corresponding position on each wire can be on the same line. In this way, when tinning, the entire LED module can be covered with only a few tapes (as shown in the figure, if each wire is set with 3 color temperature points, only 3 tapes are needed) to cover all the LED modules. Color temperature point to improve the smoothness of the assembly process and save assembly time.

Please refer to FIG. 11I. FIG. 11I is a schematic diagram of the wiring of the LED module according to the seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention, wherein, FIG. 11I shows the configuration of the pads at the end of the lamp board. In this embodiment, the pads b1 and b2 on the lamp board are suitable for soldering with the power pads of the power circuit board. The pad configuration in this embodiment is applicable to a double-ended single-pin power feeding method, that is, the pads on the same side will receive external driving signals of the same polarity.

Specifically, the pads b1 and b2 of this embodiment are connected together through an S-type fuse FS, wherein the fuse FS can be formed of, for example, a thin wire, and its impedance is quite low, so it can be regarded as the pad b1 and the b2 are shorted together. In the correct application situation, the pads b1 and b2 will receive external driving signals of the same polarity correspondingly. With the above configuration, even if the pads b1 and b2 are wrongly connected to external driving signals of opposite polarities, the fuse FS will be blown in response to the large current passing through, thereby preventing the lamp from being damaged. In addition, after the fuse FS is blown, a configuration in which the pad b2 is left open and the pad b1 is still connected to the lamp board is formed, so the lamp board can still receive external driving signals through the pad b1 and continue to use.

On the other hand, in an exemplary embodiment, the thicknesses of the traces of the pads b1 and b2 and the pad body are at least 0.4 mm, and the actual thickness can be based on the understanding of those skilled in the art. Any thickness of 0.4mm. After verification, under the configuration where the thickness of the traces of the pads b1 and b2 and the thickness of the pad body is at least 0.4mm, when the lamp board is connected to the power circuit board through the pad b1 and b2 and placed in the lamp tube, Even if the copper foils at the pads b1 and b2 are broken, the additional copper foils around them can connect the light board with the circuit of the power circuit board, so that the light tube can work normally.

Please refer to FIG. 11J. FIG. 11J is a schematic diagram of a power pad according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the power supply circuit board may have, for example, three pads a1, a2 and a3, and the power supply circuit board may be, for example, a printed circuit board, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Each of the pads a1, a2 and a3 is provided with a plurality of through holes hp. During the welding process of the power supply circuit board and the lamp board, the soldering substance (such as solder) will fill at least one of the through holes hp, so that the pads a1, a2 and a3 (hereinafter referred to as the power supply pads) on the power supply circuit board and The pads (such as b1, b2, hereinafter referred to as light source pads) on the lamp board are electrically connected to each other, wherein the lamp board can be, for example, a flexible circuit board.

Since the contact area between the solder and the power pads a1 , a2 and a3 is increased due to the through holes hp, the adhesive force between the power pads a1 , a2 and a3 and the light source pads is further enhanced. In addition, the setting of the perforated hp can also improve the heat dissipation area, so that the thermal characteristics of the lamp tube can be improved. In this embodiment, the number of the through holes hp can be selected to be 7 or 9 according to the sizes of the pads a1 , a2 and a3 . If it is selected to be implemented in a configuration of 7 perforations hp, the arrangement of perforations hp may be such that 6 perforations hp are arranged on a circle, and the remaining one is arranged on the center of the circle. If a configuration of 9 perforated hp is chosen to be implemented, the perforated hp can be configured in a 3x3 array arrangement. The above configuration selection can preferably increase the contact area and improve the heat dissipation effect.

Please refer to FIG. 11K , which is a schematic diagram of the wiring of the LED module according to the eighth preferred embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the wiring of the LED module shown in FIG. 11C is changed from a single-layer circuit layer to a double-layer circuit layer, mainly by changing the positive electrode lead 834a and the negative electrode lead 835a to the second circuit layer. described as follows.

Please also refer to FIG. 7 , the flexible circuit board has a double-layer circuit layer, including a first circuit layer 2a, a dielectric layer 2b and a second circuit layer 2c. The first wiring layer 2a and the second wiring layer 2c are electrically isolated by a dielectric layer 2b. A positive wire 834, a negative wire 835 and a connecting wire 839 in FIG. 11K are formed on the first circuit layer 2a of the flexible circuit board by etching, so as to electrically connect the plurality of LED components 831, for example, electrically connect the plurality of LED components 831. The LED components are connected in a mesh, and the positive lead 834a and the negative lead 835a of the second circuit layer 2c are etched to electrically connect (the filter output end of) the filter circuit. In addition, the positive lead 834 and the negative lead 835 of the first circuit layer 2a of the flexible circuit board have layer connection points 834b and 835b. The positive lead 834a and the negative lead 835a of the second wiring layer 2 have layer connection points 834c and 835c. The layer connection points 834b and 835b are located opposite to the layer connection points 834c and 835c for electrically connecting the positive electrode lead 834 and the positive electrode lead 834a, and the negative electrode lead 835 and the negative electrode lead 835a. A better practice is to form an opening to the connection points 834c and 835c of the exposed layer at the positions of the layer connection points 834b and 835b of the first layer of the circuit layer with the lower current borrowing layer, and then solder them with solder to make the positive electrode lead 834 and the positive electrode lead. 834a, and the negative lead 835 and the negative lead 835a are electrically connected to each other.

Similarly, for the wiring of the LED module shown in FIG. 11D , the positive lead 934a and the negative lead 935a can also be changed to the second wiring layer to form a wiring structure of double wiring layers.

It is worth noting that the thickness of the second conductive layer of the flexible circuit board with double-layer conductive layers or circuit layers is preferably thicker than that of the first conductive layer, so as to reduce the thickness of the positive electrode lead and the negative electrode lead. Line loss (voltage drop) on . Furthermore, compared with the flexible circuit board with a single-layer conductive layer, the flexible circuit board with double-layer conductive layer can reduce the size of the flexible circuit board because the positive lead and negative lead at both ends are moved to the second layer. width. On the same jig, narrower substrates have more discharges than wider substrates, thus improving the production efficiency of LED modules. Moreover, the flexible circuit board with the double-layer conductive layer is relatively easy to maintain the shape, so as to increase the reliability of production, for example, the accuracy of the welding position during the welding of LED components.

As a variation of the above solution, the present invention also provides an LED straight tube lamp, at least part of the electronic components of the power module of the LED straight tube lamp are arranged on the lamp board: that is, using PEC (Printed Electronic Circuits, PEC: Printed Electronic Circuits) , the technology prints or embeds at least some of the electronic components on the light board.

In one embodiment of the present invention, all the electronic components of the power module are arranged on the lamp board. The production process is as follows: substrate preparation (flexible printed circuit board preparation) → printing metal nano-ink → printing passive components/active devices (power modules) → drying / sintering → printing interlayer connection bumps → Spraying insulating ink → spraying metal nano ink → spraying passive components and active devices (and so on to form the included multi-layer board) → spraying surface welding pad → spraying solder resist to weld LED components.

In the above-mentioned embodiment, if all the electronic components of the power module are arranged on the lamp board, it is only necessary to connect the pins of the LED straight tube lamp by welding wires at both ends of the lamp board, so as to realize the electrical connection between the pins and the lamp board. connect. In this way, it is no longer necessary to provide a base plate for the power module, thereby further optimizing the design of the lamp head. Preferably, the power modules are arranged at both ends of the light board, so as to minimize the influence of the heat generated by its operation on the LED components. In this embodiment, the overall reliability of the power module is improved due to the reduction of welding.

If some electronic components (such as resistors and capacitors) are printed on the lamp board, large components such as inductors, electrolytic capacitors and other electronic components are arranged in the lamp head. The production process of the light board is the same as above. In this way, the design of the lamp head is optimized by arranging some electronic components on the lamp board and rationally arranging the power module.

As a modification of the above solution, the electronic components of the power module can also be arranged on the lamp board by means of embedding. That is, the electronic components are embedded in the flexible lamp board in an embedded manner. Preferably, it can be realized by methods such as resistive/capacitive copper clad laminates (CCL) or inks related to screen printing; or by using inkjet printing technology to realize the method of embedding passive components, that is, using inkjet printers. Directly print the conductive ink and related functional ink as passive components to the set position in the lamp board. Then, through UV light treatment or drying/sintering treatment, a lamp panel with embedded passive components is formed. The electronic components embedded in the light panel include resistors, capacitors and inductors; in other embodiments, active components are also suitable. Through such a design, the power supply module is reasonably arranged to optimize the design of the lamp head (due to the partial use of embedded resistors and capacitors, this embodiment saves valuable printed circuit board surface space, reduces the size of the printed circuit board and reduces its Weight and thickness. At the same time, the reliability of the power module is also improved by eliminating the solder joints of these resistors and capacitors (the solder joints are the most prone to failure on the printed circuit board). At the same time, the wires on the printed circuit board will be shortened. length and allow for a more compact device layout, thus improving electrical performance).

The method of manufacturing the embedded capacitor and the resistor will be described below.

The method of embedded capacitance is usually used, using a concept called distributed capacitance or planar capacitance. A very thin insulating layer is pressed on top of the copper layer. Usually in the form of power plane / ground plane pair. The very thin insulating layer keeps the distance between the power plane and the ground plane very small. Such capacitance can also be achieved with conventional metallized holes. Basically, this method creates a large parallel plate capacitor on the board.

Some high-capacitance products, some are distributed capacitive type, others are discrete embedded. Higher capacitance is achieved by filling the insulating layer with barium titanate, a material with a high dielectric constant.

The usual way to make embedded resistors is to use resistor adhesives. It is a resin doped with conductive carbon or graphite as a filler, screen-printed to the desired location, then processed and laminated into the interior of the circuit board. Resistors are connected to other electronic components on the circuit board by metallized holes or microvias. Another method is the Ohmega-Ply method: it is a bimetallic layer structure - the copper layer and a thin nickel alloy layer make up the resistor elements, which form a layered resistor relative to the bottom layer. Various nickel resistors with copper terminals are then formed by etching the copper and nickel alloy layers. These resistors are laminated into the inner layers of the circuit board.

In one embodiment of the present invention, the wires are directly printed on the inner wall of the glass tube (arranged in a line shape), and the LED components are directly attached to the inner wall to be electrically connected to each other through the wires. Preferably, the chip form of the LED component is directly attached to the wire of the inner wall (connecting points are set at both ends of the wire, and the LED component is connected to the power module through the connection point), and after the attachment, drop phosphor powder on the chip. (The LED straight tube light can produce white light when it works, and it can also be light of other colors).

The luminous efficiency of the LED assembly of the present invention is above 80lm/W, preferably above 120lm/W, more preferably above 160lm/W. The LED component can be a monochromatic LED chip whose light is mixed into white light by phosphor powder, and the main wavelengths of its spectrum are 430-460nm and 550-560nm, or 430-460nm, 540-560nm and 620-640nm.

As mentioned above, the electronic components of the power module may be arranged on the lamp board or on the circuit board within the lamp head. In order to increase the advantages of the power supply module, some of the capacitors in the embodiment adopt chip capacitors (eg ceramic chip capacitors), which are arranged on the lamp board or the circuit board in the lamp holder. However, the chip capacitors set in this way will emit obvious noise due to the piezoelectric effect during use, which affects the comfort of customers. In order to solve this problem, in the LED straight tube lamp of the present disclosure, a suitable hole or slot can be drilled directly under the chip capacitor, which can change the composition of the chip capacitor and the circuit board carrying the chip capacitor under the piezoelectric effect Vibration system so as to significantly reduce the noise emitted. The edge or perimeter of this hole or slot can be approximately circular, oval or rectangular in shape, for example, and is located in the conductive layer in the lamp board or in the circuit board in the lamp cap, below the chip capacitor.

Please refer to FIG. 12A , which is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of a power supply module for an LED lamp according to a third preferred embodiment of the present invention. 8C , the power supply module of the LED lamp of this embodiment includes a first rectifier circuit 510 , a filter circuit 520 , and a driving circuit 1530 , wherein the driving circuit 1530 and the LED module 630 constitute the LED lighting module 530 . The driving circuit 1530 is a DC to DC conversion circuit, coupled to the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522 to receive the filtered signal, and perform power conversion to convert the filtered signal into a driving signal for the first driving The output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 output. The LED module 630 is coupled to the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 to receive driving signals to emit light. Preferably, the current of the LED module 630 is stable at a predetermined current value. The LED module 630 can be referred to the description of FIGS. 11A to 11D .

More specifically, with reference to FIG. 11A , under the configuration with the driving circuit 1530 , the positive terminal of the LED module 630 is changed from being coupled to the first filtering output terminal 521 to being coupled to the first driving output terminal 1521 , and The negative terminal of the LED module 630 is changed from being coupled to the second filtering output terminal 522 to being coupled to the second driving output terminal 1522 .

In an exemplary embodiment, the first driving output terminal 1521 connected to the positive terminal of the LED module 630 (ie, the positive terminal of the LED unit 732 / the positive terminal of the first LED component 731 ) is the DC power output terminal of the driving circuit 1520 , And the second driving output terminal 1522 connected to the negative terminal of the LED module 630 (ie, the negative terminal of the LED unit 732 / the negative terminal of the last LED component 731 ) is the ground terminal/reference terminal of the driving circuit 1520 . In other words, the LED module 630 is coupled between the DC power output terminal of the driving circuit 1520 and a ground terminal/reference terminal.

In another exemplary embodiment, one of the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 is the DC power output terminal of the driving circuit 1520 ; the other is the power input terminal of the driving circuit 1520 , That is, it will be directly connected to the first filter output terminal 521 or the second filter output terminal 522 . In other words, the LED module 630 is coupled between the DC power output terminal and the input terminal of the driving circuit 1520 .

In addition, it should be mentioned that the connection method of the LED module 630 is not limited to the implementation of the straight tube lamp, and it can be applied to various types of LED lamps powered by AC power (ie, LED lamps without ballasts). For example, in LED bulbs, LED filament lamps or integrated LED lamps, the present invention is not limited thereto.

Please refer to FIG. 12B , which is a circuit block diagram of the driving circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. The driving circuit includes a controller 1531 and a conversion circuit 1532, and performs power conversion in a current source mode to drive the LED module to emit light. The conversion circuit 1532 includes a switch circuit (which may also be referred to as a power switch) 1535 and a tank circuit 1538 . The conversion circuit 1532 is coupled to the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522, receives the filtered signal, and converts it into a driving signal according to the control of the controller 1531, and the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 output to drive the LED module. Under the control of the controller 1531, the driving signal output by the conversion circuit 1532 is a stable current, so that the LED module emits light stably.

The operation of the driving circuit 1530 is further described below with reference to the signal waveforms of FIGS. 12C to 12F . 12C to 12F are schematic diagrams of signal waveforms of driving circuits according to different embodiments of the present invention. FIGS. 12C and 12D illustrate the signal waveforms and control scenarios of the driving circuit 1530 operating in a continuous conduction mode (CCM), and FIGS. 12E and 12F illustrate the driving circuit 1530 operating in discontinuous conduction. Signal waveform and control situation of Discontinuous-Conduction Mode (DCM). In the signal waveform diagram, the horizontal axis t represents time, and the vertical axis represents the voltage or current value (depending on the signal type).

The controller 1531 of this embodiment adjusts the duty cycle (Duty Cycle) of the output lighting control signal Slc according to the received current detection signal Sdet, so that the switch circuit 1535 is turned on in response to the lighting control signal Slc or deadline. The energy storage circuit 1538 is repeatedly charged/discharged according to the on/off state of the switch circuit 1535, so that the driving current ILED received by the LED module 630 can be stably maintained at a predetermined current value Ipred. The lighting control signal Slc will have a fixed signal period Tlc and signal amplitude, and the length of the pulse enabling period (such as Ton1, Ton2, Ton3, or pulse width) in each signal period Tlc will be adjusted according to the control requirements . The duty cycle of the lighting control signal Slc is the ratio of the pulse enabling period to the signal period Tlc. For example, if the pulse enabling period Ton1 is 40% of the signal period Tlc, it means that the duty cycle of the lighting control signal in the first signal period Tlc is 0.4.

In addition, the current detection signal Sdet may be, for example, a signal representing the magnitude of the current flowing through the LED module 630 or a signal representing the magnitude of the current flowing through the switch circuit 1535 , but the present invention is not limited thereto.

Please refer to FIG. 12B and FIG. 12C at the same time. FIG. 12C shows the signal waveform changes of the driving circuit 1530 under a plurality of signal periods Tlc when the driving current ILED is less than the predetermined current value Ipred. Specifically, in the first signal period Tlc, the switch circuit 1535 is turned on during the pulse enabling period Ton1 in response to the high voltage lighting control signal Slc. At this time, the conversion circuit 1532 not only generates the driving current ILED according to the input power received from the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522 and provides the driving current ILED to the LED module 630, but also provides the LED module 630 with the driving current ILED through the on-off switch circuit 1535. The tank circuit 1538 is charged such that the current IL flowing through the tank circuit 1538 gradually increases. In other words, during the pulse enabling period Ton1 , the energy storage circuit 1538 stores energy in response to the input power received from the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522 .

Then, after the pulse enabling period Ton1 ends, the switch circuit 1535 is turned off in response to the low voltage level of the lighting control signal Slc. During the period when the switch circuit 1535 is off, the input power on the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522 is not supplied to the LED module 630, but is discharged by the energy storage circuit 1538 to generate the driving current ILED. For the LED module 630, the tank circuit 1538 will gradually reduce the current IL due to the release of electrical energy. Therefore, even when the lighting control signal Slc is at a low voltage level (ie, a disabled period), the driving circuit 1530 will continue to supply power to the LED module 630 based on the energy release of the energy storage circuit 1538 . In other words, regardless of whether the switch circuit 1535 is turned on or not, the driving circuit 1530 will continue to provide a stable driving current ILED to the LED module 630, and the driving current ILED is about I1 in the first signal period Tlc.

In the first signal period Tlc, the controller 1531 determines that the current value I1 of the driving current ILED is smaller than the preset current value Ipred according to the current detection signal Sdet, so when entering the second signal period Tlc, the controller 1531 will turn on the control signal Slc The pulse enabling period is adjusted to be Ton2, wherein the pulse enabling period Ton2 is the pulse enabling period Ton1 plus the unit period t1.

In the second signal period Tlc, the operation of the switch circuit 1535 and the tank circuit 1538 is similar to that of the previous signal period Tlc. The main difference between the two is that since the pulse enabling period Ton2 is longer than the pulse enabling period Ton1, the energy storage circuit 1538 has a longer charging time and a relatively short discharging time, so that the driving circuit 1530 is in the second The average value of the driving current ILED provided in each signal period Tlc increases to a current value I2 that is closer to the preset current value Ipred.

Similarly, since the current value I2 of the driving current ILED is still smaller than the preset current value Ipred, in the third signal period Tlc, the controller 1531 will further adjust the pulse enabling period of the lighting control signal Slc to Ton3, wherein the pulse enabling period Ton3 is the pulse enabling period Ton2 plus the unit period t1, which is equal to the pulse enabling period Ton1 plus the period t2 (equivalent to two unit periods t1). In the third signal period Tlc, the operation of the switch circuit 1535 and the tank circuit 1538 is similar to that of the first two signal periods Tlc. Since the pulse enabling period Ton3 is further extended, the current value of the driving current ILED increases to I3 and substantially reaches the preset current value Ipred. Thereafter, since the current value I3 of the driving current ILED has reached the predetermined current value Ipred, the controller 1531 maintains the same duty cycle, so that the driving current ILED can be continuously maintained at the predetermined current value Ipred.

Please refer to FIG. 12B and FIG. 12D at the same time. FIG. 12D illustrates the change of the signal waveform of the driving circuit 1530 under a plurality of signal periods Tlc when the driving current ILED is greater than the predetermined current value Ipred. Specifically, in the first signal period Tlc, the switch circuit 1535 is turned on during the pulse enabling period Ton1 in response to the high voltage lighting control signal Slc. At this time, the conversion circuit 1532 not only generates the driving current ILED according to the input power received from the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522 and provides the driving current ILED to the LED module 630, but also provides the LED module 630 with the driving current ILED through the on-off switch circuit 1535. The tank circuit 1538 is charged such that the current IL flowing through the tank circuit 1538 gradually increases. In other words, during the pulse enabling period Ton1 , the energy storage circuit 1538 stores energy in response to the input power received from the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522 .

Then, after the pulse enabling period Ton1 ends, the switch circuit 1535 is turned off in response to the low voltage level of the lighting control signal Slc. During the period when the switch circuit 1535 is off, the input power on the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522 is not supplied to the LED module 630, but is discharged by the energy storage circuit 1538 to generate the driving current ILED. For the LED module 630, the tank circuit 1538 will gradually reduce the current IL due to the release of electrical energy. Therefore, even when the lighting control signal Slc is at a low voltage level (ie, a disabled period), the driving circuit 1530 will continue to supply power to the LED module 630 based on the energy release of the energy storage circuit 1538 . In other words, regardless of whether the switch circuit 1535 is turned on or not, the driving circuit 1530 will continue to provide a stable driving current ILED to the LED module 630, and the driving current ILED has a current value of about I4 in the first signal period Tlc.

In the first signal period Tlc, the controller 1531 determines that the current value I4 of the driving current ILED is greater than the preset current value Ipred according to the current detection signal Sdet, so when entering the second signal period Tlc, the controller 1531 will turn on the control signal Slc The pulse enabling period is adjusted to be Ton2, wherein the pulse enabling period Ton2 is the pulse enabling period Ton1 minus the unit period t1.

In the second signal period Tlc, the operation of the switch circuit 1535 and the tank circuit 1538 is similar to that of the previous signal period Tlc. The main difference between the two is that since the pulse enabling period Ton2 is shorter than the pulse enabling period Ton1, the energy storage circuit 1538 has a shorter charging time and a relatively longer discharging time, so that the driving circuit 1530 is in the second The average value of the driving current ILED provided in each signal period Tlc is reduced to a current value I5 that is closer to the preset current value Ipred.

Similarly, since the current value I5 of the driving current ILED is still greater than the preset current value Ipred, in the third signal period Tpwm, the controller 1531 will further adjust the pulse enabling period of the lighting control signal Slc to Ton3, wherein the pulse enabling period Ton3 is the pulse enabling period Ton2 minus the unit period t1, which is equal to the pulse enabling period Ton1 minus the period t2 (equivalent to two unit periods t1). In the third signal period Tlc, the operation of the switch circuit 1535 and the tank circuit 1538 is similar to that of the first two signal periods Tlc. Since the pulse enabling period Ton3 is further shortened, the current value of the driving current ILED is reduced to I6 and substantially reaches the preset current value Ipred. Thereafter, since the current value I6 of the driving current ILED has reached the predetermined current value Ipred, the controller 1531 maintains the same duty cycle, so that the driving current ILED can be continuously maintained at the predetermined current value Ipred.

As can be seen from the above, the driving circuit 1530 will stepwise adjust the pulse width of the lighting control signal Slc, so that the driving current ILED is gradually adjusted to approach the predetermined current when the driving current ILED is lower than or higher than the predetermined current value Ipred. value Ipred, and then realize constant current output.

In addition, in this embodiment, the driving circuit 1530 is operated in the continuous conduction mode as an example, that is, the tank circuit 1538 will not discharge until the current IL is zero when the switching circuit 1535 is turned off. By supplying power to the LED module 630 by the driving circuit 1530 operating in the continuous conduction mode, the power supplied to the LED module 630 can be more stable and less likely to generate ripples.

Next, the control situation of the driving circuit 1530 operating in the discontinuous conduction mode is described. Please refer to FIG. 12B and FIG. 12E first, wherein the signal waveforms and the operation of the driving circuit 1530 in FIG. 12E are substantially the same as those in FIG. 12C . The main difference between FIG. 12E and FIG. 12C is that the driving circuit 1530 of this embodiment operates in the discontinuous conduction mode, so the tank circuit 1538 discharges until the current IL is equal to zero during the pulse disable period of the lighting control signal Slc. And the charging is performed again at the beginning of the next signal period Tlc. Other operation descriptions can be referred to the above-mentioned embodiment of FIG. 12C , which will not be repeated here.

Please refer to FIG. 12B and FIG. 12F, wherein the signal waveforms and the operation of the driving circuit 1530 in FIG. 12F are substantially the same as those in FIG. 12D. The main difference between FIG. 12F and FIG. 12D is that the driving circuit 1530 of this embodiment operates in the discontinuous conduction mode, so the tank circuit 1538 will discharge until the current IL is equal to zero during the pulse disable period of the lighting control signal Slc. And the charging is performed again at the beginning of the next signal period Tlc. For other operation descriptions, reference can be made to the above-mentioned embodiment of FIG. 12D , which will not be repeated here.

By supplying power to the LED module 630 by the driving circuit 1530 operating in the discontinuous conduction mode, the power consumption of the driving circuit 1530 can be reduced, and thus the conversion efficiency can be higher.

Incidentally, although the driving circuit 1530 uses a single-stage DC-DC conversion circuit as an example, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the driving circuit 1530 can also be a two-stage driving circuit composed of an active power factor correction circuit and a DC-DC conversion circuit. In other words, any power conversion circuit structure that can be used for driving an LED light source can be applied here.

In addition, the above-mentioned operation description about power conversion is not limited to being applied to driving LED straight tube lamps with AC input, but can be applied to various types of LED lamps powered by AC power (ie, ballastless LED lamps), such as Among the LED bulbs, LED filament lamps or integrated LED lamps, the present invention is not limited to this.

Please refer to FIG. 12G , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the driving circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the driving circuit 1630 is a step-down DC-DC conversion circuit, including a controller 1631 and a conversion circuit, and the conversion circuit includes an inductor 1632, a freewheeling diode 1633, a capacitor 1634, and a switch 1635. The driving circuit 1630 is coupled to the first filtering output terminal 521 and the second filtering output terminal 522 to convert the received filtered signal into a driving signal, which is coupled to the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 for driving. between the LED modules.

In this embodiment, the switch 1635 is a MOSFET and has a control terminal, a first terminal and a second terminal. The first end of the switch 1635 is coupled to the positive electrode of the freewheeling diode 1633, the second end is coupled to the second filter output end 522, and the control end is coupled to the controller 1631 to receive the control of the controller 1631 so that the first end and the second end are connected to each other. between on or off. The first drive output end 1521 is coupled to the first filter output end 521 , the second drive output end 1522 is coupled to one end of the inductor 1632 , and the other end of the inductor 1632 is coupled to the first end of the switch 1635 . The capacitor 1634 is coupled between the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 to stabilize the voltage difference between the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 . The negative terminal of the freewheeling diode 1633 is coupled to the first driving output terminal 1521 .

Next, the operation of the driving circuit 1630 will be described.

The controller 1631 determines the on and off time of the switch 1635 according to the current detection signal S535 or/and S531, that is, controls the duty cycle (Duty Cycle) of the switch 1635 to adjust the magnitude of the driving signal. The current detection signal S535 represents the magnitude of the current flowing through the switch 1635 . The current detection signal S531 represents the magnitude of the current flowing through the LED module coupled between the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 . According to any one of the current detection signals S531 and S535, the controller 1631 can obtain information of the magnitude of the power converted by the conversion circuit. When the switch 1635 is turned on, the current of the filtered signal flows in from the first filter output terminal 521, and passes through the capacitor 1634 and the first drive output terminal 1521 to the LED module, the inductor 1632, and the switch 1635, and then passes through the second filter output terminal. 522 outflow. At this time, the capacitor 1634 and the inductor 1632 store energy. When the switch 1635 is turned off, the inductor 1632 and the capacitor 1634 release the stored energy, and the current freewheels to the first drive output end 1521 through the freewheeling diode 1633 so that the LED module continues to emit light.

It is worth noting that the capacitor 1634 is not an essential component and can be omitted, so it is represented by a dotted line in the figure. In some application environments, the capacitor 1634 can be omitted by omitting the capacitor 1634 by stabilizing the current of the LED module due to the characteristic of the inductor resisting the change of the current. In addition, it should be mentioned that, since the present embodiment adopts a non-isolated power conversion structure, the controller 1631 can feedback the magnitude of the current flowing through the switch 1635 (ie, the current detection signal S535 ) by detecting Controls the basis of the toggle switch 1635. If an isolated power conversion structure is used, a detection resistor (not shown) should be connected in series with the LED unit to detect the current flowing through the LED module, and then feedback it through an optocoupler (not shown) The controller 1631 on the primary side is used as a reference for control.

From another point of view, the driving circuit 1630 keeps the current flowing through the LED module unchanged. Therefore, for some LED modules (eg, white, red, blue, green, etc. LED modules), the color temperature varies with the current. The changed situation can be improved, that is, the LED module can maintain the same color temperature under different brightness. The inductance 1632 acting as the energy storage circuit releases the stored energy when the switch 1635 is turned off. On the one hand, the LED module keeps emitting light continuously, and on the other hand, the current and voltage on the LED module do not drop to the lowest value. When the switch 1635 is turned on again, the current and voltage do not need to go back and forth from the minimum value to the maximum value, thereby preventing the LED module from emitting intermittent light, improving the overall brightness of the LED module, reducing the minimum conduction period and increasing the driving frequency.

Please refer to FIG. 12H , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the driving circuit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the driving circuit 1730 is a boost DC to DC conversion circuit, including a controller 1731 and a conversion circuit, and the conversion circuit includes an inductor 1732, a freewheeling diode 1733, a capacitor 1734, and a switch 1735. The driving circuit 1730 converts the filtered signals received by the first filtering output terminal 521 and the second filtering output terminal 522 into driving signals to drive the LEDs coupled between the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 module.

One end of the inductor 1732 is coupled to the first filter output end 521 , and the other end is coupled to the anode of the filter diode 1733 and the first end of the switch 1735 . The second end of the switch 1735 is coupled to the second filter output end 522 and the second drive output end 1522 . The cathode of the freewheeling diode 1733 is coupled to the first driving output terminal 1521 . The capacitor 1734 is coupled between the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 .

The controller 1731 is coupled to the control terminal of the switch 1735, and controls the on and off of the switch 1735 according to the current detection signal S531 or/and the current detection signal S535. When the switch 1735 is turned on, the current flows into the first filter output terminal 521 , flows through the inductor 1732 , and then flows out from the second filter output terminal 522 after the switch 1735 . At this time, the current flowing through the inductor 1732 increases with time, and the inductor 1732 is in an energy storage state. At the same time, the capacitor 1734 is in a state of releasing energy to continuously drive the LED module to emit light. When the switch 1735 is turned off, the inductor 1732 is in a state of releasing energy, and the current of the inductor 1732 decreases with time. The current of the inductor 1732 freewheels to the capacitor 1734 and the LED module through the freewheeling diode 1733 . At this time, the capacitor 1734 is in an energy storage state.

It is worth noting that the capacitor 1734 is an optional component, which is represented by a dotted line. When the capacitor 1734 is omitted, when the switch 1735 is turned on, the current of the inductor 1732 does not flow through the LED module and the LED module does not emit light; when the switch 1735 is turned off, the current of the inductor 1732 flows through the LED module through the freewheeling diode 1733 and Make the LED module glow. By controlling the lighting time of the LED module and the amount of current flowing through it, the average brightness of the LED module can be stabilized at the set value, and the same stable lighting effect can be achieved. In addition, it should be mentioned that, since the present embodiment adopts a non-isolated power conversion structure, the controller 1731 can feedback the magnitude of the current flowing through the switch 1735 (ie, the current detection signal S535 ) by detecting Controls the basis of the toggle switch 1735. If a non-isolated power conversion structure is used, the current magnitude of the switch 1735 cannot be directly detected as the basis for the controller 1731 to feedback and control the switch 1735 .

In order to detect the magnitude of the current flowing through the switch 1735 , a detection resistor (not shown) is disposed between the switch 1735 and the second filter output terminal 522 . When the switch 1735 is turned on, the current flowing through the detection resistor will cause a voltage difference between the two ends of the detection resistor, so the voltage on the detection resistor can be used as the current detection signal S535 to be sent back to the controller 1731 as the basis for control. However, when the LED straight tube lamp is energized or is struck by lightning, a large current (may be more than 10A) is likely to be generated in the loop of the switch 1735 and the detection resistor and the controller 1731 are damaged. Therefore, in some embodiments, the driving circuit 1730 may further include a clamping element, which may be connected to the detection resistor, for when the current flowing through the detection resistor or the voltage difference between the two ends of the current detection resistor exceeds a predetermined value, The loop of the sense resistor is clamped to limit the current flowing through the sense resistor. In some embodiments, the clamping element may be, for example, a plurality of diodes, and the plurality of diodes are connected in series to form a diode string, and the diode string and the detection resistor are connected in parallel with each other. Under this configuration, when a large current is generated in the loop of the switch 1735, the diode string connected in parallel with the sense resistor is rapidly turned on, so that both ends of the sense resistor can be limited to a certain level. For example, if the diode string consists of 5 diodes, since the turn-on voltage of a single diode is about 0.7V, the diode string can clamp the voltage across the detection resistor to about 3.5V.

From another point of view, the driving circuit 1730 keeps the current flowing through the LED module unchanged. Therefore, for some LED modules (eg, white, red, blue, green, etc. LED modules), the color temperature varies with the current. The changed situation can be improved, that is, the LED module can maintain the same color temperature under different brightness. The inductance 1732 acting as the energy storage circuit releases the stored energy when the switch 1735 is turned off. On the one hand, the LED module continues to emit light, and on the other hand, the current and voltage on the LED module will not drop to the lowest value. When the switch 1735 is turned on again, the current and voltage do not need to go back and forth from the minimum value to the maximum value, thereby preventing the LED module from emitting light intermittently, improving the overall brightness of the LED module, reducing the minimum conduction period and increasing the driving frequency.

Please refer to FIG. 12I , which is a schematic circuit diagram of a driving circuit according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the driving circuit 1830 is a step-down DC-DC conversion circuit, including a controller 1831 and a conversion circuit, and the conversion circuit includes an inductor 1832, a freewheeling diode 1833, a capacitor 1834, and a switch 1835. The driving circuit 1830 is coupled to the first filtering output terminal 521 and the second filtering output terminal 522 to convert the received filtered signal into a driving signal, which is coupled to the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 for driving. between the LED modules.

The first end of the switch 1835 is coupled to the first filter output end 521 , the second end is coupled to the negative electrode of the freewheeling diode 1833 , and the control end is coupled to the controller 1831 to receive the control signal of the controller 1831 to connect the first end to the second end. The state between the two terminals is on or off. The anode of the freewheeling diode 1833 is coupled to the second filter output terminal 522. One end of the inductor 1832 is coupled to the second end of the switch 1835 , and the other end is coupled to the first driving output end 1521 . The second driving output terminal 1522 is coupled to the anode of the freewheeling diode 1833 . The capacitor 1834 is coupled between the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 to stabilize the voltage between the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 .

The controller 1831 controls the on and off of the switch 1835 according to the current detection signal S531 or/and the current detection signal S535. When the switch 1835 is turned on, the current flows from the first filter output terminal 521 , passes through the switch 1835 , the inductor 1832 , the capacitor 1834 , the first drive output terminal 1521 , the LED module and the second drive output terminal 1522 , and then flows from the second filter output terminal 1522 . The filtered output 522 flows out. At this time, the current flowing through the inductor 1832 and the voltage of the capacitor 1834 increase with time, and the inductor 1832 and the capacitor 1834 are in an energy storage state. When the switch 1835 is turned off, the inductor 1832 is in a state of releasing energy, and the current of the inductor 1832 decreases with time. At this time, the current of the inductor 1832 returns to the inductor 1832 through the first driving output terminal 1521 , the LED module, the second driving output terminal 1522 , and the freewheeling diode 1833 to form a freewheeling current.

It is worth noting that the capacitor 1834 is an optional component, which is represented by a dotted line in the figure. When the capacitor 1834 is omitted, regardless of whether the switch 1835 is on or off, the current of the inductor 1832 can flow through the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 to drive the LED module to continuously emit light. In addition, it should be mentioned that, since the present embodiment adopts a non-isolated power conversion structure, the controller 1831 can feedback the magnitude of the current flowing through the switch 1835 (ie, the current detection signal S535 ) by detecting Controls the basis of the toggle switch 1835. If a non-isolated power conversion structure is used, the current magnitude of the switch 1835 cannot be directly detected as the basis for the controller 1831 to feedback and control the switch 1835 .

From another point of view, the driving circuit 1830 keeps the current flowing through the LED module unchanged. Therefore, for some LED modules (eg, white, red, blue, green, etc. LED modules), the color temperature varies with the current. The changed situation can be improved, that is, the LED module can maintain the same color temperature under different brightness. The inductor 1832 acting as the energy storage circuit releases the stored energy when the switch 1835 is turned off. On the one hand, the LED module keeps emitting light continuously, and on the other hand, the current and voltage on the LED module will not drop to the lowest value. When the switch 1835 is turned on again, the current and voltage do not need to go back and forth from the minimum value to the maximum value, thereby preventing the LED module from emitting intermittent light, improving the overall brightness of the LED module, reducing the minimum conduction period and increasing the driving frequency.

Please refer to FIG. 12J , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the driving circuit according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the driving circuit 1930 is a step-down DC-DC conversion circuit, including a controller 1931 and a conversion circuit, and the conversion circuit includes an inductor 1932, a freewheeling diode 1933, a capacitor 1934, and a switch 1935. The driving circuit 1930 is coupled to the first filtering output terminal 521 and the second filtering output terminal 522 to convert the received filtered signal into a driving signal, which is coupled to the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 for driving. between the LED modules.

One end of the inductor 1932 is coupled to the first filter output end 521 and the second driving output end 1522 , and the other end is coupled to the first end of the switch 1935 . The second end of the switch 1935 is coupled to the second filter output end 522 , and the control end is coupled to the controller 1931 to be turned on or off according to the control signal of the controller 1931 . The positive electrode of the freewheeling diode 1933 is coupled to the connection point of the inductor 1932 and the switch 1935 , and the negative electrode is coupled to the first driving output terminal 1521 . The capacitor 1934 is coupled to the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 to stably drive the LED module coupled between the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 .

The controller 1931 controls the on and off of the switch 1935 according to the current detection signal S531 or/and the current detection signal S535. When the switch 1935 is turned on, the current flows in from the first filter output terminal 521 , flows through the inductor 1932 , and then flows out from the second filter output terminal 522 after the switch 1935 . At this time, the current flowing through the inductor 1932 increases with time, and the inductor 1932 is in a state of energy storage; the voltage of the capacitor 1934 decreases with time, and the capacitor 1934 is in a state of releasing energy to keep the LED module emitting light. When the switch 1935 is turned off, the inductor 1932 is in an energy release state, and the current of the inductor 1932 decreases with time. At this time, the current of the inductor 1932 returns to the inductor 1932 through the freewheeling diode 1933, the first driving output terminal 1521, the LED module and the second driving output terminal 1522 to form a freewheeling current. At this time, the capacitor 1934 is in an energy storage state, and the voltage of the capacitor 1934 increases with time.

It is worth noting that the capacitor 1934 is an optional component, which is represented by a dotted line in the figure. When the capacitor 1934 is omitted and the switch 1935 is turned on, the current of the inductor 1932 does not flow through the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 so that the LED module does not emit light. When the switch 1935 is turned off, the current of the inductor 1932 flows through the freewheeling diode 1933 and flows through the LED module to make the LED module emit light. By controlling the lighting time of the LED module and the amount of current flowing through it, the average brightness of the LED module can be stabilized at the set value, and the same stable lighting effect can be achieved. In addition, it should be mentioned that, since the present embodiment adopts a non-isolated power conversion structure, it can be used as feedback for the controller 1931 by detecting the magnitude of the current flowing through the switch 1935 (ie, the current detection signal S535 ). Controls the basis of the toggle switch 1935. If a non-isolated power conversion structure is used, the current magnitude of the switch 1935 cannot be directly detected as the basis for the controller 1931 to feedback and control the switch 1735 .

From another point of view, the driving circuit 1930 keeps the current flowing through the LED module unchanged. Therefore, for some LED modules (eg, white, red, blue, green, etc. LED modules), the color temperature varies with the current. The changed situation can be improved, that is, the LED module can maintain the same color temperature under different brightness. The inductance 1932 acting as the energy storage circuit releases the stored energy when the switch 1935 is turned off. On the one hand, the LED module continues to emit light, and on the other hand, the current and voltage on the LED module will not drop to the lowest value. When the switch 1935 is turned on again, the current and voltage do not need to go back and forth from the minimum value to the maximum value, thereby preventing the LED module from emitting intermittently, improving the overall brightness of the LED module, reducing the minimum conduction period and increasing the driving frequency.

5 and 6, the short circuit board 253 is divided into a first short circuit board and a second short circuit board connected to both ends of the long circuit board 251, and the electronic components in the power module are respectively arranged on the short circuit boards. 253 on the first short circuit board and the second short circuit board. The length dimensions of the first short circuit board and the second short circuit board may be approximately the same, or may not be consistent. Generally, the length dimension of the first short circuit board (the right circuit board of the short circuit board 253 in FIG. 5 and the left circuit board of the short circuit board 253 in FIG. 6 ) is 30% to 30% of the length dimension of the second short circuit board 80%. More preferably, the length dimension of the first short circuit board is 1/3˜2/3 of the length dimension of the second short circuit board. In this embodiment, the length dimension of the first short circuit board is approximately half the size of the second short circuit board. The size of the second short circuit board is between 15mm and 65mm (depending on the application). The first short circuit board is arranged in the lamp cap at one end of the LED straight tube lamp, and the second short circuit board is arranged in the lamp cap at the opposite end of the LED straight tube lamp.

For example, the capacitors of the driving circuit (for example, the capacitors 1634, 1734, 1834, and 1934 in FIG. 12C to FIG. 12F ) may actually be formed by two or more capacitors connected in parallel. At least part or all of the capacitance of the driving circuit in the power module is arranged on the first short circuit board of the short circuit board 253 . That is, the rectifier circuit, the filter circuit, the inductance of the drive circuit, the controller, the switch, the diode, etc. are all arranged on the second short circuit board of the short circuit board 253 . Inductors, controllers, switches, etc. are components with high temperature in electronic components, and some or all capacitors are arranged on different circuit boards, so that capacitors (especially electrolytic capacitors) can avoid the impact of high temperature components on capacitors. It affects the life of the capacitor and improves the reliability of the capacitor. Further, the EMI problem can also be solved because the capacitor is separated from the rectifier circuit and the filter circuit in space.

In one embodiment, the components with higher temperature in the driving circuit are arranged on one side of the lamp tube (which can be referred to as the first side of the lamp tube), and the other components are arranged on the other side of the lamp tube (which can be referred to as the lamp tube). the second side of the tube). In a lighting system with multiple lamps, the lamps are connected to the lamp sockets in a staggered arrangement, that is, the first side of any one of the lamps is adjacent to the second side of other adjacent lamps. Such a configuration can make the components with higher temperature evenly arranged in the lighting system, thereby preventing the heat from concentrating on a specific position in the lighting and affecting the overall luminous efficacy of the LED.

The conversion efficiency of the driving circuit of the present invention is above 80%, preferably above 90%, more preferably above 92%. Therefore, when the driving circuit is not included, the luminous efficiency of the LED lamp of the present invention is preferably more than 120lm/W, more preferably more than 160lm/W; and the luminous efficiency after the combination of the driving circuit and the LED component is included is preferably 120lm/W*90%=108lm/W or more, more preferably 160lm/W*92%=147.2lm/W or more.

In addition, considering that the light transmittance of the diffusion layer of the LED straight tube lamp is more than 85%, the luminous efficiency of the LED straight tube lamp of the present invention is preferably 108lm/W*85%=91.8lm/W or more, more preferably It is 147.2lm/W*85%=125.12lm/W.

Please refer to FIG. 13A , which is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention. Compared with the embodiment shown in FIG. 8C , the LED straight tube lamp of this embodiment includes a first rectifier circuit 510 , a filter circuit 520 and an LED lighting module 530 , and an overvoltage protection circuit 1570 is further added. The overvoltage protection circuit 1570 is coupled to the first filter output end 521 and the second filter output end 522 to detect the filtered signal, and clamp the filtered signal when the level of the filtered signal is higher than the set overvoltage value. level. Therefore, the overvoltage protection circuit 1570 can protect the components of the LED lighting module 530 from being damaged by the overvoltage.

Please refer to FIG. 13B , which is a schematic circuit diagram of an overvoltage protection circuit according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. The overvoltage protection circuit 1670 includes a Zener diode 1671 , such as a Zener diode, coupled to the first filter output end 521 and the second filter output end 522 . The Zener diode 1671 is turned on when the voltage difference between the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522 (ie, the level of the filtered signal) reaches the breakdown voltage, so that the voltage difference is clamped to the breakdown voltage. The breakdown voltage is preferably in the range of 40-100V, more preferably in the range of 55-75V.

Please refer to FIG. 14A , which is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the fifth preferred embodiment of the present invention. Compared with the embodiment shown in FIG. 8C , the LED straight tube lamp of this embodiment includes a first rectifier circuit 510 and a filter circuit 520 , and an auxiliary power module 2510 is added, wherein the power module of the LED straight tube lamp can also include LED lighting. Some components of module 530. The auxiliary power module 2510 is coupled between the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522 . The auxiliary power module 2510 detects the filtered signals on the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522 , and determines whether to provide auxiliary power to the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522 according to the detection results. When the filtered signal stops being supplied or the AC level is insufficient, that is, when the driving voltage of the LED module is lower than an auxiliary voltage, the auxiliary power module 2510 provides auxiliary power so that the LED lighting module 530 can continue to emit light. The auxiliary voltage is determined according to an auxiliary power supply voltage of the auxiliary power module.

Please refer to FIG. 14B , which is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the sixth preferred embodiment of the present invention. Compared with the embodiment shown in FIG. 14A , the LED straight tube lamp of this embodiment includes a first rectifier circuit 510 , a filter circuit 520 and an auxiliary power module 2510 , and the LED lighting module 530 further includes a driving circuit 1530 and an LED module 630 . The auxiliary power module 2510 is coupled between the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 . The auxiliary power module 2510 detects the driving signals of the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 , and determines whether to provide auxiliary power to the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 according to the detection results. When the driving signal stops being provided or the AC level is insufficient, the auxiliary power module 2510 provides auxiliary power, so that the LED module 630 can continue to emit light.

In another exemplary embodiment, the LED lighting module 530 or the LED module 630 can only receive the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary power module 2510 as the working power, and the external driving signal is used for charging the auxiliary power module 2510 . Because this embodiment only uses the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary power module 2810 to light up the LED lighting module 530, that is, whether the external driving signal is provided by the mains or by the ballast, the auxiliary power is first The energy storage unit of the module 2810 is charged, and then the energy storage unit supplies power to the back end. Thereby, the LED straight tube lamp applying the power module architecture of this embodiment can be compatible with the external driving signal provided by the commercial power or the ballast.

From a structural point of view, since the above-mentioned auxiliary power module 2510 is connected to the output end of the filter circuit 520 (the first filter output end 521 and the second filter output end 522 ) or the output end of the drive circuit 1530 (the first drive output end between the terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522), so in an exemplary embodiment, the circuit can be placed in the lamp tube (for example, adjacent to the position of the LED lighting module 530 or the LED module 630), so as to avoid too long The traces cause power transfer losses. In another exemplary embodiment, the circuit of the auxiliary power module 2510 can also be placed in the lamp head, so that the heat energy generated by the auxiliary power module 2510 during charging and discharging is less likely to affect the operation and luminous efficacy of the LED module. Please refer to FIG. 14C , which is a schematic circuit diagram of an auxiliary power module according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. The auxiliary power module 2610 of this embodiment can be applied to the configuration of the auxiliary power module 2510 described above. The auxiliary power module 2610 includes an energy storage unit 2613 and a voltage detection circuit 2614 . The auxiliary power module 2610 has an auxiliary power positive terminal 2611 and an auxiliary power negative terminal 2612 to be respectively coupled to the first filtering output terminal 521 and the second filtering output terminal 522 or the first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 . The voltage detection circuit 2614 detects the level of the signal on the positive terminal 2611 of the auxiliary power supply and the negative terminal 2612 of the auxiliary power supply to determine whether to release the power of the energy storage unit 2613 through the positive terminal 2611 of the auxiliary power supply and the negative terminal 2612 of the auxiliary power supply. .

In this embodiment, the energy storage unit 2613 is a battery or a super capacitor. The voltage detection circuit 2614 further uses the signals on the positive terminal 2611 of the auxiliary power supply and the negative terminal 2612 of the auxiliary power supply to compare the signals on the positive terminal 2611 of the auxiliary power supply and the negative terminal 2612 of the auxiliary power supply to the energy storage unit 2613 when the level of the signal on the positive terminal 2611 of the auxiliary power supply and the negative terminal 2612 of the auxiliary power supply is higher than the voltage of the energy storage unit 2613 . The energy unit 2613 is charged. When the signal level of the auxiliary power positive terminal 2611 and the auxiliary power negative terminal 2612 is lower than the voltage of the energy storage unit 2613 , the energy storage unit 2613 discharges externally through the auxiliary power positive terminal 2611 and the auxiliary power negative terminal 2612 .

The voltage detection circuit 2614 includes a diode 2615 , a bipolar junction transistor 2616 and a resistor 2617 . The anode of the diode 2615 is coupled to the anode of the energy storage unit 2613 , and the cathode is coupled to the positive terminal 2611 of the auxiliary power supply. The negative terminal of the energy storage unit 2613 is coupled to the negative terminal 2612 of the auxiliary power supply. The collector of the bipolar junction transistor 2616 is coupled to the positive terminal 2611 of the auxiliary power supply, and the emitter is coupled to the positive terminal of the energy storage unit 2613 . One end of the resistor 2617 is coupled to the positive terminal 2611 of the auxiliary power supply, and the other end is coupled to the base of the bipolar junction transistor 2616 . The resistor 2617 turns on the bipolar junction transistor 2616 when the collector of the bipolar junction transistor 2616 is one turn-on voltage higher than the emitter. When the power supply driving the LED straight tube lamp is normal, the filtered signal will charge the energy storage unit 2613 through the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522 and the conducting two-carrier junction transistor 2616, or the driving signal will be charged through the The first driving output terminal 1521 and the second driving output terminal 1522 and the turned-on bipolar junction transistor 2616 charge the energy storage unit 2613 until the collector-shooting difference of the bipolar junction transistor 2616 is equal to or less than the conduction. until the voltage is turned on. When the filtered signal or the driving signal stops being supplied or the level suddenly drops, the energy storage unit 2613 provides power to the LED lighting module 530 or the LED module 630 through the diode 2615 to maintain light emission.

It is worth noting that the highest voltage stored by the energy storage unit 2613 during charging will be at least lower than the voltage applied to the positive terminal 2611 of the auxiliary power supply and the negative terminal 2612 of the auxiliary power supply by the turn-on voltage of the bipolar junction transistor 2616 . When the energy storage unit 2613 is discharged, the voltage output by the positive terminal 2611 of the auxiliary power supply and the negative terminal 2612 of the auxiliary power supply is lower than the voltage of the energy storage unit 2613 by the threshold voltage of the diode 2615 . Therefore, when the auxiliary power module starts to supply power, the supplied voltage will be low (approximately equal to the sum of the threshold voltage of the diode 2615 and the turn-on voltage of the bi-junction transistor 2616). In the embodiment shown in FIG. 14B , the lowering of the voltage when the auxiliary power module supplies power will significantly reduce the brightness of the LED module 630 . In this way, when the auxiliary power supply module is applied to the emergency lighting system or the always-on lighting system, the user can know that the main lighting power supply, such as the mains, is abnormal, and can take necessary preventive measures.

In addition to being applicable to the emergency power supply of a single lamp, the configurations of the embodiments of FIGS. 14A to 14C can also be applied to a multi-lamp lamp structure. Taking a lamp with four LED straight tube lamps arranged in parallel as an example, in an exemplary embodiment, one of the four LED straight tube lamps may include an auxiliary power module. When the external drive signal is abnormal, the LED straight tube light containing the auxiliary power module will continue to be lit, while other LED straight tube lights will be off. Considering the uniformity of illumination, the LED straight tube lamp provided with the auxiliary power module can be arranged in the middle position of the lamp.

In another exemplary embodiment, a plurality of the four LED straight tube lamps may include auxiliary power modules. When the external driving signal is abnormal, all the LED straight tube lamps including the auxiliary power module can be lit by the auxiliary power at the same time. In this way, even in an emergency situation, the whole lamp can still provide a certain brightness. Considering the uniformity of illumination, if two LED straight tube lamps are provided with auxiliary power modules as an example, the two LED straight tube lamps can be arranged in a staggered arrangement with the LED straight tube lamps without auxiliary power modules.

In yet another exemplary embodiment, a plurality of the four LED straight tube lamps may include auxiliary power modules. When the external driving signal is abnormal, some of the LED straight tube lamps will be lit by the auxiliary power first, and after a period of time (for example, yes), the other part of the LED straight tube lamps will be lit by the auxiliary power. In this way, the present embodiment can extend the lighting time of the LED straight tube lamp in an emergency state by coordinating with other lamps to provide the auxiliary power sequence.

Wherein, in the embodiment of coordinating the sequence of providing auxiliary power with other lamps, the auxiliary power modules in different lamps can be set to start up time, or the auxiliary power can be communicated by setting a controller in each lamp. The operation state between the power modules is not limited by the present invention.

Please refer to FIG. 14D . FIG. 14D is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention. The LED straight tube lamp of this embodiment includes a rectifier circuit 510 , a filter circuit 520 , an LED lighting module 530 and an auxiliary power module 2710 . The LED lighting module 530 in this embodiment may include only an LED module or a driving circuit and an LED module, but the present invention is not limited to this. Compared with the embodiment shown in FIG. 14B , the auxiliary power module 2710 of this embodiment is connected between the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 to receive an external driving signal and perform charging and discharging based on the external driving signal Actions.

Specifically, in one embodiment, the operation of the auxiliary power module 2710 may be similar to an Off-line UPS. When the power supply is normal, the external power grid/external driving signal will directly supply power to the rectifier circuit 510 and charge the auxiliary power module 2710 at the same time; once the power supply quality of the commercial power is unstable or power failure, the auxiliary power module 2710 will cut off the external power grid and the rectifier circuit 510 and the auxiliary power module 2710 supplies power to the rectifier circuit 510 until the grid power supply returns to normal. In other words, the auxiliary power module 2710 of this embodiment may operate in a redundant manner, for example, and will only intervene in power supply when the power grid is powered off. Here, the power supplied by the auxiliary power module 2710 may be alternating current or direct current.

In an exemplary embodiment, the auxiliary power module 2710 includes, for example, an energy storage unit and a voltage detection circuit. The voltage detection circuit detects an external driving signal and determines whether to enable the energy storage unit to provide auxiliary power to the rectifier circuit according to the detection result. 510 input. When the external driving signal is stopped or the AC level is insufficient, the energy storage unit of the auxiliary power module 2710 provides auxiliary power, so that the LED lighting module 530 can continue to emit light based on the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary energy storage unit. In practical applications, the energy storage unit for providing auxiliary power can be implemented by using energy storage components such as batteries or super capacitors, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

In another exemplary embodiment, as shown in FIG. 14E , the auxiliary power module 2710 includes, for example, a charging unit 2712 and an auxiliary power supply unit 2714 . The input terminal of the charging unit 2712 is connected to the external power grid, and the output terminal of the charging unit 2712 is connected to the auxiliary power supply. Input terminal of power supply unit 2714. The output terminal of the auxiliary power supply unit 2714 is connected to the power supply circuit between the external power grid EP and the rectifier circuit 510 . The system further includes a switch unit 2730, which is respectively connected to the external power grid EP, the output terminal of the auxiliary power supply unit 2714' and the input terminal of the rectifier circuit 510, wherein the switch unit 2730 selectively turns on the external power supply according to the power supply state of the external power grid EP. The loop between the power grid EP and the rectifier circuit 510 , or the loop between the auxiliary power module 2710 and the rectifier circuit 510 . Specifically, when the power supply of the external power grid EP is normal, the power supplied by the external power grid EP will be provided to the input terminal of the rectification circuit 510 through the switch unit 2720 as the external driving signal Sed. At this time, the charging unit 2712 will charge the auxiliary power supply unit 2714 based on the power supplied by the external power grid EP, and the auxiliary power supply unit 2714 will not discharge the back-end rectifier circuit 510 in response to the external driving signal Sed normally transmitted on the power supply circuit. When an abnormality or power failure occurs in the power supply of the external power grid EP, the auxiliary power supply unit 2714 starts to discharge through the switch unit 2720 to provide auxiliary power as the external drive signal Sed to the rectifier circuit 510 .

Please refer to FIG. 14F . FIG. 14F is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the eighth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The LED straight tube lamp of this embodiment includes a rectifier circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, an LED lighting module 530 and an auxiliary power module 2710'. Compared with the embodiment shown in FIG. 14D , the input terminals Pi1 and Pi2 of the auxiliary power module 2710 ′ in this embodiment receive external driving signals, perform charging and discharging operations based on the external driving signals, and then use the generated auxiliary power The output terminals Po1 and Po2 are supplied to the rectifier circuit 510 at the rear end. From the perspective of the structure of the LED straight tube light, the first pin (eg 501 ) and the second pin (eg 502 ) of the LED straight tube light can be the input ends Pi1 and Pi2 of the auxiliary power module 2710 ′ or the output end Po1 and Po2. If the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 are the input ends Pi1 and Pi2 of the auxiliary power module 2710', it means that the auxiliary power module 2710' is arranged inside the LED straight tube lamp; if the first pin 501 and the second pin 501 and the second The pins 502 are the output terminals Po1 and Po2 of the auxiliary power module 2710', which means that the auxiliary power module 2710' is disposed outside the LED straight tube lamp. Subsequent embodiments will further describe the specific structural configuration of the auxiliary power module.

In one embodiment, the operation of the auxiliary power module 2710 ′ is similar to an On-line UPS, and the external power grid/external driving signal will not directly supply power to the rectifier circuit 510 , but will pass through the auxiliary power module 2710 ' to supply power. In other words, in this embodiment, the external power grid and the LED straight tube light are isolated from each other, and the auxiliary power module 2710 ′ is involved in the whole process of starting/using the LED straight tube light, thereby making the power provided to the rectifier circuit 510 The power supply is not affected by unstable power supply from the external grid.

FIG. 14G illustrates an example configuration of an auxiliary power module 2710' for in-line operation. As shown in Figure 14G, the auxiliary power module 2710' includes a charging unit 2712' and an auxiliary power supply unit 2714'. The input terminal of the charging unit 2712' is connected to the external power grid EP, and the output terminal of the charging unit 2712' is connected to the first input terminal of the auxiliary power supply unit 2714'. The second input terminal of the auxiliary power supply unit 2714' is connected to the external power grid EP, and the output terminal thereof is connected to the rectifier circuit 510. Specifically, when the power supply of the external power grid EP is normal, the auxiliary power supply unit 2714 ′ will perform power conversion based on the power provided by the external power grid EP, and generate the external driving signal Sed to the rectifier circuit 510 at the back end accordingly; during this period, The charging unit 2712' simultaneously charges the energy storage unit in the auxiliary power supply unit 2714'. When an abnormality or power failure occurs in the power supply of the external power grid EP, the auxiliary power supply unit 2714' will perform power conversion based on the power provided by its own energy storage unit, and generate an external drive signal Sed to the back end rectifier circuit 510 accordingly. It should be mentioned here that the power conversion action described herein may be one of circuit operations such as rectification, filtering, boosting, and bucking, or a reasonable combination thereof, and the present invention is not limited thereto.

In another embodiment, the operation of the auxiliary power module 2710 ′ is similar to the Line-Interactive UPS, and its basic operation is similar to the offline UPS, but the difference lies in the line-interactive operation. , the auxiliary power module 2710 ′ will monitor the power supply of the external power grid at any time, and it has a boost and voltage reduction compensation circuit to correct the external power supply when the external power supply is not ideal, thereby reducing the frequency of switching to use the battery for power supply.

Figure 14H illustrates an example configuration of an auxiliary power module 2710' for online interactive operation. As shown in FIG. 14H , the auxiliary power module 2710' includes, for example, a charging unit 2712', an auxiliary power supply unit 2714', and a switch unit 2716'. The input terminal of the charging unit 2712' is connected to the external power grid EP, and the output terminal of the charging unit 2712' is connected to the input terminal of the auxiliary power supply unit 2714'. The switch unit 2716' is respectively connected to the external power grid EP, the output terminal of the auxiliary power supply unit 2714' and the input terminal of the rectifier circuit 510, wherein the switch unit 2716' selectively conducts the external power grid EP and the external power grid EP according to the power supply state of the external power grid EP. The loop between the rectifier circuits 510 is also the loop between the auxiliary power supply unit 2714 ′ and the rectifier circuit 510 . Specifically, when the power supply of the external power grid EP is normal, the switch unit 2716' will turn on the loop between the external power grid EP and the rectifier circuit 510, and disconnect the loop between the auxiliary power supply unit 2714' and the rectifier circuit 510, so that the external power supply unit 2714' and the rectifier circuit 510 are disconnected. The power supplied by the grid EP is provided to the input terminal of the rectifier circuit 510 through the switch unit 2716 ′ as the external driving signal Sed. At this time, the charging unit 2712' charges the auxiliary power supply unit 2714' based on the power supplied by the external power grid EP. When an abnormality or power failure occurs in the power supply of the external power grid EP, the switch unit 2716' will switch to conduct the loop between the auxiliary power supply unit 2714' and the rectifier circuit 510, so that the auxiliary power supply unit 2714' starts to discharge to provide auxiliary power as an external drive The signal Sed is given to the rectifier circuit 510 .

In the above embodiment, the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary power supply unit 2714/2714' may be alternating current or direct current. When the provided power is alternating current, the auxiliary power supply unit 2714/2714' includes, for example, an energy storage unit and a DC-AC converter; when the provided power is direct current, the auxiliary power supply unit 2714/2714', for example, It includes an energy storage unit and a DC-DC converter, or only includes an energy storage unit, but the present invention is not limited to this. The energy storage unit may be, for example, a battery module in which several energy storage batteries are combined. The DC-to-DC converter may be, for example, a boost, buck, or buck-boost DC-to-DC converter circuit. The auxiliary power module 2710/2710' further includes a voltage detection circuit (not shown). The voltage detection circuit can be used to detect the working state of the external power grid EP, and send a signal according to the detection result to control the switch unit 2730/2716' or the auxiliary power supply unit 2714', so as to determine that the LED straight tube lamp works in the normal lighting mode (ie, Powered by external grid EP) or emergency mode (ie, powered by auxiliary power module 2710/2710'). Wherein, the switch unit 2730/2716' can be implemented by using a three-terminal switch or a complementary switching two switches. If implemented with two switches of complementary switching, the two switches can be connected in series to the power supply loop of the external power grid EP and the power supply loop of the auxiliary power modules 2710/2710' respectively; and the control method is that when one of the switches is turned on , the other switch is turned off.

In an exemplary embodiment, the switch unit 2730/2716' may be implemented with a relay. The relay is similar to the selection switch of 2 modes. If it works in the normal lighting mode (that is, the mains is used as the external driving signal), after the power is turned on, the relay is energized and closed. At this time, the power module of the LED straight tube lamp is not connected with the auxiliary power module. 2710/2710' is electrically connected; if the mains is abnormal, the electromagnetic suction of the relay disappears and returns to the original position. At this time, the power module of the LED straight tube light is electrically connected to the auxiliary power module 2710/2710' through the relay, so that the auxiliary The power module works.

From the perspective of the overall lighting system, when applied to general lighting occasions, the auxiliary power modules 2710/2710' do not work, and the LED lighting module 530 is powered by the commercial power; and the battery modules in the auxiliary power modules are charged by the commercial power. . When applied in emergency situations, the battery module boosts the voltage of the battery module to the voltage required by the LED lighting module 530 when the LED lighting module 530 works, and the LED lighting module 530 emits light. Usually, the voltage after boosting is 4-10 times the voltage of the battery module before boosting (preferably 4-6 times); the voltage required for the LED lighting module 530 to work is between 40-80V (preferably between 55- 75V, 60V is used in this case).

In this embodiment, a single cylindrical battery is selected; the battery is packaged with a metal shell, which can reduce the risk of electrolyte leakage in the battery.

In this embodiment, the battery adopts a modular design. Two batteries are connected in series and then packaged to form a battery module. The modules are electrically connected in sequence to form the two poles of the battery module, which is easy to install. When the battery module is installed, it is arranged in the lamp, which is convenient for its maintenance in the later stage; if some battery modules are damaged, the damaged battery modules can be replaced in time without replacing the entire battery module. The battery module can be arranged in the shape of a cylinder, the inner diameter of which is slightly larger than the outer diameter of the battery, so that the batteries are placed in the battery module in sequence, and positive and negative terminals are formed at both ends of the battery module. The voltage of the battery modules that are electrically connected to the multiple modules is lower than 36V, which reduces the cost of later maintenance. In other embodiments, the battery module is arranged in the shape of a cuboid, and the width of the cuboid is slightly larger than the outer diameter of the battery, so that the battery is firmly clamped in the battery module, and the module is provided with a snap-type pluggable structure. , or other structures that are easy to plug and assemble.

In this embodiment, the charging unit 2712/2712' can be, for example, a BMS module (battery management system) that manages battery modules, mainly for the purpose of intelligently managing and maintaining each battery module and preventing overcharging and overdischarging of the battery, Extend battery life and monitor battery status.

The BMS module is preset with an external interface, and the information of the battery in the battery module is read by connecting to the interface during regular detection. If it is detected that the battery module is abnormal, replace the corresponding battery module.

In other embodiments, the number of batteries in the battery module may be multiple, such as 3, 4, 30, etc. In this case, the batteries in the battery module can be sampled in series connection, or mixed in series and parallel connection. Depending on the application; if a lithium battery is used, the voltage of a single lithium battery is about 3.7V, and the number of batteries can be appropriately reduced so that the voltage of the battery system is lower than 36V.

The relay in this embodiment is an electromagnetic relay, which is mainly composed of an iron core, a coil, an armature, a contact reed, and the like. Its working principle: as long as a certain voltage is applied to both ends of the coil, a certain current will flow in the coil, thereby generating an electromagnetic effect, and the armature will overcome the pulling force of the return spring and attract to the iron core under the action of electromagnetic attraction. Thereby, the movable contact of the armature is driven to engage with the static contact (normally open contact). When the coil is powered off, the electromagnetic suction also disappears, and the armature will return to the original position under the reaction force of the spring, so that the moving contact and the original static contact (normally closed contact) are attracted. In this way, the suction and release are achieved, so as to achieve the purpose of conducting and cutting off in the circuit. For the "normally open and normally closed" contacts of the relay, it can be distinguished as follows: the static contacts that are in the open state when the relay coil is not energized are called "normally open contacts"; the static contacts that are in the connected state are called "normally open contacts". It is a "normally closed contact".

In an exemplary embodiment, the brightness of the LED module illuminated by the external driving signal is different from the brightness illuminated by the auxiliary power. In this way, when the user observes the change of the brightness of the lamp tube, it is possible to find out that there may be a problem that the external power supply is abnormal, so as to eliminate the problem as soon as possible. In other words, when the external driving signal is abnormal, the auxiliary power module 2710 of this embodiment can provide auxiliary power with different power from the external driving signal to the LED module, so that the LED module has different brightness as the external driving signal Indication of normal supply. For example, in this embodiment, when the LED module is lit according to an external driving signal, its brightness can be, for example, 1600-2000 lumens; when the LED module is lit according to the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary power module 2710, Its brightness can be, for example, 200-250 lumens. From the perspective of the auxiliary power module 2710, in order to make the LED module have a brightness of 200-250 lumens when it is lit, the output power of the auxiliary power module 2710 can be, for example, 1 watt to 5 watts, but the present invention does not regard this as a limit. In addition, the capacitance of the energy storage component in the auxiliary power module 2710 can be, for example, 1.5 watt hours to more than 7.5 watt hours, so that the LED module can continue to light for more than 90 minutes at a brightness of 200-250 lumens based on the auxiliary power, but The present invention is also not limited to this.

From a structural point of view, as shown in FIG. 14I , FIG. 14I is a schematic diagram of the configuration of the auxiliary power module in the lamp tube according to the preferred embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the auxiliary power module 2710/2710' (for the sake of brevity, only 2710 is indicated in the drawing, and the auxiliary power module 2710 is also described below), except that the auxiliary power module 2710 can be arranged on the lamp tube 1 as in the previous embodiment. Besides, it can also be arranged in the base 3 . Under this configuration, the auxiliary power module 2710 can be internally connected to the corresponding first pin 501 and the second pin 502 from the lamp head 3 to receive the external driving signal provided to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 . Compared with the configuration in which the auxiliary power module 2710 is placed in the lamp tube 1 , since the auxiliary power module 2710 in this embodiment is disposed in the lamp caps 3 on both sides of the lamp tube 1 , it will be farther away from the LEDs in the lamp tube 1 . The modules are far away, so that the heat energy generated by the auxiliary power module 2710 during charging and discharging is less likely to affect the operation and luminous efficacy of the LED modules. In addition, the auxiliary power module 2710 and the power module of the LED straight tube lamp can be arranged in the same side lamp holder, or respectively placed in the two side lamp holders. Wherein, if the auxiliary power module 2710 and the power module are placed in different lamp heads, the overall circuit layout can have more space.

In another embodiment, the auxiliary power module 2710 can also be disposed in the lamp socket corresponding to the LED straight tube lamp, as shown in FIG. 14J , which is an auxiliary power module according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention Schematic diagram of the configuration in the lamp holder. The lamp socket 1_LH includes a base 101_LH and a connection socket 102_LH, wherein the base 101_LH is equipped with a power supply line and is suitable for locking/fitting to a fixed object such as a wall or a ceiling. The connection socket 102_LH has slots corresponding to the pins (eg, the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 ) on the LED straight tube lamp, wherein the slots are electrically connected to the corresponding power lines. In this embodiment, the connection socket 102_LH may be integrally formed with the base 101_LH, or may be detachably mounted on the base 101_LH, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

When the LED straight tube lamp is installed on the lamp socket 1_LH, the pins on the lamp caps 3 at both ends will be inserted into the corresponding sockets of the connection socket 102_LH respectively, so as to be electrically connected with the corresponding power supply circuit, so that the external driving signal can be provided to the corresponding pins. In this embodiment, the auxiliary power module 2710 is disposed in the connection socket 102_LH, and is connected to a power line to receive an external driving signal. Taking the configuration of the left lamp head 3 as an example, when the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 are inserted into the slot of the left connecting socket 102_LH, the auxiliary power module 2710 will be electrically connected to the first pin through the slot. 501 and the second pin 502, thereby realizing the connection configuration as shown in FIG. 14D.

Compared with the embodiment in which the auxiliary power module 2710 is placed in the lamp head 3, since the connection socket 102_LH can be designed to be detachable, in an exemplary embodiment, the connection socket 102_LH and the auxiliary power module 2710 can be integrated It is a modular configuration so that when the auxiliary power module 2710 fails or expires, a new auxiliary power module 2710 can be replaced by replacing the modular connection socket 102_LH for continued use without replacing the entire LED Straight tube light. In other words, the configuration of this embodiment not only has the advantage of reducing the influence of the thermal energy generated by the auxiliary power module 2710 on the LED module, but also makes the replacement of the auxiliary power module 2710 easier through the modular design, without The entire LED straight tube lamp needs to be replaced due to a problem with the auxiliary power module 2710, so as to improve the durability of the LED straight tube lamp. Besides, in an exemplary embodiment, the auxiliary power module 2710 may also be disposed in the base 101_LH of the lamp socket 1_LH, or disposed outside the lamp socket 1_LH, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

In general, the auxiliary power module 2710 can be divided into two configuration modes: (1) integrated inside the LED straight tube light, and (2) independent of the outside of the LED straight tube light. In the configuration example where the auxiliary power module 2710 is independent from the outside of the LED straight tube light, if it is an offline auxiliary power supply mode, the auxiliary power module 2710 and the power of the external power grid can be supplied to the LED straight tube light through different pins. Or give it to the LED straight tube light in a way of sharing at least one pin. On the other hand, if it is an online or online interactive auxiliary power supply mode, the power signal from the external power grid will not be directly supplied to the pins of the LED straight tube light, but will be supplied to the auxiliary power module 2710 first, and then The auxiliary power module 2710 will send a signal to the power module inside the LED straight tube light through the pins of the LED straight tube light. The following is a further description of the auxiliary power module (referred to as the independent auxiliary power module) that is independent from the outside of the LED straight tube light and the overall configuration of the LED straight tube light.

Please refer to FIG. 14K. FIG. 14K is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of the LED straight tube lighting system according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. The LED straight tube light lighting system includes the LED straight tube light 500 and the auxiliary power module 2810 . The LED straight tube lamp 500 of this embodiment includes rectifier circuits 510 and 540 , a filter circuit 520 and an LED lighting module 530 . The LED lighting module 530 in this embodiment may include only an LED module or a driving circuit and an LED module, but the present invention is not limited to this. The rectifier circuits 510 and 540 can be the full-wave rectifier circuit 610 shown in FIG. 9A or the half-wave rectifier circuit 710 shown in FIG. 9B , wherein the two input ends of the rectifier circuit 510 are respectively connected to the first pin 501 and the first pin 501 . There are two pins 502 , and two input ends of the rectifier circuit 540 are respectively connected to the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 .

In this embodiment, the LED straight tube lamp 500 is configured with double-ended power supply as an example, the external power grid EP is connected to the pins 501 and 502 on the lamp caps on both sides of the LED straight tube lamp 500, and the auxiliary power module 2810 is Connect to the pins 503 and 504 on the lamp caps on both sides of the LED straight tube lamp 500 . That is, the external power grid EP and the auxiliary power module 2810 supply power to the LED straight tube lamp 500 through different pins. Incidentally, although this embodiment is shown as an example of the configuration of double-ended power feeding, the present invention is not limited to this. In another embodiment, the external power grid EP can also supply power through the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 on the same side of the lamp holder (ie, the configuration of single-ended power feeding). At this time, the auxiliary power module 2810 will supply power through the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 on the other side of the lamp head. In other words, no matter under the configuration of single-ended power supply or double-ended power supply, by selecting the corresponding rectifier circuit configuration, the unused pins (such as 503 and 504) of the LED straight tube lamp 500 can be used as receivers. The interface of the auxiliary power supply can further realize the integration of the emergency lighting function in the LED straight tube lamp 500 .

Please refer to FIG. 14L. FIG. 14L is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of the LED straight tube lighting system according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. The LED straight tube light lighting system includes an LED straight tube light 500' and an auxiliary power module 2910. The LED straight tube lamp 500' of this embodiment includes a rectifier circuit 510', a filter circuit 520 and an LED lighting module 530. The LED lighting module 530 of the present embodiment may also include only an LED module or a driving circuit and an LED module, and the present invention is not limited thereto. The rectifier circuit 510' can be, for example, a rectifier circuit 910 with three bridge arms as shown in one of Figs. 9D to 9F, wherein the rectifier circuit 510' has three input signal receiving terminals P1, P2 and P3. The input signal receiving end P1 is connected to the first pin 501 , the input signal receiving end P2 is connected to the second pin 502 and the auxiliary power module 2910 , and the input signal receiving end P3 is connected to the auxiliary power module 2910 .

In this embodiment, the LED straight tube lamp 500' is also an example of the configuration of double-ended power feeding, and the external power grid EP is connected to the pins 501 and 502 on the lamp caps on both sides of the LED straight tube lamp 500'. Different from the previous embodiment, the auxiliary power module 2910 of this embodiment not only connects to the third pin 503 but also shares the second pin 502 with the external power grid EP. Under this configuration, the power provided by the external power grid EP is supplied to the signal receiving terminals P1 and P2 of the rectifier circuit 510' through the first pin 501 and the second pin 502, and the power provided by the auxiliary power module 2910 is provided by The third pin 503 and the second pin 502 are supplied to the signal receiving ends P3 and P2 of the rectifier circuit 510'. More specifically, if the lines of the external power grid EP coupled to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 are the live wire (L) and the neutral wire (N), respectively, the auxiliary power module 2910 is connected to the external power grid EP. The neutral wire (N) is shared, and the live wires are separate. In other words, the signal receiving end P2 is the shared end of the external power grid EP and the auxiliary power module 2910 .

In terms of operation, when the external power grid EP can supply power normally, the rectifier circuit 510' can perform full-wave rectification through the bridge arms corresponding to the signal receiving terminals P1 and P2, so as to supply power to the LED lighting module 530 for use. When the power supply of the external power grid EP is abnormal, the rectifier circuit 510' can receive the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary power module 2910 through the signal receiving terminals P3 and P2, so as to supply power to the LED lighting module 530 for use. Among them, the unidirectional conduction characteristic of the diode of the rectifier circuit 510' will isolate the external drive signal from the input of the auxiliary power supply, so that the two will not affect each other, and can also achieve the effect of providing the auxiliary power supply when the external power grid EP is abnormal. In practical applications, the rectifier circuit 510' can be implemented with a fast recovery diode, so as to respond to the high frequency characteristics of the output current of the emergency power supply.

In addition, since this embodiment receives the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary power module 2910 by sharing the second pin 502, the LED straight tube lamp 500' also has an unused fourth pin 504 can be used as a signal input interface for other control functions. The other control functions may be, for example, a dimming function, a communication function, a sensing function, etc., which the present invention is not limited to. The following is an example of further integrating the dimming control function of the LED straight tube lamp 500' for description.

Please refer to FIG. 14M. FIG. 14M is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of the LED straight tube lighting system according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention. The LED straight tube lamp 500' of this embodiment includes a rectifier circuit 510', a filter circuit 520, a drive circuit 1530 and an LED module 630. The configuration of the LED straight tube light lighting system of this embodiment is substantially the same as that of the aforementioned embodiment in FIG. 14L , the difference between the two is that the LED straight tube light lighting system of this embodiment further includes a fourth pin coupled to the LED straight tube light 500 ′ The dimming control circuit 550 of 504, wherein the dimming control circuit 550 is coupled to the driving circuit 1530 through the fourth pin 504, so as to regulate the driving current provided by the driving circuit 1530 to the LED module 630, so that the brightness and/or the brightness of the LED module 630 and/or The color temperature can vary accordingly.

For example, the dimming control circuit 550 can be, for example, a circuit module composed of a variable impedance element and a signal conversion circuit. The user can adjust the impedance of the variable impedance element to make the dimming control circuit 550 generate a corresponding level. After the dimming signal is converted into a signal type conforming to the format of the driving circuit 1530 by the signal conversion circuit, the dimming signal is transmitted to the driving circuit 1530, so that the driving circuit 1530 can adjust the output to the LED based on the dimming signal. The size of the driving current of the module 630 . Wherein, if the brightness of the LED module 630 is to be adjusted, it can be achieved by adjusting the frequency or reference level of the driving signal; if the color temperature of the LED module 630 is to be adjusted, the brightness of the red LED unit in the LED module 630 can be adjusted. , but the present invention is not limited to this.

In addition, it should be noted that the hardware configuration of the auxiliary power modules 2810 and 2910 can also refer to the configurations of FIGS. 14I and 14J, and the same beneficial effects can be obtained.

In addition to being applicable to the emergency power supply of a single lamp, the configurations of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 14D to 14M can also be applied to a multi-lamp parallel structure to provide emergency auxiliary power. Specifically, in a structure in which a plurality of LED straight tube lamps are connected in parallel, the corresponding pins of the LED straight tube lamps are connected in parallel with each other, so as to receive the same external driving signal. For example, the first pins 501 of each LED straight tube light are connected in parallel with each other, and the second pins of each LED straight tube light are connected in parallel with each other, and so on. Under this configuration, the auxiliary power module 2710 can be equivalently connected to the pin of each parallel LED straight tube lamp. Therefore, as long as the output power of the auxiliary power module 2710 is sufficient to light up all the parallel LED straight tube lamps, when the external power supply is abnormal (ie, the external driving signal cannot be supplied normally), the auxiliary power can be provided to light all the parallel LEDs Straight tube lights are used as emergency lighting. In practical applications, if taking the structure of four LED straight tube lamps in parallel as an example, the auxiliary power module 2710 can be designed as an energy storage unit with a capacity of 1.5Wh to 7.5Wh and an output power of 1W to 5W . Under this specification, when the auxiliary power module 2710 provides auxiliary power to light the LED module, the whole lamp can have a brightness of at least 200-250 lumens, and can be continuously lit for 90 minutes.

Under the multi-tube lamp structure, similar to the embodiments in FIGS. 14A to 14C , in this embodiment, an auxiliary power module can be provided in one of the lamps of the lamp, or in multiple lamps of the lamp. An auxiliary power module is provided, wherein the configuration of the lamp tubes considering the light uniformity is also applicable to this embodiment. The main difference between this embodiment and the aforementioned embodiments in FIGS. 14A to 14C applied to a multi-tube lamp structure is that even if only a single lamp tube is provided with an auxiliary power module in this embodiment, it can still connect other lamps to other lamps through the auxiliary power module. Tube power supply.

It should be noted here that although the description here takes the parallel structure of 4 LED straight tube lamps as an example, those skilled in the art should be able to understand how to connect 2 LEDs, 3 LEDs, Or in the parallel structure of more than 4 LED straight tube lights, select a suitable energy storage unit to implement, so as long as the auxiliary power module 2710 can supply power to one or more of multiple parallel LED straight tube lights at the same time, The implementations in which the corresponding LED straight tube lamp can have a specific brightness in response to the auxiliary power all fall within the scope described in this embodiment.

In another exemplary embodiment, the auxiliary power modules 2510 , 2610 , 2710 , 2810 , and 2910 of FIGS. 14D to 14M can further determine whether to provide auxiliary power for the LED straight tube light according to the light-on signal. Specifically, the lighting signal may be an indication signal reflecting the switching state of the light switch. For example, the level of the lighting signal will be adjusted to a first level (eg, a high logic level) or a second level (eg, a low logic level) different from the first level according to the switching of the light switch level). When the user switches the light switch to the on position, the lighting signal will be adjusted to the first level; when the user switches the light switch to the off position, the lighting signal will be adjusted to the second level bit. In other words, when the lighting signal is at the first level, the indicator switch is switched to the ON position; when the lighting signal is at the second level, the indicator switch is switched to the OFF position. Wherein, the generation of the lighting signal can be realized by a circuit for detecting the switching state of the light switch.

In yet another exemplary embodiment, the auxiliary power modules 2510 , 2610 , 2710 , 2810 , and 2910 may further include a lighting judging circuit, which is used for receiving the lighting signal, and according to the level of the lighting signal and the detection of the voltage detection circuit The result is to decide whether to make the energy storage unit supply power to the back end. Specifically, the detection result based on the level of the lighting signal and the voltage detection circuit may have the following three states: (1) the lighting signal is the first level and the external driving signal is normally provided; (2) the lighting signal is the first level and (3) the lighting signal is at the second level and the supply of the external driving signal is stopped. Among them, state (1) is when the user turns on the light switch and the external power supply is normal, state (2) is when the user turns on the light switch but the external power supply is abnormal, and state (3) is when the user turns off the light switch so that the external power supply is turned off. stop offering.

In this exemplary embodiment, both the state (1) and the state (3) are normal states, that is, the external power supply is normally provided when the user turns on the light and the external power supply is stopped when the user turns off the light. Therefore, in states (1) and (3), the auxiliary power module does not provide auxiliary power to the rear end. More specifically, the lighting judgment circuit will prevent the energy storage unit from supplying power to the back end according to the judgment results of the state (1) and the state (3). Wherein, in state (1), the external drive signal is directly input to the rectifier circuit 510, and the external drive signal charges the energy storage unit; in state (3), the external drive signal stops providing, so the energy storage unit is not charged.

In state (2), it means that the external power supply does not normally supply power to the LED straight tube light when the user turns on the light, so at this time, the lighting judgment circuit will make the energy storage unit supply power to the back end according to the judgment result of state (2). The LED lighting module 530 is made to emit light based on the auxiliary power provided by the energy storage unit.

Based on this, under the application of the lighting judgment circuit, the LED lighting module 530 can have three different brightness changes. The first stage is when the external power supply is normally supplied, and the LED lighting module 530 has a first brightness (eg, 1600-2200 lumens), and the second stage is when the external power supply is not normally supplied and is powered by auxiliary power, and the LED lighting module 530 has a second brightness Brightness (eg 200-250 lumens), the third stage is when the user turns off the power by himself, so that the external power is not supplied to the LED straight tube light, at this time, the LED lighting module 530 has the third brightness (the LED module is not lit).

More specifically, with reference to the embodiment of FIG. 14C , the lighting judgment circuit can be, for example, a switch circuit (not shown) connected in series between the auxiliary power positive terminal 2611 and the auxiliary power negative terminal 2612 . The control terminal receives the lighting signal. Wherein, when the lighting signal is at the first level, the switch circuit will be turned on in response to the lighting signal, and then when the external driving signal is normally supplied, the auxiliary power supply positive terminal 2611 and the auxiliary power negative terminal 2612 are connected to the energy storage unit. 2613 is charged (state 1); or when the external drive signal stops supplying or the AC level is insufficient, the energy storage unit 2613 provides auxiliary power to the rear LED lighting module 530 or LED through the auxiliary power positive terminal 2611 and the auxiliary power negative terminal 2612 Module 630 is used (state 2). On the other hand, when the lighting signal is at the second level, the switch circuit will be turned off in response to the lighting signal. At this time, even if the external driving signal is stopped or the AC level is insufficient, the energy storage unit 2613 will not affect the rear end. Provide auxiliary power.

In the application of the above auxiliary power module, if the circuit of the auxiliary power supply unit (such as 2714 and 2714') is designed to be open-loop control, that is, the output voltage of the auxiliary power supply unit has no feedback signal. If the load is open, it will cause the auxiliary power supply. The output voltage of the module keeps going up and it burns out. In order to solve the problem, the present disclosure proposes a plurality of circuit embodiments of auxiliary power modules with open-circuit protection, as shown in FIG. 14N and FIG. 14O .

14N is a schematic circuit diagram of an auxiliary power module according to an embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 14N, in this embodiment, the auxiliary power module 4510 includes a transformer, a sampling module 4518, a chip control module 5511, and an energy storage unit 4511 for providing a voltage VCC. In the auxiliary power module 4510, seen in conjunction with FIG. 14E, the transformer includes a primary winding component L1 and a secondary winding component L2. One end of the secondary winding assembly L2 is electrically connected to the switch unit 2730 and then electrically connected to one end of the LED straight tube lamp 500 (the input end of the rectifier circuit 510 ), and the other end of the secondary winding assembly L2 is electrically connected to the other end of the LED straight tube lamp 500 . one end. The sampling module 4518 includes a winding L3, and the winding L3 and the secondary winding assembly L2 are wound on the secondary side; the voltage of the secondary winding assembly L2 is sampled through the winding L3, and if the sampled voltage exceeds the set threshold, it is fed back to the chip control module , the switching frequency of the switch 4512 electrically connected to the primary winding assembly L1 is adjusted by the chip control module. Then, the output voltage of the secondary side is controlled, so as to realize the purpose of open circuit protection.

Specifically, the transformer has a primary side unit and a secondary side unit, and the primary side unit includes an energy storage unit 4511 , a primary winding component L1 and a switch 4512 . The positive pole of the energy storage unit 4511 is electrically connected to the same-named terminal (ie, the dot terminal) of the primary winding assembly L1, and the negative pole of the energy storage unit 4511 is electrically connected to the ground terminal. The opposite end of the primary winding element L1 is electrically connected to the drain of the switch 4512 (take MOS as an example). The gate of the switch 4512 is electrically connected to the chip control module 5511, and the source of the switch 4512 is connected to the ground terminal. The secondary side unit includes a secondary winding component L2, a diode 4515 and a capacitor 4513. The opposite end of the secondary winding element L2 is electrically connected to the anode of the diode 4514 , and the identical end of the secondary winding element L2 is electrically connected to one end of the capacitor 4513 . The cathode of the diode 4514 is electrically connected to the other end of the capacitor 4513 . Both ends of the capacitor 4513 constitute auxiliary power output terminals V1 and V2 (equivalent to the two ends of the auxiliary power module 2810 in Fig. 14K or the two ends of the auxiliary power module 2910 in Figs. 14L and 14M).

The sampling module 4518 includes a third winding element L3 , a diode 4515 , a capacitor 4516 and a resistor 4517 . The opposite end of the third winding element L3 is electrically connected to the anode of the diode 4515 , and the identical end of the third winding element L3 is electrically connected to one end of the capacitor 4516 and the resistor 4517 . The cathode of the diode 4515 is electrically connected to the other end (ie the A end) of the capacitor 4516 and the resistor 4517 . The capacitor 4516 and the resistor 4517 are electrically connected to the chip control module 5511 through the A terminal.

The chip control module 5511 includes a chip 5512 , a diode 5513 , a capacitor 5514 , a capacitor 5515 , a resistor 5516 , a capacitor 5517 , a resistor 5518 and a resistor 5519 . The ground terminal (GND) of the chip 5512 is grounded; the output terminal (OUT) of the chip 5512 is electrically connected to the gate of the switch 4512; the trigger terminal (TRIG) of the chip 5512 is electrically connected to one end (B terminal) of the resistor 5516, and the chip 5512 The discharge terminal (DIS) of the chip 5512 is electrically connected to the other end of the resistor 5516; the reset terminal (RST) and the control terminal (CV) terminal of the chip 5512 are respectively electrically connected to the capacitors 5514 and 5515 and then grounded; the discharge terminal (DIS) of the chip 5512 is connected to the ground via The resistor 5516 is electrically connected to the capacitor 5517 and then grounded. The power supply terminal (VCC terminal) of the chip 5512 receives the voltage VCC and is electrically connected to one end of the resistor 5518; the other end of the resistor 5518 is electrically connected to the B terminal. The anode of the diode 5513 is electrically connected to the A terminal, the cathode of the diode 5513 is electrically connected to one end of the resistor 5519, and the other end of the resistor 5519 is electrically connected to the B terminal.

Next, the operation of the above-mentioned embodiment will be described; if the auxiliary power module 4510 is working in a normal state, the output voltage between the output terminals V1m3V2 of the auxiliary power module 4510 is relatively low, usually lower than a certain value (for example, lower than 100V, this implementation , the voltage between V1 and V2 is 60V~80V). At this time, the sampling-to-ground voltage of point A in the sampling module 4518 is low, and a small current (negligible) flows through the resistor 5519. If the auxiliary power module 4510 is abnormal, the voltage between the nodes V1 and V2 of the auxiliary power module 4510 is relatively high (for example, more than 300V), and the sampling voltage of point A in the sampling module 4518 is high, and a relatively high voltage flows through the resistor 5519. Due to the large current flowing, the discharge time of the capacitor 5517 becomes longer, but the charging time of the capacitor 5517 does not change; it is equivalent to adjusting the duty cycle of the switch; thus prolonging the cut-off time of the switch 4512. For the output side of the transformer, the output energy becomes smaller and the output voltage no longer rises, thus achieving the purpose of open-circuit protection.

In the above solution, the trigger terminal (TRIG) of the chip 5512 is electrically connected to the branch of the resistor 5516 and then electrically connected to the discharge terminal DIS terminal. When the voltage of the B terminal is between 1/3VCC and 2/3VCC, the DIS terminal is triggered. If the auxiliary power module 4510 works in a normal state (that is, the output voltage does not exceed the set threshold), the voltage of the A terminal can be less than 1/3 VCC; if the auxiliary power module 4510 is abnormal, the voltage of the A point can reach or even exceed 1/2 VCC .

In the above scheme, when the auxiliary power module 4510 is in a normal state, the DIS terminal of the chip 5512 is triggered (according to its predetermined logic) and discharges normally; its waveform is shown in Figure 14P (Figure 14P shows that the auxiliary power module 4510 is in normal state). When the DIS terminal in the chip is in the state of charging and discharging and the timing diagram of the output terminal OUT), the DIS terminal is triggered (and in the discharge phase), the OUT terminal outputs a low level, and the DIS is not triggered (ie, the charging phase), and the OUT terminal outputs a high level , the on/off of the switch 4512 is controlled by the high/low level output from the OUT terminal. When the auxiliary power module 4510 is in an abnormal state, its waveform is shown in Fig. 14Q (Fig. 14Q is the timing diagram of the charging and discharging of the DIS terminal and the output terminal of the chip when the auxiliary power module 4510 is in an abnormal state); Whether the power supply module 4510 is in a normal state, the chip 5512 does not trigger the chip DIS terminal touch (that is, the time required for the capacitor 5517 to charge is the same). discharge time), so that the output energy becomes smaller, and the output voltage no longer rises, thus achieving the purpose of open-circuit protection.

In the above scheme, the chip control module selects a chip with a time adjustment function (such as a 555 timing chip); and then controls the cut-off time of the MOS4512. The above scheme only needs simple resistors and capacitors to realize the delay effect. No complicated control algorithms are required. The voltage range of VCC in the above scheme is between 4.5V and 16V.

Through the above solution, the open-circuit voltage of the auxiliary power module 4510 is limited to be below a certain value (eg, below 300V, the specific value can be determined by selecting appropriate parameters).

It should be noted that in the above scheme, the electronic components shown in the circuit topology, such as resistors, capacitors, diodes, MOS switches, etc., are equivalent diagrams of the components, and in actual use, multiple electronic components can be connected according to certain rules.

14O is a schematic circuit diagram of an auxiliary power module according to another embodiment of the present invention. Please refer to FIG. 14O. The difference between the embodiment shown in FIG. 14O and the embodiment shown in FIG. 14N is that the sampling module of this embodiment is implemented by using an optocoupler sensor. The auxiliary power module 6510 includes a transformer, a sampling module, a chip control module 5511, and an energy storage unit 4511 that provides a voltage VCC.

The transformer includes a primary winding component L1 and a secondary winding component L2. The configuration of the primary winding assembly L1 and the switch 4512 is the same as that of the previous embodiment. The same-named terminal of the secondary winding element L2 is electrically connected to the anode of the diode 4514 , and the opposite-named terminal of the secondary winding element L2 is electrically connected to one end of the capacitor 4513 . The cathode of the diode 4514 is electrically connected to the other end of the capacitor 4513 . The two ends of the capacitor 4513 are the auxiliary power output terminals V1 and V2.

The sampling module includes an optocoupler 6513. The anode side of the photodiode in the optocoupler 6513 is electrically connected to the cathode of the diode 4514 and one end of the capacitor 4513. The cathode side of the photodiode is electrically connected to one side of the resistor 6511. The other side is electrically connected to one end of the clamping element 6512 , and the other end of the clamping element 6512 is electrically connected to the other end of the capacitor 4513 . The collector and the emitter of the transistor in the optocoupler 6513 are electrically connected to both ends of the resistor 5518, respectively.

The chip control module 5511 includes a chip 5512 , a capacitor 5514 , a capacitor 5515 , a resistor 5516 , a capacitor 5517 and a resistor 5518 . The power supply terminal (VCC terminal) of the chip 5512 is electrically connected to VCC and the collector of the transistor in the optocoupler 6513; the discharge terminal (DIS terminal) of the chip 5512 is electrically connected to one end of the resistor 5516, and the other end of the resistor 5516 is electrically connected to the photoelectric The collector of the triode in the coupler 6513; the discharge end (THRS end) of the chip 5512 is electrically connected to the other end of the 9 branches and the emitter end of the triode in the optocoupler 6513 is electrically grounded through the capacitor 5517; the chip 5512 The ground terminal (GND terminal) of the chip 5512 is electrically grounded; the reset terminal (RST) of the chip 5512 is electrically grounded through the capacitor 5514; the control terminal (CV) of the chip 5512 is electrically grounded through the capacitor 5515; the trigger terminal (TRIG) of the chip 5512 is electrically grounded is electrically connected to the discharge terminal (THRS terminal); the output terminal (OUT) of the chip 5512 is electrically connected to the gate of the switch 4512 .

Next, the operation of the above-mentioned embodiment will be described. During normal operation, the output voltage of the auxiliary power supply output terminals (V1, V2) is lower than the clamping voltage of the clamping component 6512, and the current I1 flowing through the resistor 6511 is very small and can be ignored. ; The current I2 flowing through the collector and emitter of the transistor in the optocoupler 6513 is very small.

If the load is open-circuited, the output voltage of the auxiliary power output terminals (V1, V2) rises, and when the voltage exceeds the threshold of the clamping component 6512, the clamping component 6512 is turned on, so that the current flowing through the current limiting resistor 6511 increases by I1, making the optocoupler The 6513 diode emits light, and the current I2 flowing through the collector and emitter of the transistor in the optocoupler 6513 increases proportionally. The current I2 compensates the discharge current of the capacitor 5517 through the resistor 5516, so that the discharge time of the capacitor 5517 is prolonged, so that the corresponding The turn-off time of the switch is lengthened (that is, the duty cycle of the switch is reduced), the output energy is reduced, the output energy of the secondary side is correspondingly reduced, and the output voltage is no longer increased, thereby realizing open-circuit protection.

In the above solution, the clamping component 6512 is a varistor, a TVS (Transient Voltage Suppressor diode, also known as a transient voltage suppressor diode), and a Zener diode. The trigger threshold of the clamping component 6512 is selected from 100V to 400V, preferably from 150V to 350V. In this embodiment, 300V is selected.

In the above solution, the resistor 6511 is mainly used for its current limiting function, and its resistance value is selected from 20K ohm to 1M ohm, preferably 20K ohm to 500KM ohm, and in this embodiment, 50K ohm is selected. In the above solution, the resistor 5518 is mainly used for its current limiting function, and its resistance value is selected from 1K ohm to 100K ohm, preferably 5K ohm to 50KM ohm, and in this embodiment, 6K ohm is selected. In the above solution, the capacitance value of the capacitor 5517 is 1nF-1000nF, preferably 1nF-100nF, and 2.2nF in this embodiment. In the above scheme, the capacitance value of the capacitor 5515 is 1nF-1pF, preferably 5nF-50nF, and 10nF in this embodiment. In the above solution, the capacitance value of the capacitor 4513 is 1uF-100uF, preferably 1uF-10uF, and 4.7uF in this embodiment.

In the solutions of FIGS. 14N and 14O, the energy storage unit 4511 included in the auxiliary power module 4510/6510 may be a battery or a super capacitor. In the above solution, the DC power supply of the auxiliary power module 4510/6510 can be managed by a BMS (battery management system), and it can be charged in the general lighting mode. Or simply omit the BMS and charge the DC power supply in normal lighting mode. By selecting appropriate component parameters, charging is performed with a small current (current not exceeding 300mA).

Using the auxiliary power module 4510/6510 of the embodiment of FIG. 14N or 14O, its circuit topology is simple, and no dedicated integrated chip is required. Open circuit protection is achieved with fewer components. Improve the reliability of the ballast. In addition, the emergency ballast of this scheme has an output isolation type circuit topology. Reduce the hidden danger of leakage current.

In general, the principle of the above solutions in Figure 14N and Figure 14O is that the detection module is used to sample the voltage (current) information of the output terminal. If the detected information exceeds the set threshold, the discharge time of the discharge terminal of the control chip is extended to prolong the The turn-off time of the switch is used to adjust the duty cycle of the switch (for the control chip, the working voltage of the discharge terminal (DIS, THRS) is between 1/3VCC and 2/3VCC, and the charging time of the working capacitor 5517 does not change. The discharge time becomes longer), for the output side of the transformer, the output energy becomes smaller and the output voltage does not increase, thus achieving the purpose of open circuit protection.

As shown in FIG. 14P and FIG. 14Q , it is the timing diagram of the initial output high level of the OUT of the control chip and the triggering of the discharge terminal. Figure 14J is the sequence diagram when the auxiliary power module works in a normal state; Figure 14K is the sequence diagram when the auxiliary power module works in an abnormal (eg: open load) state. The OUT terminal of the control chip initially outputs a high level. At this time, the discharge terminal is not triggered (the capacitor 5517 is charged); when the discharge terminal is triggered (the capacitor 5517 is discharged), the OUT terminal initially outputs a low level. The MOS switch 4512 is controlled to be turned on/off by the signal at the OUT terminal.

Please refer to FIG. 15A , which is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of the LED straight tube lamp system according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. Compared with the embodiment shown in FIG. 8C , the LED straight tube lamp 500 of this embodiment includes a first rectifier circuit 510 , a filter circuit 520 and an installation detection module 2520 , wherein the power module may also include a part of the LED lighting module 530 . copy components. In this embodiment, the LED straight tube lamp 500, for example, directly receives an external driving signal provided by the external power grid EP, wherein the external driving signal is given to the LED straight tube lamp 500 through the live wire (L) and the neutral wire (N). on both ends of the pins 501 and 502. In practical applications, the LED straight tube lamp 500 may further include pins 503 and 504 . Under the structure of the LED straight tube lamp 500 including four pins 501-504, the two pins (eg 501 and 503, or 502 and 504) on the same side of the lamp head can be electrically connected together or mutually according to design requirements The electrical properties are independent, and the present invention is not limited to this. The installation detection module 2520 is disposed in the lamp tube and is coupled to the first rectifier circuit 510 through the first installation detection terminal 2521, and is coupled to the filter circuit 520 through the second installation detection terminal 2522, that is, it is connected in series to the LED straight tube on the power circuit of the lamp 500. The installation detection module 2520 detects the signal flowing through the first installation detection terminal 2521 and the second installation detection terminal 2522 (ie, the signal flowing through the power loop), and determines whether to stop the flow of the external driving signal according to the detection result. LED straight tube light. When the LED straight tube light has not been formally installed in the lamp socket, the installation detection module 2520 will detect a small current signal and determine that the signal flows through an excessively high impedance. At this time, the installation detection module 2520 will be turned off to stop the LED straight tube light. operate. If not, the installation detection module 2520 determines that the LED straight tube light is correctly installed on the lamp socket, and the installation detection module 2520 maintains the conduction to make the LED straight tube light operate normally. That is, when a current flowing through the first installation detection terminal and the second installation detection terminal is higher than or equal to an installation setting current (or a current value), the installation detection module determines the LED straight tube lamp It is correctly installed on the lamp socket and is turned on, so that the LED straight tube lamp operates in a conductive state; when a current flowing through the first installation detection terminal and the second installation detection terminal is lower than the installation device When the current (or current value) is constant, the installation detection module determines that the LED straight tube light is not properly installed on the lamp holder and is turned off, so that the LED straight tube light enters a non-conducting state or the power supply circuit of the LED straight tube light is turned off. The current is limited to less than 5mA (5MIU based on verification criteria). In other words, the installation detection module 2520 determines whether it is turned on or off based on the detected impedance, so that the LED straight tube lamp operates in a turned-on state or enters a non-conduction/limited current state. In this way, it is possible to avoid the problem of electric shock caused by the user accidentally touching the conductive part of the LED straight tube light when the LED straight tube light is not properly installed on the lamp socket.

In another exemplary embodiment, when the human body touches the lamp, the impedance of the human body will cause the equivalent impedance on the power circuit to change. The installation detection module 2520 can detect whether the user is a user by detecting the voltage change on the power circuit. Contact the lamp tube, which can also achieve the above-mentioned anti-electric shock function. In other words, in the embodiment of the present invention, the installation detection module 2520 can determine whether the lamp is installed correctly by detecting electrical signals (including voltage or current) and whether the user has mistakenly installed the lamp when the lamp is not installed correctly. touch the conductive part of the lamp tube. Furthermore, compared with the general LED power supply module, the power supply module equipped with the installation detection module 2520 will have the effect of preventing electric shock, so it is not necessary to design the input end of the rectifier circuit 510 ( That is, a safety capacitor (ie, X capacitor) is set between the live wire and the neutral wire. From the point of view of the equivalent circuit, it means that in the power module equipped with the installation detection module 2520, the equivalent capacitance value between the input terminals of the rectifier circuit 510 can be, for example, less than 47nF. In this embodiment, the power loop refers to the current path in the straight tube lamp, that is, from the pin receiving the first polarity/phase power (eg L line) to the LED module through the power line and circuit elements, and then to the LED module. The path formed by the LED module to the pin receiving the second polarity/phase power supply (eg N line). In view of the lamp structure with double-ended power feeding, the power circuit is formed between the pins on the lamp caps on opposite sides of the lamp tube, rather than between the two pins of the lamp cap on the same side.

Please refer to FIG. 15B , which is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the LED straight tube lamp system according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. Compared with the embodiment of FIG. 15A , the installation detection module 2520 of this embodiment is disposed outside the LED straight tube lamp 500 and located on the power supply path of the external power grid EP, for example, in the lamp socket. Wherein, when the pins of the LED straight tube light 500 are electrically connected to the external power grid EP, the installation detection module 2520 will be serially connected to the power circuit of the LED straight tube light 500 through the corresponding pins 501, so that the installation detection module 2520 Whether the LED straight tube lamp 500 is correctly installed on the lamp socket and/or whether the user is at risk of electric shock can be determined by the installation detection method described in the embodiment of FIG. 15A .

In another embodiment, the architectures of the embodiments of Figures 15A and 15B may be integrated. For example, a plurality of installation detection modules 2520 can be set in the LED straight tube light system, wherein at least one installation detection module is set on the power circuit inside the LED straight tube light, and at least another installation detection module is set On the outside of the LED straight tube lamp (eg, in the lamp socket), the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp is electrically connected through the pins on the lamp cap, so that the effect of the protection against electric shock can be further improved.

It should be noted that the configuration position of the installation detection module 2520 in FIG. 15A is only shown according to the position of the internal switch circuit (refer to the switch circuit 2580/2680/2780/2880/3080 of the subsequent embodiments) For example, it does not mean that all circuits in the installation detection module 2520 must be set in the same position or that the installation detection module 2520 only has two connection terminals and other circuits (such as the rectifier circuit 510, the filter circuit 520, the LED lighting module 530) connection. In addition, the installation detection module 2520 (or the switch circuit) disposed between the rectifier circuit 510 and the filter circuit 520 is only an example of the present invention. In other embodiments, the switch circuit only needs to be set at a position where the power loop can be controlled to be turned on and off to achieve the effect of preventing electric shock by installing the detection module 2520 . For example, the switch circuit may be arranged between the filter circuit 520 and the driving circuit (1530), or between the driving circuit (1530) and the LED module (630), but the present invention is not limited thereto.

Please refer to FIG. 16A , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the installation detection module according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. The installation detection module includes a switch circuit 2580 , a detection pulse generation module 2540 , a detection result latch circuit 2560 and a detection determination circuit 2570 . The detection and determination circuit 2570 (via the switch coupling terminal 2581 and the switch circuit 2580 ) is coupled to the first installation detection terminal 2521 and the second installation detection terminal 2522 to detect the first installation detection terminal 2521 and the second installation detection terminal 2522 . Install the signal between the detection terminals 2522. The detection determination circuit 2570 is also coupled to the detection result latch circuit 2560 via the detection result terminal 2571 , so as to transmit the detection result signal to the detection result latch circuit 2560 via the detection result terminal 2571 . The detection pulse generating module 2540 is coupled to the detection result latch circuit 2560 through the pulse signal output terminal 2541, and generates a pulse signal to notify the detection result latch circuit 2560 of the timing of latching the detection result. The detection result latch circuit 2560 latches the detection result according to the detection result signal (or the detection result signal and the pulse signal), and is coupled to the switch circuit 2580 through the detection result latch terminal 2561 to transmit or reflect the detection result to the switch circuit 2580. The switch circuit 2580 determines to turn on or off the first installation detection terminal 2521 and the second installation detection terminal 2522 according to the detection result.

Please refer to FIG. 16B , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the detection pulse generating module according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. The detection pulse generation module 2640 includes capacitors 2642 (or the first capacitor), 2645 (or the second capacitor) and 2646 (or the third capacitor), resistors 2643 (or the first resistor), 2647 (or the third capacitor), two resistors) and 2648 (or the third resistor), buffers 2644 (or the first buffer) and 2651 (or the second buffer), the inverter 2650, the diode 2649 (or the first buffer) is the first diode) and the OR gate 2652 (or referred to as the first OR gate). In use or operation, the capacitor 2642 and the resistor 2643 are connected in series between a driving voltage (such as VCC, which is often set as a high level) and a reference potential (here, the ground potential is used as an example), Its connection point is coupled to the input terminal of the buffer 2644 . The resistor 2647 is coupled to a driving voltage (which may be referred to as VCC) and the input terminal of the inverter 2650 . The resistor 2648 is coupled between the input terminal of the buffer 2651 and a reference potential (here, the ground potential is used as an example). The positive terminal of the diode is grounded, and the negative terminal is also coupled to the input terminal of the buffer 2651 . One end of the capacitor 2645 and one end of the capacitor 2646 are jointly coupled to the output end of the buffer 2644 , the other end of the capacitor 2645 is connected to the input end of the inverter 2650 , and the other end of the capacitor 2646 is coupled to the input end of the buffer 2651 . The output terminal of the inverter 2650 and the output terminal of the buffer 2651 are coupled to the input terminal of the OR gate 2652 . It should be noted that in this specification of this case, the "high level" and "low level" of the potential are both relative to another potential or a reference potential in the circuit, and can be regarded as "logic high level" respectively. level" and "logic low level".

The following description is combined with the signal timing shown in FIG. 27A , wherein FIG. 27A is a schematic diagram of the signal timing of the power module according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. When one end of the lamp cap of the LED straight tube lamp is inserted into the lamp socket and the other end of the lamp cap is in electrical contact with the human body or both ends of the lamp cap of the LED straight tube lamp are inserted into the lamp holder (time point ts), the LED straight tube lamp is energized. At this time, the installation detection module enters the detection stage DTS. The level of the connection point between the capacitor 2642 and the resistor 2643 is initially high (equal to the driving voltage VCC), then gradually decreases with time, and finally drops to zero. The input end of the buffer 2644 is coupled to the connection point between the capacitor 2642 and the resistor 2643, so it outputs a high level signal at the beginning, and when the level of the connection point between the capacitor 2642 and the resistor 2643 drops to a low logic judgment level, it turns into a high level signal. low level signal. That is, the buffer 2644 generates an input pulse signal, and then keeps the low level (stops outputting the input pulse signal). The pulse width of the input pulse signal is equal to a (initially set) time period, and the time period is determined by the capacitance of the capacitor 2642 and the resistance of the resistor 2643 .

Next, the operation of the buffer 2644 to generate the set time period of the pulse signal will be described. Since both ends of the capacitor 2645 and the resistor 2647 are equal to the driving voltage VCC, the connecting ends of the capacitor 2645 and the resistor 2647 are also at a high level. In addition, one end of the resistor 2648 is grounded, and one end of the capacitor 2646 receives the pulse signal of the buffer 2644. Therefore, the connection terminal of the capacitor 2646 and the resistor 2648 is at a high level at the beginning, and then gradually drops to zero with time (at the same time, the capacitor stores a voltage equal to or close to the driving voltage VCC). Therefore, the inverter 2650 outputs a low-level signal, and the buffer 2651 outputs a high-level signal, so that the OR gate 2652 outputs a high-level signal (the first pulse signal DP1 ) at the pulse signal output terminal 2541 . At this time, the detection result latch circuit 2560 latches the detection result for the first time according to the detection result signal and the pulse signal. When the level of the connecting terminal of the capacitor 2646 and the resistor 2648 drops to the low logic level, the buffer 2651 turns to output a low level signal, and the OR gate 2652 outputs a low level signal at the pulse signal output terminal 2541 (stop outputting the first pulse signal DP1). The pulse width of the pulse signal output by the OR gate 2652 is determined by the capacitance of the capacitor 2646 and the resistance of the resistor 2648 .

Then, since the capacitor 2646 stores a voltage close to the driving voltage VCC, when the output of the buffer 2644 changes from a high level to a low level, the level of the connection terminal of the capacitor 2646 and the resistor 2648 will be lower than zero, and the Diode 2649 quickly charges the capacitor and pulls the level of the connection back to zero. Therefore, the buffer 2651 still keeps outputting the low level signal.

On the other hand, at the moment when the output of the buffer 2644 changes from the high level to the low level, the level of one end of the capacitor 2645 is instantly reduced to zero by the driving voltage VCC, so that the connecting end of the capacitor 2645 and the resistor 2647 is at the low level . The output signal of the inverter 2650 is turned to a high level, so that the OR gate outputs a high level (the second pulse signal DP2). At this time, the detection result latch circuit 2560 latches the detection result for the second time according to the detection result signal and the pulse signal. Next, the resistor 2647 charges the capacitor 2645, so that the level of the connection terminal between the capacitor 2645 and the resistor 2647 gradually increases with time to be equal to the driving voltage VCC. When the level of the connecting end of the capacitor 2645 and the resistor 2647 rises to the high logic level, the inverter 2650 outputs the low level again, and the OR gate 2652 stops outputting the second pulse signal DP2. The pulse width of the second pulse signal is determined by the capacitance of the capacitor 2645 and the resistance of the resistor 2647 .

As mentioned above, the detection pulse generation module 2640 will generate two high-level pulse signals in the detection stage - the first pulse signal DP1 and the second pulse signal DP2, which are output from the pulse signal output terminal 2541, and the first pulse signal and the second pulse signal DP2. There is a set time interval TIV between the two pulse signals, and the set time interval TIV is mainly determined by the capacitance value of the capacitor 2642 and the resistance value of the resistor 2643 .

After the detection phase DTS enters the operation phase DRS, the detection pulse generation module 2640 no longer generates the pulse signals DP1/DP2, and maintains the pulse signal output terminal 2541 at a low level. Please refer to FIG. 16C , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the detection and determination circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. The detection and determination circuit 2670 includes a comparator 2671 (or a first comparator) and a resistor 2672 (or a fifth resistor). The inverting terminal of the comparator 2671 receives the reference level signal Vref, and the non-inverting terminal is grounded through the resistor 2672 and coupled to the switch coupling terminal 2581 at the same time. Please also refer to FIG. 15 , the signal flowing into the switch circuit 2580 from the first mounting detection terminal 2521 will be output through the switch coupling terminal 2581 and flow through the resistor 2672 . When the current flowing through the resistor 2672 is too large (ie, higher than or equal to the installation setting current, for example, the current value is 2A), the level on the resistor 2672 is higher than the level of the reference level signal Vref (which can correspond to The two lamp caps are correctly inserted into the lamp socket), the comparator 2671 generates a high-level detection result signal and outputs it from the detection result terminal 2571 . For example, when the LED straight tube lamp is correctly installed in the lamp socket, the comparator 2671 will output a high-level detection result signal Sdr at the detection result terminal 2571 . When the current flowing through the resistor 2672 is insufficient to make the level on the resistor 2672 higher than the level of the reference level signal Vref (which may correspond to only one of the lamp caps being correctly inserted into the lamp socket), the comparator 2671 generates a low level The bit detection result signal Sdr is output from the detection result terminal 2571 . For example, when the LED straight tube lamp is not correctly installed in the lamp socket, or when one end is installed in the lamp socket and the other end is grounded by the human body, the current will be too small and the comparator 2671 will output a low-level detection result at the detection result terminal 2571 Signal Sdr.

Please refer to FIG. 16D , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the detection result latch circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. The detection result latch circuit 2660 includes a D-type flip-flop (D Flip-flop) 2661 (or a first D-type flip-flop), a resistor 2662 (or a fourth resistor) and an OR gate 2663 (or a second OR gate) ). The clock input terminal (CLK) of the D-type flip-flop 2661 is coupled to the detection result terminal 2571, and the input terminal D is coupled to the driving voltage VCC. When the detection result terminal 2571 outputs a low-level detection result signal Sdr, the D-type flip-flop 2661 outputs a low-level signal at the output terminal Q; when the detection result terminal 2571 outputs a high-level detection result signal, the D-type flip-flop 2661 outputs a high-level detection result signal. The 2661 outputs a high-level signal at the output terminal Q. The resistor 2662 is coupled between the output terminal Q of the D-type flip-flop 2661 and a reference potential (eg, ground potential). When the OR gate 2663 receives the first pulse signal DP1 or the second pulse signal DP2 output by the pulse signal output terminal 2541, or the high level signal output by the D-type flip-flop 2661 at the output terminal Q, it outputs at the detection result latch terminal 2561 High level detection result latch signal. Since the detection pulse generation module 2640 only outputs the first pulse signal DP1 or the second pulse signal DP2 in the detection stage DTS, the dominant OR gate 2663 outputs a high-level detection result latch signal, and the rest of the time (including the operation after the detection stage DTS) Stage DRS) is dominated by the D-type flip-flop 2661 to detect that the result latch signal is high level or low level. Therefore, when the high-level detection result signal Sdr does not appear at the detection result terminal 2571, the D-type flip-flop 2661 maintains a low-level signal at the output terminal Q, so that the detection result latch terminal 2561 also maintains a low level DRS during the operation phase The level detection result latch signal. On the other hand, when the detection result signal Sdr of a high level occurs at the detection result terminal 2571, the D-type flip-flop 2661 will latch and maintain the high level signal at the output terminal Q. As shown in FIG. In this way, the detection result latch terminal 2561 also maintains a high-level detection result latch signal when it enters the operation stage DRS.

Please refer to FIG. 16E , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the switch circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. The switch circuit 2680 may include a transistor, such as a bipolar junction transistor 2681 (or referred to as a first transistor) as a power transistor. Power transistors can handle high currents and powers and are especially used in switching circuits. The collector of the bi-junction transistor 2681 is coupled to the first mounting detection terminal 2521 , the base is coupled to the detection result latch terminal 2561 , and the emitter switch is coupled to the terminal 2581 . When the detection pulse generating module 2640 generates the first pulse signal DP1 or the second pulse signal DP2, the bipolar junction transistor 2681 will be turned on for a short time, so that the detection determination circuit 2670 will perform detection to determine that the detection result latch signal is high level bit or low level. When the detection result latch circuit 2660 outputs a high level detection result latch signal at the detection result latch terminal 2561, it indicates that the LED straight tube lamp has been correctly installed on the lamp socket, so the dual junction transistor 2681 will conduct Therefore, the connection between the first installation detection terminal 2521 and the second installation detection terminal 2522 is conducted (ie, the power loop is turned on). At this time, the driving circuit (not shown) in the power module is activated and starts to operate based on the voltage on the power circuit, and then generates the lighting control signal Slc to switch the power switch (not shown), so that the driving current can be generated And light up the LED module. Conversely, when the detection result latch circuit 2660 outputs a low-level detection result latch signal at the detection result latch terminal 2561, the bipolar junction transistor 2681 will be turned off and the first mounting detection terminal 2521 and the second mounting detection terminal 2521 and the second mounting detection terminal 2521 and the second mounting detection terminal 2521 and the second mounting detection terminal 2521 and the second mounting detection terminal 2521 and the second mounting detection terminal 2521 are turned off. It is cut off between the installation detection terminals 2522. At this time, the driving circuit in the power module will not be activated, so the lighting control signal Slc will not be generated.

Since the external driving signal Sed is an AC signal, in order to avoid the detection error caused by the level of the external driving signal being just near the zero point when the detection determination circuit 2670 detects. Therefore, the detection pulse generation module 2640 generates the first pulse signal DP1 and the second pulse signal DP2 so that the detection determination circuit 2670 detects twice, so as to avoid the problem that the level of the external driving signal is just near the zero point during single detection. Preferably, the generation time difference between the first pulse signal DP1 and the second pulse signal DP2 is not an integer multiple of half of the period T of the external driving signal Sed, that is, not an integer corresponding to the 180-degree phase difference of the external driving signal Sed. multiple. In this way, when one of the first pulse signal DP1 and the second pulse signal DP2 is generated, if the external driving signal Sed is unfortunately near the zero point, it can be avoided that the external driving signal Sed is also near the zero point when the other is generated.

The generation time difference between the first pulse signal and the second pulse signal, that is, the set time interval TIV can be expressed by the formula as follows:

TIV=(X+Y)(T/2)

Among them, T is the period of the external drive signal, X is an integer greater than or equal to zero, 0<Y<1.

The preferred range of Y is between 0.05-0.95, more preferably between 0.15-0.85.

Those skilled in the art can understand from the description of the above-mentioned embodiments that the structure of generating two pulse signals for installation detection is only an example of the implementation of the detection pulse generating module. In practical applications, the detection pulse generating module may be configured to generate one or more than two pulse signals for installation detection, but the present invention is not limited to this.

Furthermore, in order to avoid that when the installation detection module enters the detection stage DTS, the level of the driving voltage VCC is too low, which will cause the circuit logic judgment error of the installation detection module to start to rise. The generation of the first pulse signal DP1 can be set to be generated when the driving voltage VCC reaches or is higher than a predetermined level, so that the detection and determination circuit 2670 can only perform the detection and determination circuit 2670 after the driving voltage VCC reaches a sufficient level, so as to avoid the problem of insufficient level. The circuit logic judgment of the installation detection module is wrong.

According to the above description, when one end of the LED straight tube lamp is inserted into the lamp socket and the other end of the lamp is floating or in electrical contact with the human body, the detection and determination circuit outputs a low-level detection result signal Sdr due to the large impedance. The detection result latch circuit latches the low-level detection result signal Sdr into a low-level detection result latch signal according to the pulse signals DP1/DP2 of the detection pulse generating module, and also maintains the detection result during the operation stage DRS. In this way, the switch circuit can be kept off to avoid continuous energization. In this way, the possibility of electric shock to the human body can also be avoided, so that the requirements of safety regulations can be met. When the lamp caps at both ends of the LED straight tube lamp are correctly inserted into the lamp socket (time point td), the detection and determination circuit outputs a high-level detection result signal Sdr because the impedance of the LED straight tube lamp itself is small. The detection result latch circuit latches the high-level detection result signal Sdr into a high-level detection result latch signal according to the pulse signals DP1/DP2 of the detection pulse generating module, and maintains the detection result during the operation stage DRS. In this way, the switch circuit can be kept on and continuously energized, so that the LED straight tube lamp can operate normally during the DRS operation stage.

In other words, in some embodiments, when the lamp cap at one end of the LED straight tube lamp is inserted into the lamp socket and the lamp cap at the other end is floating or in electrical contact with the human body, the input of the detection and determination circuit is low. The detection result signal Sdr of the level is sent to the detection result latch circuit, and then the detection pulse generating module outputs a low level signal to the detection result latch circuit, so that the detection result latch circuit outputs a low level signal. A detection result of the level latches the signal to turn off the switch circuit, wherein the turn-off of the switch circuit cuts off the connection between the first installation detection terminal and the second installation detection terminal, that is, the LED is turned off. The tube lamp enters a non-conducting state.

In some embodiments, when the two lamp caps of the LED straight tube lamp are correctly inserted into the lamp socket, the detection and determination circuit inputs the detection result signal of a high level to the detection result latch circuit , causing the detection result latch circuit to output a high-level detection result latch signal to turn on the switch circuit, wherein the conduction of the switch circuit makes the first installation detection terminal and the second installation Conduction between the detection terminals means that the LED straight tube lamp operates in a conduction state.

According to the above, as far as the user's installation process is concerned, after the LED straight tube lamp described in this embodiment is installed and energized (whether it is correctly installed or incorrectly installed), due to the internal The installation detection module will first perform pulse generation to detect the installation status of the LED straight tube light, and after confirming that the LED straight tube light has been installed correctly, the power loop will be turned on to provide a driving current sufficient to light the LED module. Therefore, at least until the first pulse is generated, the LED straight tube lamp will not be lit (ie, the power loop will not be turned on, or the current on the power loop will be limited to less than 5mA/MIU). In practical applications, the time required for the first pulse to be generated after the LED straight tube light is installed and powered on is approximately greater than or equal to 100 milliseconds (ms). In other words, the LED straight tube lamp of this embodiment will not be lit for at least 100ms after being installed and powered on. In addition, in one embodiment, since the installation detection module will continuously send out pulses to detect the installation state before the LED straight tube light is correctly installed, if the LED straight tube light is not lit after one pulse is generated (ie, It is not judged to be installed correctly), then the LED straight tube light will be possible to light up at least at least the aforementioned set time interval TIV (ie, after the next pulse is generated). In other words, if the LED straight tube lamp of the present embodiment is not lit 100ms after installation and electrification, it will not be lit during the period of 100ms+TIV. It should be noted that the "LED straight tube light is powered on" mentioned here means that an external power supply (such as commercial power) is applied to the straight tube light, and the power loop of the LED straight tube light is electrically connected to the ground level ( groundlevel), which in turn creates a voltage difference across the power loop. Among them, the energization of the correct installation of the LED straight tube light means that the external power supply is applied to the LED straight tube light, and the LED straight tube light is electrically connected to the ground level through the grounding circuit of the lamp; and the LED straight tube light is incorrect. Installation means that the external power is applied to the LED straight tube light, but the LED straight tube light is not only electrically connected to the ground level through the grounding line of the lamp, but is connected to the ground level through the human body or other impedance objects. That is, in the incorrect installation state, there will be unexpected impedance objects in series on the current path.

It is worth noting that the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1/DP2 generated by the detection pulse generation module is between 1us and 1ms, and its function is only when the LED straight tube lamp is energized. This pulse signal is used to make the switch circuit conduct for a short time. . In this way, a pulse current can be generated, which flows through the detection and judgment circuit for detection and judgment. The long-term conduction is not due to the short-time pulse, and there is no danger of electric shock. Furthermore, the detection result latch circuit also maintains the detection result during the operation stage DRS, and no longer changes the previously latched detection result due to the change of the circuit state, thereby avoiding the problem caused by the change of the detection result. The installation detection module (ie the switch circuit, the detection pulse generation module, the detection result latch circuit and the detection determination circuit) can be integrated into the chip, so that it can be embedded in the circuit, which can save the circuit cost and volume of the installation detection module. In one embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1/DP2 may be further between 10us and 1ms; in another embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1/DP2 may be further between 15us and 30us In another embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1/DP2 may be 20us.

In the definition of an embodiment, the pulse/pulse signal refers to a severe voltage or current signal change that occurs briefly in the continuous signal time process, that is, the signal suddenly changes in a short period of time, and then quickly returns to its original state. initial value. Therefore, the pulse signal may be a voltage or current signal that changes from a low level to a high level for a period of time and then returns to a low level, or a voltage or current signal that changes from a high level to a low level. The utility model is not limited to this. The period corresponding to the "short-term signal change" mentioned herein refers to a period that is not enough to change the operating state of the overall LED straight tube light and does not cause electric shock hazards to the human body. For example, when the switch circuits 2580/2680 are turned on by the pulse signals DP1/DP2, the turn-on period of the switch circuits 2580/2680 will be short enough so that the LED modules will not be lit, and the effective current on the power loop will not be turned on. will be greater than the current limit setting value (5MIU). The "severe signal change" as used herein means that the signal change is sufficient to cause the electronic component receiving the pulse signal to change its operating state in response to the pulse signal. For example, when the switch circuits 2580/2680 receive the pulse signals DP1/DP2, the switch circuits 2580/2680 are turned on or off in response to the level switching of the pulse signals DP1/DP2.

Incidentally, although the above-mentioned detection pulse generation module 2640 is described by generating two pulse signals DP1 and DP2 as an example, the detection pulse generation module 2540 of the present invention is not limited to this. The detection pulse generating module 2540 may be a circuit for generating a single pulse or a circuit for generating multiple pulses independently.

In the embodiment in which the detection pulse generating module 2540 generates a single pulse, a simple circuit configuration of an RC circuit and an active element/active element can be used to realize a single pulse output. For example, in an exemplary embodiment, the detection pulse generating module 2640 may only include a capacitor 2642 , a resistor 2643 and a buffer 2644 . Under this configuration, the detection pulse generation module 2640 only generates a single pulse signal DP1.

In the embodiment in which the detection pulse generating module 2540 generates multiple pulses, the detection pulse generating module 2640 may further include a reset circuit (not shown), and the reset circuit may generate the first pulse signal and/or the second pulse signal After that, the working state of the circuit is reset, so that the detection pulse generating module 2640 can generate the first pulse signal and/or the second pulse signal again after a period of time. That is, through the function of the reset circuit, the detection pulse generating module 2640 can generate a plurality of pulse signals according to a fixed or random set time interval TIV. The generation of a plurality of pulse signals according to a fixed set time interval TIV may also be, for example, to generate a pulse signal at a fixed interval of 0.5 seconds to 2 seconds (ie, 0.5≤TIV≤2), wherein the random set time interval is used to generate a pulse signal. The TIV generates a plurality of pulse signals, for example, the set time interval TIV between each adjacent pulse signal is selected from a random set value in the interval of 0.5 seconds to 2 seconds.

More specifically, the timing and frequency at which the detection pulse generating module 2540 sends out a pulse signal for installation detection can be set accordingly in consideration of the influence of the detection current on the human body in the detection stage. Generally speaking, as long as the magnitude and duration of the current passing through the human body meet the specifications, even if there is current passing through the contact person, there will be no electric shock, and it will not cause personal safety hazards. Among them, the harm of the current size and the duration to the human body is roughly negatively correlated, that is, on the premise that the passing current does not endanger the safety of the human body, the greater the passing current, the shorter the duration of the power-on; on the contrary, if the passing current is small, Then it can be powered on for a long time without causing harm to human body. In other words, whether the human body is actually subject to electric shock depends on the amount of current (or electrical power) applied to the human body per unit time, rather than the amount of current flowing through the human body.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generation module 2540 can be configured to only send a pulse signal within a certain time interval for installation detection, and stop sending the pulse signal after the time interval is exceeded to avoid the detection current causing human harm. As shown in FIG. 27D, FIG. 27D is a schematic diagram of the waveform of the detection current according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention, wherein the horizontal axis of the graph is the time (marked as t), and the vertical axis is the current value (marked as I) . In the detection stage, the detection pulse module 2540 sends a pulse signal within the detection time interval (for the pulse width and set time interval of the pulse signal, please refer to other related embodiments), so that the detection path/power loop is turned on. Since the detection path/power loop is turned on, the detection current Iin (which can be obtained by measuring the input current of the power module) will generate a corresponding current pulse Idp in response to the timing of the pulse of the pulse signal, wherein the detection and determination circuit 2570 is By detecting the current value of these current pulses Idp, it can be judged whether the LED straight tube lamp has been correctly installed on the lamp socket. After the detection time interval Tw, the detection pulse generating module 2540 stops sending pulse signals, so that the detection path/power circuit is cut off. From a larger time dimension, the detection pulse generation module 2540 will generate a pulse group DPg within the detection time interval Tw, and determine whether the LED straight tube lamp has been correctly installed in the lamp through the detection of the pulse group DPg. seat. In other words, in this embodiment, the detection pulse generating module 2540 only sends a pulse signal within the detection time interval Tw, wherein the detection time interval Tw can be set to be 0.5 seconds to 2 seconds inclusive. Any numerical point with two decimal places, such as 0.51, 0.52, 0.53, ..., 0.6, 0.61, 0.62, ... 1.97, 1.98, 1.99, 2, but the present invention is not limited to this. It is worth mentioning that, by properly selecting the detection time interval Tw, the detection action of the entire pulse group DPg will not generate electric power enough to harm the human body, thereby achieving the effect of preventing electric shock.

In circuit design, various circuit implementations can be used to make the detection pulse generating module 2540 send the detection signal only within the detection time interval Tw. For example, in an exemplary embodiment, the detection pulse generation module 2540 can be implemented by using a pulse generation circuit (as shown in FIGS. 16B and 17B ) and a timing circuit (not shown), and the timing circuit can output the output after counting a certain period of time. Signals the pulse generation circuit to stop generating pulses. In another exemplary embodiment, the detection pulse generating module 2540 can be implemented by using a pulse generating circuit (as shown in FIGS. 16B and 17B ) and a signal shielding circuit (not shown), wherein the signal shielding circuit The output of the generating circuit is pulled to ground to shield the pulse signal output by the pulse generating circuit. Under this configuration, the signal shielding circuit can be implemented using a simple circuit (eg, an RC circuit) without changing the design of the original pulse generating circuit.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generating module 2540 may be configured to send out the next pulse signal after at least a set time interval greater than or equal to a certain safety value every time a pulse signal is sent out, so as to avoid the detection current from causing human harm. As shown in FIG. 27E, FIG. 27E is a schematic diagram of the waveform of the detection current according to the second embodiment of the present invention. In the detection stage, the detection pulse generation module 2540 will send out pulse signals at the set time interval TIVs greater than a certain safety value (for example, 1 second) (for the pulse width setting of the pulse signal, please refer to other related embodiments), so that the detection path/ The power circuit is turned on. Since the detection path/power loop is turned on, the detection current Iin (which can be obtained by measuring the input current of the power module) will generate a corresponding current pulse Idp in response to the pulse generation time point of the pulse signal, wherein the detection and determination circuit 2570 is By detecting the current value of these current pulses Idp, it is judged whether the LED straight tube lamp has been correctly installed on the lamp socket.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generation module 2540 may be configured to send out a pulse group at a set time interval greater than or equal to a specific safety value for installation detection, so as to prevent the detection current from causing human harm. As shown in FIG. 27F , FIG. 27F is a schematic diagram of the waveform of the detection current according to the third embodiment of the present invention. In the detection stage, the detection pulse generation module 2540 will first send out a plurality of pulse signals in the first detection time interval Tw (the pulse width and the set time interval of the pulse signals can refer to other related embodiments), so that the detection path/power circuit is turned on. At this time, the detection current Iin will generate a plurality of corresponding current pulses Idp in response to the pulse generation time point of the pulse signal, and the current pulses Idp in the first detection time interval Tw constitute the first pulse group DPg1. After the end of the first detection time interval Tw, the detection pulse generating module 2540 will suspend the output of the pulse signal for a set time interval TIVs (for example, greater than or equal to 1 second), and will not issue a pulse again after entering the next detection time interval Tw Signal. Similar to the operation in the first detection time interval Tw, the detection current Iin in the second detection time interval Tw and the third detection time interval Tw will constitute the second pulse group DPg2 and the third pulse group DPg3, respectively. The circuit 2570 determines whether the LED straight tube lamp has been correctly installed on the lamp socket by detecting the current values of the pulse groups DPg1 , DPg2 and DPg3 .

It should be noted here that, in practical applications, the magnitude of the current of the current pulse Idp is related to the impedance on the detection path/power loop. Therefore, when designing the detection pulse generating module 2540, the format of the output pulse signal can be correspondingly designed according to the selection and setting of the detection path/power circuit.

Please refer to FIG. 17A , which is a schematic circuit diagram of an installation detection module according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. The installation detection module includes a detection pulse generating module 2740 , a detection result latch circuit 2760 , a switch circuit 2780 and a detection determination circuit 2770 . The following description is combined with the signal timing shown in FIG. 27B , wherein FIG. 27B is a schematic diagram of the signal timing of the power module according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. The detection pulse generating module 2740 is electrically connected to the detection result latch circuit 2760 for generating the control signal Sc including at least one pulse signal DP. The detection result latch circuit 2760 is electrically connected to the switch circuit 2780 for receiving and outputting the control signal Sc output by the detection pulse generating module 2740 . The switch circuit 2780 is electrically connected to one end of the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp and the detection and determination circuit 2770, respectively, for receiving the control signal Sc output by the detection result latch circuit 2760 and conducting during the pulse signal DP, so that the LED straight tube lamp is turned on during the period of the pulse signal DP. The power circuit is turned on. The detection and determination circuit 2770 is electrically connected to the switch circuit 2780 , the other end of the LED straight tube lamp power circuit, and the detection result latch circuit 2760 respectively, and is used to detect the sampling signal on the power circuit when the switch circuit 2780 and the LED power circuit are turned on. Ssp to judge the installation status of the LED straight tube lamp and the lamp holder. In other words, the power loop of this embodiment is used as a detection path for installing the detection module (the aforementioned embodiment of FIG. 16A also has a similar configuration). The detection determination circuit 2770 further transmits the detection result to the detection result latch circuit 2760 for further control; in addition, the detection pulse generation module 2740 is further electrically connected to the output of the detection result latch circuit 2760 to control the output of the cut-off pulse signal DP. time. The detailed circuit structure and the description of the overall circuit operation will be successively described below.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generating module 2740 generates a control signal Sc via the detection result latch circuit 2760, so that the switch circuit 2780 operates in an on state during the pulse. At the same time, the power loop of the LED straight tube light located between the installation detection ends 2521 and 2522 is also turned on at the same time. The detection determination circuit 2770 detects a sampling signal on the power supply circuit, and informs the detection result latch circuit 2760 of the time point at which the detection signal is latched based on the detected signal. For example, the detection and determination circuit 2770 may be, for example, a circuit for controlling the output level of the latch circuit, wherein the output level of the latch circuit corresponds to the on/off state of the LED straight tube lamp. The detection result latch circuit 2760 stores the detection result according to the sampling signal Ssp (or the sampling signal Ssp and the pulse signal DP), and transmits or provides the detection result to the switch circuit 2780 . After receiving the detection result transmitted by the detection result latch circuit 2760, the switch circuit 2780 controls the conduction state between the installation detection terminals 2521 and 2522 according to the detection result.

Please refer to FIG. 17B , which is a schematic diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. The detection pulse generating module 2740 includes: a resistor 2742 (a sixth resistor), one end of which is connected to a driving voltage; a capacitor 2743 (a fourth capacitor), one end of which is connected to the other end of the resistor 2742, and the other end of the capacitor 2743 is grounded; a Smith The special trigger 2744 has an input end and an output end, the input end is connected to the connection end of the resistor 2742 and the capacitor 2743, the output end is connected to the detection result latch circuit 2760; a resistor 2745 (the seventh resistor), one end is connected to the resistor 2742 and the connection terminal of the capacitor 2743; a transistor 2746 (the second transistor), which has a base terminal, a collector terminal and an emitter terminal, the collector terminal is connected to the other end of the resistor 2745, and the emitter terminal is grounded; and a resistor 2747 ( The eighth resistor), one end is connected to the base terminal of the transistor 2746, and the other end of the resistor 2747 is connected to the detection result latch circuit 2760 and the switch circuit 2780. The detection pulse generating module 2740 further includes a Zener diode 2748 having an anode end and a cathode end, the anode end is connected to the other end of the capacitor 2743 to ground, and the cathode end is connected to one end of the capacitor 2743 and the resistor 2742 . The circuits of the detection pulse generation module in this embodiment and the aforementioned embodiment in FIG. 16B are only examples. In fact, the specific operation of the detection pulse generation circuit is performed based on the functional modules configured in the embodiment in FIG. 28 . This part will be described in FIG. 28 . The examples are described in further detail.

Please refer to FIG. 17D , which is a schematic diagram of a detection result latch circuit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. The detection result latch circuit 2760 includes: a D-type flip-flop 2762 (second D-type flip-flop), which has a data input end, a frequency input end and an output end, the data input end is connected to the driving voltage, the frequency input end and an OR gate 2763 (third OR gate), which has a first input terminal, a second input terminal and an output terminal, the first input terminal is connected to the output of the Schmitt trigger 2744 The second input terminal is connected to the output terminal of the D-type flip-flop 2762 , and the output terminal of the OR gate 2763 is connected to the other terminal of the resistor 2747 and the switch circuit 2780 .

Please refer to FIG. 17E , which is a schematic diagram of a switch circuit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. The switch circuit 2780 includes: a transistor 2782 (third transistor), which has a base terminal, a collector terminal and an emitter terminal, the base terminal is connected to the output terminal of the OR gate 2763, and the collector terminal is connected to one end of the LED power circuit (for example: The first installation detection terminal 2521), the emitter terminal is connected to the detection and determination circuit 2770. Among them, the transistor 2782 can also be replaced with equivalent components of other electronic switches, such as: MOSFET and so on.

Please refer to FIG. 17C , which is a schematic diagram of a detection and determination circuit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. The detection and determination circuit 2770 includes: a resistor 2774 (the ninth resistor), one end of which is connected to the emitter terminal of the transistor 2782, and the other end of the resistor 2774 is connected to the other end of the LED power loop (eg, the second installation detection terminal 2522); a diode 2775 (second diode), with an anode terminal and a cathode terminal, the anode terminal is connected to one end of the resistor 2744; a comparator 2772 (second comparator), with a first input terminal, a second input terminal With an output terminal, the first input terminal is connected to a setting signal (for example: the reference voltage Vref, in this embodiment is 1.3V, but not limited to this), the second input terminal is connected to the cathode terminal of the diode 2775, and the comparison The output terminal of the comparator 2772 is connected to the frequency input terminal of the D-type flip-flop 2762; a comparator 2773 (third comparator) has a first input terminal, a second input terminal and an output terminal, and the first input terminal is connected to The cathode terminal of the diode 2775, the second input terminal is connected to another setting signal (for example: another reference voltage Vref, which is 0.3V in this embodiment, but not limited to this), and the output terminal of the comparator is connected to the D-type trigger a resistor 2776 (the tenth resistor), one end of which is connected to the driving voltage; a resistor 2777 (the eleventh resistor), one end of which is connected to the other end of the resistor 2776 and the second input end of the comparator 2772, and The other end of the resistor 2777 is grounded; and a capacitor 2778 (a fifth capacitor) is connected in parallel with the resistor 2777 . In some embodiments, the diode 2775, the comparator 2773, the resistor 2776, the resistor 2777 and the capacitor 2778 can be omitted. When the diode 2775 is omitted, the second input terminal of the comparator 2772 is directly connected to one end of the resistor 2774. In some embodiments, considering the power factor, the resistor 2774 may be two resistors connected in parallel, and the equivalent resistance value of the resistor 2774 includes 0.1 ohm to 5 ohm.

It is worth noting that, part of the circuits for installing the detection module can be integrated into an integrated circuit, thereby saving the circuit cost and volume of installing the detection module. For example, the Schmitt trigger 2744 of the detection pulse generating module 2740, the detection result latch circuit 2760 and the two comparators 2772 and 2773 of the detection determination circuit 2770 are integrated into an integrated circuit, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

The overall circuit operation of installing the detection module will be described below. First of all, it should be explained that the utility model utilizes the principle that the capacitor voltage will not change abruptly; before the capacitor in the power supply circuit of the LED straight tube lamp is turned on, the voltage at both ends of the capacitor is zero and the transient response is in a short-circuit state; and When the power circuit is correctly installed in the lamp holder, the transient response current limiting resistance is small and the response peak current is large. When the power circuit is not correctly installed in the lamp holder, the transient response The principle of response to the current limiting resistance is larger and the response to the peak current is smaller, and the leakage current of the LED straight tube lamp is less than 5MIU. The following will test the LED straight tube lamp when it is working normally (that is, both ends of the LED straight tube lamp are correctly installed in the lamp holder) and the lamp replacement test (that is, one end of the LED straight tube lamp is installed in the lamp holder and the other end of the lamp holder is installed in the lamp holder. Contact the human body) the current amount comparison of an embodiment:

Among them, in the denominator part, Rfuse is the fuse resistance value of the LED straight tube lamp (10 ohms), and 500 ohms is the resistance value of the transient response to simulate the conductive characteristics of the human body; and in the numerator part, take the voltage root mean square The maximum voltage value (305*1.414) of 90V～305V and the minimum voltage difference 50V. It can be known from the above embodiment that if both ends of the LED straight tube lamp are correctly installed in the lamp holder, the minimum transient current during normal operation is 5A; but when one end of the LED straight tube lamp is installed in the lamp holder, the When the other end of the lamp head contacts the human body, its maximum transient current is only 845mA. Therefore, the present invention utilizes the current that can flow through the capacitor in the LED power supply loop (for example, the filter capacitor of the filter circuit) through the transient response to detect the installation state of the LED straight tube lamp and the lamp holder, that is, to detect the LED straight tube lamp. Whether it is correctly installed in the lamp socket, and when the LED straight tube light is not correctly installed in the lamp socket, a protection mechanism is provided to avoid the problem of electric shock caused by the user accidentally touching the conductive part of the LED straight tube light. The above-mentioned embodiments are only used to illustrate the present invention and not to limit the implementation of the present invention.

Next, please refer to FIG. 17A again, when the LED straight tube lamp is replaced in the lamp socket, after a period of time (this period determines the pulse period), the output of the detection pulse generation module 2740 rises from a first low-level voltage to A first high level voltage is output to the detection result latch circuit 2760 through a path 2741 . After receiving the first high-level voltage, the detection result latch circuit 2760 simultaneously outputs a second high-level voltage to the switch circuit 2780 and the detection pulse generating module 2740 through a path 2761 . After the switch circuit 2780 receives the second high-level voltage, the switch circuit 2780 is turned on so that a power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp (at least including the first installation detection terminal 2521 , the switch circuit 2780 , the path 2781 , and the detection and determination circuit 2770 ) and the second installation detection terminal 2522) is turned on; and at the same time, the detection pulse generation module 2740 receives the second high level voltage returned by the detection result latch circuit 2760 for a period of time (determined by this period of time) pulse width), the output drops from the first high-level voltage back to the first low-level voltage (the first low-level voltage for the first time, the first high-level voltage for the first time, and the first low-level voltage for the second time A first pulse signal DP1) is formed. The detection and determination circuit 2770 detects a first sampling signal SP1 (eg, a voltage signal) on the loop when the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp is turned on. When the first sampling signal SP1 is greater than and/or equal to a set value signal (for example: a reference voltage Vref), according to the application principle of the present invention, it means that the LED straight tube lamp is correctly installed in the lamp holder, so the detection and determination circuit 2770 outputs a third high-level voltage ( the first high level signal) to the detection result latch circuit 2760. The detection result latch circuit 2760 receives the third high-level voltage and outputs and maintains a second high-level voltage (second high-level signal) to the switch circuit 2780, and the switch circuit 2780 receives the second high-level voltage and then The power supply circuit of the LED straight tube lamp is maintained to be turned on, during which the detection pulse generating module 2740 no longer generates pulse output.

When the first sampling signal SP1 is smaller than the setting signal, according to the application principle of the present invention, it means that the LED straight tube lamp has not been correctly installed in the lamp socket, so the detection and determination circuit 2770 outputs a third low-level voltage ( the first low level signal) to the detection result latch circuit 2760. The detection result latch circuit 2760 receives the third low-level voltage and outputs and maintains the second low-level voltage (second low-level signal) to the switch circuit 2780, and the switch circuit 2780 receives the second low-level voltage and maintains it Turn off to keep the power circuit of the LED straight tube light open. In this case, the problem of electric shock caused by mistakenly touching the conductive part of the LED straight tube light when the LED straight tube light is not correctly installed in the lamp socket can be avoided.

When the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp is kept open for a period of time (ie, the pulse cycle time), the output of the detection pulse generation module 2740 rises from the first low-level voltage to the first high-level voltage again, and is output through the path 2741 to the detection result latch circuit 2760. After receiving the first high-level voltage, the detection result latch circuit 2760 simultaneously outputs a second high-level voltage to the switch circuit 2780 and the detection pulse generating module 2740 through the path 2761 . After the switch circuit 2780 receives the second high-level voltage, the switch circuit 2780 is turned on again so that the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp (at least including the first installation detection terminal 2521, the switch circuit 2780, the path 2781, and the detection and determination circuit 2770) At the same time, the detection pulse generating module 2740 receives the second high-level voltage returned by the detection result latch circuit 2760 for a period of time (this period of time) determine the pulse width), its output drops from the first high level voltage back to a first low level voltage (the first low level voltage of the third time, the first high level voltage of the second time and the fourth time The first low level voltage constitutes a second pulse signal DP2). When the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp is turned on again, the detection and determination circuit 2770 also detects a second sampling signal SP2 (eg, a voltage signal) on the circuit again. When the second sampling signal SP2 is greater than and/or equal to When a signal (eg, a reference voltage Vref) is set, according to the above-mentioned application principle of the present invention, it indicates that the LED straight tube lamp is correctly installed in the lamp socket, so the detection and determination circuit 2770 outputs a third high-level voltage through the path 2771 (the first high level signal) to the detection result latch circuit 2760 . The detection result latch circuit 2760 receives the third high-level voltage and outputs and maintains a second high-level voltage (second high-level signal) to the switch circuit 2780, and the switch circuit 2780 receives the second high-level voltage and then The power supply circuit of the LED straight tube lamp is kept on, during which the detection pulse generating module 2740 no longer generates pulse wave output.

When the second sampling signal SP2 is smaller than the setting signal, according to the above-mentioned application principle of the present invention, it means that the LED straight tube lamp is not properly installed in the lamp socket, so the detection and determination circuit 2770 outputs a third low-level voltage (the first low level signal) to the detection result latch circuit 2760 . The detection result latch circuit 2760 receives the third low-level voltage and outputs and maintains a second low-level voltage (second low-level signal) to the switch circuit 2780, and the switch circuit 2780 receives the second low-level voltage and then Keep it off to keep the power circuit of the LED straight tube light open.

In the example of FIG. 27B , since the first sampling signal SP1 generated based on the first pulse signal DP1 and the second sampling signal SP2 generated based on the second pulse signal DP2 are both lower than the reference voltage Vref, the switch is switched during this period The circuit 2780 will be maintained in the off state, and the driver circuit (not shown) will not be activated. Until the third pulse signal DP3 is generated, since the detection and determination circuit 2770 will generate the detection result that the LED straight tube lamp has been correctly installed according to the third sampling signal SP3 higher than the reference voltage Vref, the switch circuit 2780 will be latched by the detection result The high-level voltage output by the circuit 2760 is maintained in a conducting state to keep the power loop conducting. At this time, the driving circuit in the power module will be activated and start to operate based on the voltage on the power loop, and then generate the lighting control signal Slc to switch the power switch (not shown), so that the driving current can be generated to light the LED module .

Next, please refer to FIGS. 17B to 17E at the same time, when the LED straight tube lamp is replaced in the lamp socket, a driving voltage charges the capacitor 2743 through the resistor 2742, and when the voltage of the capacitor 2743 rises enough to trigger the Schmitt trigger At 2744, the Schmitt trigger 2744 is output to an input terminal of the OR gate 2763 from an initial first low-level voltage to a first high-level voltage. After the OR gate 2763 receives the first high level voltage output from the Schmitt trigger 2744 , the OR gate 2763 outputs a second high level voltage to the base terminal of the transistor 2782 and the resistor 2747 . When the base terminal of the transistor 2782 receives the second high-level voltage output from the OR gate 2763, the collector terminal and the emitter terminal of the transistor 2782 are turned on, thereby making the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp (including at least the first installation detection The terminal 2521, the transistor 2782, the resistor 2774 and the second installation detection terminal 2522) are turned on; at the same time, after the base terminal of the transistor 2746 receives the second high-level voltage output by the OR gate 2763 through the resistor 2747, the transistor 2746 The collector terminal and the emitter terminal are connected to the ground, so that the voltage of the capacitor 2743 is discharged to the ground through the resistor 2745. When the voltage of the capacitor 2743 is not enough to trigger the Schmitt trigger 2744, the output of the Schmitt trigger 2744 goes from the first high The level voltage drops back to the first low level voltage (the first low level voltage for the first time, the first high level voltage for the second time, and the first low level voltage for the second time constitute a first pulse signal). When the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp is turned on, the current flowing through the capacitor in the LED power circuit (for example, the filter capacitor of the filter circuit) through the transient response flows through the transistor 2782 and the resistor 2774, and forms on the resistor 2774. A voltage signal, the voltage signal is compared with a reference voltage (1.3V in this embodiment, but not limited to this) through the comparator 2772, when the voltage signal is greater than and/or equal to the reference voltage, the comparator 2772 outputs A third high-level voltage is applied to the frequency input terminal CLK of the D-type flip-flop 2762. At the same time, since the data input terminal D of the D-type flip-flop 2762 is connected to the driving voltage, the output terminal Q of the D-type flip-flop 2762 outputs a high-level voltage The voltage is applied to the other input terminal of the OR gate 2763, so that the OR gate 2763 outputs and maintains the second high-level voltage to the base terminal of the transistor 2782, thereby keeping the transistor 2782 and the power loop of the LED straight tube light on. Since the OR gate 2763 outputs and maintains the second high-level voltage, the transistor 2746 is also kept on and grounded, so that the voltage of the capacitor 2743 cannot rise enough to trigger the Schmitt trigger 2744 .

When the voltage signal on the resistor 2774 is less than the reference voltage, the comparator 2772 outputs a third low-level voltage to the frequency input terminal CLK of the D-type flip-flop 2762. At the same time, since the initial output value of the D-type flip-flop 2762 is zero, Therefore, the output terminal Q of the D-type flip-flop 2762 outputs a low level voltage to the other input terminal of the OR gate 2763, and the Schmitt trigger 2744 connected to one end of the OR gate 2763 also restores to output the first low level voltage Therefore, the OR gate 2763 outputs and maintains the second low-level voltage to the base terminal of the transistor 2782, so that the transistor 2782 is kept off and the power circuit of the LED straight tube light is kept open. However, since the OR gate 2763 outputs and maintains the second low-level voltage, the transistor 2746 is also kept in the off state, and the capacitor 2743 is charged through the resistor 2742 after the driving voltage to repeat the next (pulse) detection.

It is worth noting that the pulse period is determined by the resistance value of the resistor 2742 and the capacitance value of the capacitor 2743. In some embodiments, the set time interval (TIV) of the pulse signal is 3ms-500ms, and further, the pulse signal The time interval of the pulse signal is 20ms-50ms; in some embodiments, the set time interval (TIV) of the pulse signal is 500ms-2000ms. The pulse width is determined by the resistance value of the resistor 2745 and the capacitance value of the capacitor 2743. In some embodiments, the width of the pulse signal includes 1us˜100us, and further, the width of the pulse signal includes 10us˜20us. Wherein, the generation mechanism of the pulse signal and the corresponding detection current state in this embodiment can be described with reference to the embodiments of FIGS. 27D to 27F , which will not be repeated here.

Zener diode 2748 provides protection function, but it can be omitted; resistor 2774 can be connected in parallel with two resistors based on the consideration of power factor, and its equivalent resistance value includes 0.1 ohms to 5 ohms; resistors 2776 and 2777 provide voltage divider to ensure the input voltage Higher than the reference voltage of the comparator 2773 (0.3V in this embodiment, but not limited to this); the capacitor 2778 provides voltage regulation and filtering functions; the diode 2775 ensures unidirectional signal transmission. In addition, it should be emphasized here that the installation detection module disclosed in the present invention can be applied to other LED lighting equipment with double-terminal power supply, such as: LED lamps with a double-terminal power supply structure and including direct use of mains power or Using the signal output by the ballast as the LED lamp of the external driving voltage, etc., the present invention does not limit the application scope of the installation detection module.

Please refer to FIG. 18A . FIG. 18A is a schematic circuit diagram of an installation detection module according to a third preferred embodiment of the present invention. The installation detection module 2520 may include a pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 , an integrated control module 2860 , a switch circuit 2880 and a detection and determination auxiliary circuit 2870 . The overall operation of the installation detection module of this embodiment is similar to that of the installation detection module of the second preferred embodiment, so the signal timing shown in FIG. 27B can be referred to. Wherein, the integrated control module 2860 includes at least two input terminals IN1, IN2 and three pins such as an output terminal OT. The pulse generating auxiliary circuit 2840 is electrically connected to the input terminal IN1 and the output terminal OT of the integrated control module 2860 to assist the integrated control module 2860 to generate a control signal. The detection and determination auxiliary circuit 2870 is electrically connected to the input terminal IN2 of the integrated control module 2860 and the switch circuit 2880, which can be used to return the sampling signal associated with the power circuit to the integrated control module when the switch circuit 2880 and the LED power circuit are turned on The input terminal IN2 of the 2860 enables the integrated control module 2860 to determine the installation status of the LED straight tube lamp and the lamp holder based on the sampling signal. The switch circuit 2880 is respectively electrically connected to one end of the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp and the detection and determination auxiliary circuit 2870 for receiving the control signal output by the integrated control module 2860, and during the enabling period (ie, the pulse period) of the control signal Conduction, so that the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp is turned on.

More specifically, the integrated control module 2860 can temporarily turn on the switch circuit 2880 by outputting a control signal with at least one pulse from the output terminal OT in a detection period according to the signal received on the input terminal IN1. In this detection phase, the integrated control module 2860 can detect whether the LED straight tube lamp is correctly installed in the lamp socket according to the signal on the input terminal IN2 and latch the detection result as a switch whether to turn on or not after the detection phase ends. The basis of circuit 2880 (ie, to determine whether to supply power to the LED module normally). The detailed circuit structure and the overall circuit operation of the third preferred embodiment will be described below.

Please refer to FIG. 18B , which is a schematic diagram of an internal circuit module of the integrated control module according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention. The integrated control module 2860 includes a pulse generating unit 2862 , a detection result latching unit 2863 and a detection unit 2864 . The pulse generation unit 2862 receives the signal provided by the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 from the input terminal IN1, and generates at least one pulse signal accordingly, and the generated pulse signal is provided to the detection result latch unit 2863. In this embodiment, the pulse generating unit 2862 can be implemented by, for example, a Schmitt trigger (not shown, please refer to the Schmitt trigger 2744 in FIG. 17B ), the input terminal of which is coupled to the input terminal of the integrated control module 2860 IN1, and its output terminal is coupled to the output terminal OT of the integrated control module 2860. However, the pulse generating unit 2862 of the present invention is not limited to be implemented using the circuit structure of the Schmitt trigger. Any analog/digital circuit structure that can realize the function of generating at least one pulse signal can be applied here.

The detection result latch unit 2863 is coupled to the pulse generation unit 2862 and the detection unit 2864 . In the detection stage, the detection result latch unit 2863 provides the pulse signal generated by the pulse generation unit 2862 as a control signal to the output terminal OT. On the other hand, the detection result latching unit 2863 will also latch the detection result signal provided by the detection unit 2864, and provide it to the output terminal OT after the detection stage, so as to determine whether the LED straight tube lamp is installed correctly or not. The switch circuit 2880 is turned on. In this embodiment, the detection result latch unit 2863 can be implemented by, for example, a circuit structure of a D-type flip-flop with an OR gate (not shown, refer to the D-type flip-flop 2762 and the OR gate 2763 in FIG. 17D ). The D-type flip-flop has a data input end, a frequency input end and an output end. The data input terminal is connected to the driving voltage VCC, and the frequency input terminal is connected to the detection unit 2864 . The OR gate has a first input terminal, a second input terminal and an output terminal, the first input terminal is connected to the pulse generating unit 2862, the second input terminal is connected to the output terminal of the D-type flip-flop, and the output terminal of the OR gate Connect the output terminal OT. However, the detection result latching unit 2863 of the present invention is not limited to be implemented by using a circuit structure of a D-type flip-flop and an OR gate. Any analog/digital circuit architecture that can realize the function of latching and outputting a control signal to control the switching of the switch circuit 2880 can be applied here.

The detection unit 2864 is coupled to the detection result latch unit 2863 . The detection unit 2864 will receive the signal provided by the detection and determination auxiliary circuit 2870 lock from the input terminal IN2, and accordingly generate a detection result signal indicating whether the LED straight tube light is correctly installed, and the generated detection result signal will be provided to the detection result lock. Storage unit 2863. In this embodiment, the detection unit 2864 can be implemented by, for example, a comparator (not shown, please refer to the comparator 2772 in FIG. 17C ). The comparator has a first input terminal, a second input terminal and an output terminal. The first input terminal is connected to a setting signal, the second input terminal is connected to the input terminal IN2, and the output terminal of the comparator 2772 is connected to the detection terminal. Result latch unit 2863. However, the detection unit 2864 of the present invention is not limited to the implementation of the circuit structure of the comparator. Any analog/digital circuit structure that can realize whether the LED straight tube light is installed correctly according to the signal on the input terminal IN2 can be applied here.

Please refer to FIG. 18C . FIG. 18C is a schematic circuit diagram of the pulse generating auxiliary circuit according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention. The pulse generating auxiliary circuit 2840 includes resistors 2842 , 2844 and 2846 , a capacitor 2843 and a transistor 2845 . One end of the resistor 2842 is connected to a driving voltage (eg VCC). One end of the capacitor 2843 is connected to the other end of the resistor 2842, and the other end of the capacitor 2843 is grounded. One end of the resistor 2844 is connected to the connecting end of the resistor 2842 and the capacitor 2843 . The transistor 2845 has a base terminal, a collector terminal and an emitter terminal. The collector terminal is connected to the other terminal of the resistor 2844, and the emitter terminal is grounded. One end of the resistor 2846 is connected to the base end of the transistor 2845 , and the other end of the resistor 2846 is connected to the output end OT of the integrated control module 2840 and the control end of the switch circuit 2880 via the path 2841 . The pulse generating auxiliary circuit 2840 further includes a Zener diode 2847 having an anode terminal and a cathode terminal, the anode terminal is connected to the other terminal of the capacitor 2843 and grounded, and the cathode terminal is connected to one terminal of the capacitor 2863 and the resistor 2842 .

Please refer to FIG. 18D . FIG. 18D is a schematic circuit diagram of the detection and determination auxiliary circuit according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention. The detection and determination auxiliary circuit 2870 includes resistors 2872 , 2873 and 2875 , a capacitor 2874 and a diode 2876 . One end of the resistor 2872 is connected to one end of the switch circuit 2880, and the other end of the resistor 2872 is connected to the other end of the LED power circuit (eg, the second installation detection end 2522). One end of the resistor 2873 is connected to the driving voltage (eg VCC). One end of the resistor 2874 is connected to the other end of the resistor 2873, and is connected to the input terminal IN2 of the integrated control module 2860 via the path 2871, and the other end of the resistor 2874 is grounded. Capacitor 2875 is connected in parallel with resistor 2874. The diode 2876 has an anode terminal and a cathode terminal, the anode terminal is connected to one end of the resistor 2872 , and the cathode terminal is connected to the connection terminals of the resistors 2873 and 2874 . In some embodiments, the above-mentioned resistor 2873, resistor 2874, capacitor 2875 and diode 2876 can be omitted. When the diode 2876 is omitted, one end of the resistor 2872 is directly connected to the input terminal IN2 of the integrated control module 2860 via the path 2871. In some embodiments, based on the consideration of power factor, the resistor 2872 may be two resistors connected in parallel, and the equivalent resistance value thereof includes 0.1 ohm to 5 ohm.

Please refer to FIG. 18E. FIG. 18E is a schematic circuit diagram of a switch circuit according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention. The switch circuit 2880 includes a transistor 2882 having a base terminal, a collector terminal and an emitter terminal. The base terminal of the transistor 2882 is connected to the output terminal OT of the integrated control module 2860 via the path 2861, the collector terminal of the transistor 2882 is connected to one end of the LED power supply loop (for example: the first installation detection terminal 2521), and the emitter terminal of the transistor 2882 is connected to the detection terminal Decision Auxiliary Circuit 2870. Among them, the transistor 2882 can also be replaced with equivalent components of other electronic switches, such as MOSFETs.

It should be noted here that the installation detection principle used by the installation detection module of this embodiment is the same as that of the second preferred embodiment, which is based on the principle that the capacitor voltage will not change abruptly. Before the power loop is turned on, the voltage across the capacitor in the power loop is zero and the transient response is in a short-circuit state; and when the power loop is correctly installed in the lamp holder, the transient response current-limiting resistance is higher than that of the power loop. It is small and has a large response peak current. When the power supply circuit is not properly installed in the lamp holder, the transient response current limiting resistance is large and the response peak current is small. The leakage current is less than 5MIU. In other words, it is to determine whether the LED straight tube lamp is correctly installed in the lamp socket by detecting the peak current in response. Therefore, for the transient current part under normal operation and lamp replacement test, reference may be made to the descriptions of the foregoing embodiments, which will not be repeated here. The following will only describe the overall circuit operation of installing the detection module.

Referring to FIG. 18A again, when the LED straight tube light is replaced in the lamp socket, the driving voltage VCC will be provided to the module/circuit in the installation detection module 2520 under the condition that one end of the LED straight tube light is powered. The pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 performs a charging operation in response to the driving voltage VCC. After a period of time (this period of time determines the pulse period), the output voltage (herein referred to as the first output voltage) rises from a first low-level voltage to exceed a forward threshold voltage (the voltage value can be defined according to circuit design) ), and output to the input terminal IN1 of the integrated control module 2860 via a path 2841 . After receiving the first output voltage from the input terminal IN1, the integrated control module 2860 outputs an enabled control signal (eg, a high-level voltage) to the switch circuit 2880 and the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 through a path 2861 . After the switch circuit 2880 receives the enabling control signal, the switch circuit 2880 is turned on to make a power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp (at least including the first installation detection terminal 2521, the switch circuit 2880, the path 2881, the detection and determination auxiliary circuit 2870 and the The second installation detection terminal 2522) is turned on; and at the same time, the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 will turn on the discharge path in response to the enabled control signal to perform the discharge action, and at the same time, when receiving the feedback from the integrated control module 2860 After a period of time (this period of time determines the pulse width) after the enabled control signal, the first output voltage gradually drops back to the first low-level voltage from a voltage level exceeding the forward threshold voltage. Wherein, when the first output voltage drops below a reverse threshold voltage (the voltage value can be defined according to the circuit design), the integrated control module 2860 will pull down the enabled control signal to the disable level in response to the first output voltage bit (ie, output a disabled control signal, wherein the disabled control signal is, for example, a low-level voltage), so that the control signal has a signal waveform in the form of a pulse (ie, by the first low-level voltage in the control signal) The bit voltage, the high-level voltage and the second low-level voltage constitute a first pulse signal). The detection and determination auxiliary circuit 2870 detects a first sampling signal (eg, a voltage signal) on the loop when the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp is turned on, and provides the first sampling signal to the integrated control module through the input terminal IN2 2920. When the integrated control module 2920 determines that the first sampling signal is greater than or equal to a setting signal (for example: a reference voltage), according to the application principle of the present invention, it means that the LED straight tube lamp is correctly installed in the lamp holder, so the integrated The control module 2860 outputs and maintains the enabled control signal to the switch circuit 2880, and the switch circuit 2880 receives the enabled control signal and maintains conduction to keep the power loop of the LED straight tube light on, during which the integrated control module 2860 is no longer Generate pulse output.

On the contrary, when the integrated control circuit 2860 determines that the first sampling signal is smaller than the setting signal, according to the application principle of the present invention, it means that the LED straight tube lamp has not been correctly installed in the lamp socket, so the integrated control circuit will output and The disabled control signal is maintained to the switch circuit 2880 , and the switch circuit 2880 receives the disabled control signal and keeps it off to keep the power circuit of the LED straight tube light open.

Since the discharge path of the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 is cut off, the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 performs the charging operation again. Therefore, when the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp remains open for a period of time (ie, the pulse cycle time), the first output voltage of the pulse generating auxiliary circuit 2840 rises from the first low-level voltage to exceed the forward threshold voltage again, and It is output to the input terminal IN1 of the integrated control module 2860 via the path 2841 . After the integrated control module 2860 receives the first output voltage from the input terminal IN1, it will pull up the control signal from the disable level to the enable level again (ie, output the enabled control signal), and turn the enabled control signal Provided to the switch circuit 2880 and the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 . After the switch circuit 2880 receives the enabling control signal, the switch circuit 2880 is turned on so that the power supply circuit of the LED straight tube lamp (at least including the first installation detection terminal 2521, the switch circuit 2880, the path 2881, the detection and determination auxiliary circuit 2870 and the first installation detection terminal 2521, the switch circuit 2880, the path 2881, the detection and determination auxiliary circuit 2870 and the first installation detection terminal 2521, the switch circuit 2880, the path 2881, the detection and determination auxiliary circuit 2870, and the third The two installation detection terminals 2522) are also turned on again. At the same time, the pulse generating auxiliary circuit 2840 will turn on the discharge path again in response to the enabling control signal and perform the discharging operation, and after receiving the enabling control signal returned by the integrated control module 2860 for a period of time ( This period of time determines the pulse width), and the first output voltage gradually drops back to the first low-level voltage from a voltage level exceeding the forward threshold voltage. Wherein, when the first output voltage drops below the reverse threshold voltage, the integrated control module 2860 will pull down the enabled control signal to the disabled level in response to the first output voltage, so that the control signal has a signal in the form of a pulse waveform (ie, a second pulse signal is formed by the third low level voltage, the second high level voltage and the fourth low level voltage in the control signal). When the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp is turned on again, the detection and determination auxiliary circuit 2870 also detects a second sampling signal (eg, a voltage signal) on the loop again, and provides the second sampling signal to the LED through the input terminal IN2. Integrated Control Module 2860. When the second sampling signal is greater than and/or equal to the setting signal (eg, a reference voltage), according to the application principle of the present invention, it means that the LED straight tube lamp is correctly installed in the lamp holder, so the integrated control module 2860 will Output and maintain the enabled control signal to the switch circuit 2880, the switch circuit 2880 receives the enabled control signal and maintains conduction to keep the power loop of the LED straight tube light on, during which the integrated control module 2860 no longer generates pulse output .

When the integrated control circuit 2860 determines that the second sampling signal is smaller than the setting signal, according to the above-mentioned application principle of the present invention, it means that the LED straight tube lamp is not properly installed in the lamp socket, so the integrated control circuit will output and maintain the prohibition The enabled control signal is sent to the switch circuit 2880, and the switch circuit 2880 receives the disabled control signal and keeps it off to keep the power circuit of the LED straight tube light open. In this case, the problem of electric shock due to accidental contact of the conductive part of the LED straight tube light by the user when the LED straight tube light is not properly installed in the lamp socket can be avoided.

The following is a more detailed description of the internal circuit/module operation of the installation detection module of this embodiment. 18B to 18E at the same time, when the LED straight tube lamp is replaced in the lamp socket, a driving voltage VCC charges the capacitor 2743 through the resistor 2742, and when the voltage of the capacitor 2843 rises enough to trigger the pulse generating unit 2862 ( That is, when the forward threshold voltage is exceeded), the output of the pulse generating unit 2862 will change from an initial first low-level voltage to a first high-level voltage and output to the detection result latching unit 2863 . After the detection result latch unit 2863 receives the first high level voltage output from the pulse generating unit 2862, the detection result latch unit 2863 outputs a second high level voltage to the base terminal of the transistor 2882 through the output terminal OT and Resistor 2846. When the base terminal of the transistor 2882 receives the second high-level voltage output from the detection result latch unit 2863, the collector terminal and the emitter terminal of the transistor 2882 are turned on, thereby making the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp (including at least the first The mounting detection terminal 2521, the transistor 2882, the resistor 2872 and the second mounting detection terminal 2522) are turned on.

At the same time, after the base terminal of the transistor 2845 receives the second high-level voltage on the output terminal OT through the resistor 2846, the collector terminal and the emitter terminal of the transistor 2845 are connected to ground, so that the voltage of the capacitor 2843 is discharged to the ground through the resistor 2844 , when the voltage of the capacitor 2843 is not enough to trigger the pulse generating unit 2862, the output of the pulse generating unit 2862 drops from the first high-level voltage back to the first low-level voltage (the first low-level voltage of the first time, the first low-level voltage of the first The high-level voltage and the second first low-level voltage constitute a first pulse signal). When the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp is turned on, the current flowing through the capacitor in the LED power circuit (for example, the filter capacitor of the filter circuit) through the transient response flows through the transistor 2882 and the resistor 2872, and forms on the resistor 2872. A voltage signal is provided to the input terminal IN2 so that the detection unit 2864 can compare the voltage signal with a reference voltage.

When the detection unit 2864 determines that the voltage signal is greater than or equal to the reference voltage, the detection unit 2864 outputs a third high-level voltage to the detection result latch unit 2863 . When the detection unit 2864 determines that the voltage signal on the resistor 2872 is lower than the reference voltage, the detection unit 2864 outputs a third low-level voltage to the detection result latch unit 2863 .

The detection result latching unit 2863 latches the third high-level voltage/third low-level voltage provided by the detection unit 2864, and then performs an OR logic operation on the latched signal and the signal provided by the pulse generating unit 2862 , and the output control signal is determined to be the second high-level voltage or the second low-level voltage according to the result of the OR logic operation.

More specifically, when the detection unit 2864 determines that the voltage signal on the resistor 2872 is greater than or equal to the reference voltage, the detection result latch unit 2863 latches the third high-level voltage output by the detection unit 2864, so as to maintain the output of the second voltage. The high-level voltage is applied to the base terminal of the transistor 2882, so that the transistor 2882 and the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp are kept on. Since the detection result latch unit 2863 outputs and maintains the second high-level voltage, the transistor 2845 is also kept on and grounded, so that the voltage of the capacitor 2843 cannot rise enough to trigger the pulse generating unit 2862 . When the detection unit 2864 determines that the voltage signal on the resistor 2872 is less than the reference voltage, the detection unit 2864 and the pulse generation unit 2862 both provide low-level voltages. Therefore, after the OR logic operation, the detection result latch unit 2863 outputs and The second low level voltage is maintained to the base terminal of the transistor 2882, so that the transistor 2882 is kept off and the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp is kept open. However, since the control signal on the output terminal OT is maintained at the second low level voltage at this time, the transistor 2845 is also maintained in the off state, and the capacitor 2843 is charged through the resistor 2842 after the driving voltage VCC to repeat the next time ( pulse) detection.

Incidentally, in the detection stage described in this embodiment, it can be defined that the driving voltage VCC has been supplied to the installation detection module 2520, but the detection unit 2864 has not yet determined that the voltage signal on the resistor 2872 is greater than or equal to the reference voltage. period. In the detection stage, since the control signal output by the detection result latch unit 2863 will repeatedly turn on and off the transistor 2845, the discharge path is periodically turned on and off. The capacitor 2843 is periodically charged and discharged in response to the on/off of the transistor 2845 . Therefore, the detection result latch unit 2863 outputs a control signal with a periodic pulse waveform during the detection phase. When the detection unit 2864 determines that the voltage signal on the resistor 2872 is greater than or equal to the reference voltage, or the driving voltage VCC is stopped, the detection phase can be considered to be over (it is determined that the installation is correct, or the LED tube has been removed). At this time, the detection result latch unit 2863 outputs a control signal maintained at the second high-level voltage or the second low-level voltage.

On the other hand, compared with FIG. 17A , compared with the second preferred embodiment, the integrated control module 2860 of this embodiment may be a detection pulse generation module 2740 , a detection result latch circuit 2760 and a detection determination circuit Part of the circuit components of the 2770 are integrated, and the circuit components that are not integrated constitute the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 and the detection and determination auxiliary circuit 2870 in this embodiment, respectively. In other words, the function/circuit structure of the pulse generation unit 2862 in the integrated control module 2860 and the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 can be equivalent to the detection pulse generation module 2740 of the second preferred embodiment, and the detection result latch unit in the integrated control module 2860 The function/circuit structure of 2863 can be equivalent to the detection result latching module 2760 of the second preferred embodiment, and the function/circuit structure of the detection unit 2864 in the integrated control module 2860 and the detection and determination auxiliary circuit 2870 can be equivalent to the detection and determination circuit 2770.

Please refer to FIG. 19A . FIG. 19A is a schematic diagram of a circuit module of an installation detection module according to a fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The installation detection module of this embodiment can be, for example, a three-terminal switch device 2920 including a power terminal VP1 , a first switch terminal SP1 and a second switch terminal SP2 . The power terminal VP1 of the three-terminal switching device 2920 is adapted to receive the driving voltage VCC, and the first switching terminal SP1 is adapted to be connected to one of the first installation detection terminal 2521 and the second installation detection terminal 2522 (in the drawing, the It is shown as being connected to the first installation detection terminal 2521, but it is not limited to this), and the second switch terminal SP2 is suitable for connecting to the other of the first installation detection terminal 2521 and the second installation detection terminal 2522 (in the figure, it is It is shown as being connected to the second installation detection terminal 2522, but not limited thereto).

The three-terminal switching device 2920 includes a signal processing unit 2930 , a signal generating unit 2940 , a signal collecting unit 2950 and a switching unit 2960 . In addition, the three-terminal switch device 2920 may further include an internal power detection unit 2970 . The signal processing unit 2930 can output a control signal with a pulse waveform in the detection phase according to the signals provided by the signal generation unit 2940 and the signal acquisition unit 2950, and output a control signal maintained at a high voltage level or a low voltage level after the detection phase. The control signal is used to control the conduction state of the switch unit 2960 to determine whether to turn on the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp. The signal generating unit 2940 can generate a pulse signal to the signal processing unit 2930 when receiving the driving voltage VCC. Wherein, the pulse signal generated by the signal generating unit 2940 may be generated according to a reference signal received from the outside, or independently generated by itself, which is not limited in the present invention. The "external" mentioned here is relative to the signal generating unit 2940, that is, as long as the reference signal is not generated by the signal generating unit 2940, whether it is generated by other circuits in the three-terminal switching device 2920 or generated by the three-terminal switching device 2920. The external circuit of the end switch device 2920 generates the reference signal received from the outside as described herein. The signal acquisition unit 2950 can be used to sample the electrical signal on the power circuit of the LED straight tube light, and detect the installation state of the LED straight tube light according to the sampled signal, and then transmit the detection result signal indicating the detection result to the signal processing unit 2930 to be processed.

In an exemplary embodiment, the three-terminal switching device 2920 can be implemented by an integrated circuit, that is, the three-terminal switching device can be a three-terminal switching control chip, which can be applied to any type of double-terminal feeding. In the LED straight tube lamp, it can provide the function of preventing electric shock. In addition, it should be noted that the three-terminal switch device 2920 is not limited to include only three pins/connecting terminals, but three of the plurality of pins are configured in the above-mentioned manner, all of which belong to this embodiment. scope to be protected.

In an exemplary embodiment, the signal processing unit 2930 , the signal generation unit 2940 , the signal acquisition unit 2950 , the switch unit 2960 and the internal power detection unit 2970 can be implemented with the circuit structures shown in FIGS. 19B to 19F respectively (but not limited thereto). ). The following sections describe each unit.

Please refer to FIG. 19B , which is a schematic circuit diagram of a signal processing unit according to a fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The signal processing unit 2930 includes a driver 2932 , an OR gate 2933 and a D-type flip-flop 2934 . The driver 2932 has an input terminal and an output terminal. The output terminal of the driver 2932 is used to connect the switch unit 2960 through the path 2931 , so as to provide the control signal to the switch unit 2960 . The OR gate 2933 has a first input terminal, a second input terminal, and an output terminal. The first input terminal of the OR gate 2933 is connected to the signal generating unit 2940 via the path 2941 , and the output terminal of the OR gate 2933 is coupled to the input terminal of the driver 2932 . The D-type flip-flop 2934 has a data input terminal (D), a frequency input terminal (CK) and an output terminal (Q). The data input terminal of the D-type flip-flop 2934 receives the driving voltage VCC, the frequency input terminal of the D-type flip-flop 2934 is connected to the signal acquisition unit 2950 via the path 2951, and the output terminal of the D-type flip-flop is coupled to the second input of the OR gate 2933 end.

Please refer to FIG. 19C. FIG. 19C is a schematic circuit diagram of the signal generating unit according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The signal generating unit 2940 includes resistors 2942 and 2943 , a capacitor 2944 , a switch 2945 and a comparator 2946 . One end of the resistor 2942 receives the driving voltage VCC, and the resistor 2942, the resistor 2943 and the capacitor 2944 are connected in series between the driving voltage VCC and the ground terminal. Switch 2945 is connected in parallel with capacitor 2944. The comparator 2946 has a first input terminal, a second input terminal, and an output terminal. The first input terminal of the comparator 2946 is coupled to the connection terminals of the resistors 2942 and 2943 , the second input terminal of the comparator 2946 receives a reference voltage Vref, and the output terminal of the comparator 2946 is coupled to the control terminal of the switch 2945 .

Please refer to 19D, FIG. 19D is a schematic circuit diagram of the signal acquisition unit according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The signal acquisition unit 2950 includes an OR gate 2952 and comparators 2953 and 2954. The OR gate 2952 has a first input terminal, a second input terminal, and an output terminal, and the output terminal of the OR gate 2952 is connected to the signal processing unit 2930 via a path 2951. The first input end of the comparator 2953 is connected to one end of the switch unit 2960 via the path 2962 (ie, on the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp), and the second input end of the comparator 2953 receives a first reference voltage (eg 1.25V, But not limited thereto), and the output terminal of the comparator 2953 is coupled to the first input terminal of the OR gate 2952. The first input terminal of the comparator 2954 receives a second reference voltage (such as 0.15V, but not limited thereto), the second input terminal of the comparator 2954 is coupled to the first input terminal of the comparator 2953, and the The output terminal is coupled to the second input terminal of the OR gate 2952 .

Please refer to 19E, FIG. 19E is a schematic circuit diagram of the switch unit according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The switch unit 2960 includes a transistor 2963 having a gate terminal, a drain terminal and a source terminal. The gate terminal of the transistor 2963 is connected to the signal processing unit 2930 via the path 2931, the drain terminal of the transistor 2963 is connected to the first switching terminal SP1 via the path 2961, and the source terminal of the transistor 2973 is connected to the second switching terminal SP2 and the comparator via the path 2962. 2953's first input and comparator 2954's second input.

Please refer to 19F, FIG. 19F is a schematic circuit diagram of the internal power detection unit according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The internal power detection unit 2970 includes a clamping circuit 2972 , a reference voltage generating circuit 2973 , a voltage adjusting circuit 2974 and a Schmitt trigger 2975 . The clamping circuit 2972 and the voltage adjustment circuit 2974 are respectively coupled to the power terminal VP1 to receive the driving voltage VCC, so as to perform voltage clamping and voltage adjustment operations on the driving voltage VCC, respectively. The reference voltage generating circuit 2973 is coupled to the voltage adjusting circuit for generating a reference voltage to the voltage adjusting circuit 2974 . The Schmitt trigger 2975 has an input terminal and an output terminal. The input terminal is coupled to the clamping circuit 2972 and the voltage adjustment circuit 2974, and the output terminal outputs the driving voltage to indicate whether the driving voltage VCC is normally supplied. A power confirmation signal. Wherein, if the driving voltage VCC is in a normal supply state, the Schmitt trigger 2975 will output an enabled (eg, high level) power confirmation signal, so that the driving voltage VCC is supplied to the components/components in the three-terminal switching device 2920. circuit. On the contrary, if the driving voltage VCC is in an abnormal state, the Schmitt trigger 2975 will output a disabled (eg, low level) power confirmation signal, so as to prevent the components/circuits in the three-terminal switching device 2920 from working abnormally. damaged under the driving voltage VCC.

19A to 19F, in the specific circuit operation of this embodiment, when the LED straight tube lamp is replaced in the lamp socket, the driving voltage VCC will be provided to the three-terminal switching device 2920 through the power terminal VP1. At this time, the driving voltage VCC will charge the capacitor 2944 through the resistors 2942 and 2943 . When the capacitor voltage rises to exceed the reference voltage Vref, the comparator 2946 switches to output a high-level voltage to the first input terminal of the OR gate 2933 and the control terminal of the switch 2945 . The switch 2945 is turned on in response to the high-level voltage, so that the capacitor 2944 begins to discharge to the ground. Through this charging and discharging process, the comparator 2946 outputs an output signal in the form of pulses.

On the other hand, during the period when the comparator 2946 outputs a high-level voltage, the OR gate 2952 outputs a corresponding high-level voltage to turn on the transistor 2962, so that the current flows on the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp. Wherein, when a current flows in the power circuit, a voltage signal corresponding to the current magnitude will be established on the path 2972. The comparator 2953 samples this voltage signal and compares it with a first reference voltage (eg, 1.25V).

When the sampled voltage signal is greater than the first reference voltage (eg, 1.25V), the comparator 2953 will output a high-level voltage. The OR gate 2952 generates another high-level voltage to the frequency input terminal of the D-type flip-flop 2934 in response to the high-level voltage output by the comparator 2953 . The D-type flip-flop 2934 maintains the output high level voltage based on the output of the OR gate 2952 . The driver 2932 generates an enabling control signal to turn on the transistor 2963 in response to the high level voltage on the input terminal. At this time, even if the capacitor 2944 has been discharged until the capacitor voltage is lower than the reference voltage Vref, and the output of the comparator 2946 is pulled down to a low-level voltage, since the D-type flip-flop 2934 will maintain the output high-level voltage, the transistor 2963 can be remain on.

When the sampled voltage signal is less than the first reference voltage (eg 1.25V), the comparator 2953 will output a low level voltage. The OR gate 2952 generates another low-level voltage to the frequency input terminal of the D-type flip-flop 2934 in response to the low-level voltage output by the comparator 2953 . The D-type flip-flop 2934 maintains the output low level voltage based on the output of the OR gate 2952 . At this time, once the capacitor 2944 is discharged until the capacitor voltage is lower than the reference voltage Vref, the output of the comparator 2946 is pulled down to a low level voltage (ie, when the pulse period ends), since the two input terminals of the OR gate 2952 are both maintained at The low-level voltage causes the output terminal to also output a low-level voltage. Therefore, the driver 2932 will generate a disable control signal in response to the received low-level voltage to turn off the transistor 2963, so that the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp is turned off. .

It can be seen from the above description that the operation of the signal processing unit 2930 of this embodiment is similar to the detection result latch circuit 2760 of the second preferred embodiment, and the operation of the signal generating unit 2940 is similar to the detection pulse of the second preferred embodiment. The operation of the generation module 2740, the signal acquisition unit 2950 is similar to the detection and determination circuit 2770 of the second preferred embodiment, and the operation of the switch unit 2960 is similar to the operation of the switch circuit 2780 of the second preferred embodiment.

Please refer to FIG. 20A , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the installation detection module according to the fifth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The installation detection module includes a detection pulse generation module 3040 , a control circuit 3060 , a detection determination circuit 3070 , a switch circuit 3080 and a detection path circuit 3090 . The detection determination circuit 3070 is coupled to the detection path circuit 3090 via the path 3081 to detect the signal on the detection path circuit 3090 . The detection and determination circuit 3070 is also coupled to the control circuit 3060 via the path 3071, so as to transmit the detection result signal to the detection result latch circuit 3060 via the path 3071. The detection pulse generating module 3040 is coupled to the detection path circuit 3090 through the path 3041, and generates a pulse signal to notify the detection path circuit 3090 of the timing point of turning on the detection path or performing the detection operation. The control circuit 3060 latches the detection result according to the detection result signal, and is coupled to the switch circuit 3080 via the path 3061 to transmit or reflect the detection result to the switch circuit 3080. The switch circuit 3080 determines to turn on or off the first installation detection terminal 2521 and the second installation detection terminal 2522 according to the detection result. The detection path circuit 3090 is coupled to the power loop of the power module via the first detection connection terminal 3091 and the second detection connection terminal 3092 .

In this embodiment, the configuration of the detection pulse generation module 3040 may refer to the detection pulse generation module 2640 of FIG. 16B or the detection pulse generation module 2740 of FIG. 17B . Referring to FIG. 16B , when the structure of the detection pulse generation module 2640 is used as the detection pulse generation module 3040 , the path 3041 of this embodiment can be compared to the path 2541 , that is, the OR gate 2652 can be connected to the detection path circuit 3090 through the path 3041 . Referring to FIG. 17B , when the structure of the detection pulse generation module 2740 is applied as the detection pulse generation module 3040 , the path 3041 in this embodiment can be compared to the path 2741 . In addition, the detection pulse generating module 3040 is also connected to the output end of the control circuit 3060 through the path 3061 , so the path 3061 in this embodiment can be compared to the path 2761 .

The control circuit 3060 can be implemented by using a control chip or any circuit with signal operation processing capability. When the control circuit 3060 determines that the user has not touched the lamp according to the detection result signal, the control circuit 3060 controls the switching state of the switch circuit 3080, so that the external power can be normally supplied to the rear when the lamp is correctly installed on the lamp socket. end of the LED module. At this time, the control circuit 3060 turns off the detection path. On the contrary, when the control circuit 3060 determines that the user touches the lamp according to the detection result signal, the control circuit 3060 will maintain the switch circuit 3080 in an off state because the user may be at risk of electric shock.

In an exemplary embodiment, the control circuit 3060 and the switch circuit 3080 may be part of the driving circuit in the power module. For example, if the driving circuit is a switch-mode DC-DC converter, the switch circuit 3080 may be a power switch of the DC-DC converter, and the control circuit 3080 may be a controller corresponding to the power switch (eg, a PWM control device).

The configuration of the detection determination circuit 3070 may refer to the detection determination circuit 2670 of FIG. 16C or the detection determination circuit 2770 of FIG. 17C . Referring to FIG. 16C , when the structure of the detection and determination circuit 2670 is used as the detection and determination circuit 3070 , the resistor 2672 can be omitted. The path 3081 in this embodiment can be compared to the path 2581 , that is, the positive input terminal of the comparator 2671 is connected to the detection path circuit 3090 . The path 3071 in this embodiment can be compared to the path 2571 , that is, the output end of the comparator 2671 is connected to the detection result latch circuit 3060 . Referring to FIG. 17C, when the structure of the detection and determination circuit 2770 is applied as the detection and determination circuit 3070, the resistor 2774 can be omitted. The path 3081 in this embodiment can be compared to the path 2781, that is, the anode of the diode 2775 is connected to the detection path circuit 3090. The path 3071 in this embodiment can be compared to the path 2771 , that is, the outputs of the comparators 2772 and 2773 are connected to the detection result latch circuit 3060 .

The configuration of the switch circuit 3080 may refer to the switch circuit 2680 of FIG. 16E or the switch circuit 2780 of FIG. 17E . Since the structures of the two switch circuits are similar, the switch circuit 2680 in FIG. 16E is used for illustration. Referring to FIG. 16E, when the structure of the switch circuit 2680 is used as the switch circuit 3080, the path 3061 of this embodiment can be compared to the path 2561, and the path 2581 is not connected to the detection and determination circuit 2570, but is directly connected to the second installation The detection terminal 2522.

The configuration of the detection path circuit 3090 may be as shown in FIG. 20B , FIG. 20C , FIG. 20D or FIG. 20E , and FIG. 20B , FIG. 20C , FIG. 20D and FIG. 20E are schematic circuit diagrams of the detection path circuit according to different embodiments of the present invention. Referring first to FIG. 20B , the detection path circuit 3090 includes a transistor 3095 and resistors 3093 and 3094 . The transistor 3095 has a base, a collector and an emitter, and the emitter is connected to the detection pulse generating module 3040 via the path 3041 . The first terminal of the resistor 3094 is connected to the emitter of the transistor 3095, and the second terminal is connected to the ground terminal GND as the second detection terminal 3092, that is, the resistor 3094 is connected in series between the emitter of the transistor 3095 and the ground terminal GND. The first terminal of the resistor 3093 is connected to the first installation detection terminal 2521 as the first detection connection terminal 3091, and the first installation detection terminal 2521 is connected to the second rectifier output terminal 512 as an example, that is, the resistance The 3093 is connected in series between the collector of the transistor 3095 and the first installation detection terminal 2521/the second rectification output terminal 512. As far as the configuration of the detection path is concerned, the detection path of this embodiment is equivalent to the configuration between the rectification output terminal and the ground terminal GND.

Referring to FIG. 20C , the configuration and operation of the detection path circuit 3090 of this embodiment are substantially the same as those of the previous embodiment, and the main difference is that the detection path circuit 3090 of this embodiment is disposed at the first rectifier output end 511 and the second rectifier between the output terminals 512 . That is, the first terminal of the resistor 3093 (the first detection connection terminal 3091 ) is connected to the first rectification output terminal 511 , and the second terminal of the resistor 3094 (the second detection connection terminal 3092 ) is connected to the second rectified output terminal 512.

In this embodiment, when the transistor 3095 receives the pulse signal provided by the detection pulse generating module 3040 (detection stage), it will be turned on during the pulse period. When at least one end of the lamp tube is mounted on the lamp socket, a detection path from the first installation detection terminal 2521 to the ground terminal GND (via the resistor 3094, the transistor 3095 and the resistor 3093) will respond to the turned-on transistor 3095 and follow the It is turned on and a voltage signal is established on node X of the detection path. When the user does not touch the lamp tube/the lamp tube is correctly installed on the lamp socket, the level of the voltage signal is determined according to the voltage division of the resistors 3093 and 3094, that is, the second detection connection terminal 3092 and the ground terminal GND, etc. level. When the user touches the lamp, the equivalent resistance of the human body is equivalently connected in series between the second detection connection terminal 3092 and the ground terminal GND, that is, connected in series with the resistors 3093 and 3094 . At this time, the level of the voltage signal is determined according to the resistors 3093 and 3094 and the equivalent resistance of the human body. Therefore, by setting the resistors 3093 and 3094 with appropriate resistance values, the voltage signal on the node X can reflect whether the user touches the lamp, so that the detection and determination circuit can be based on the voltage signal on the node X. A corresponding detection result signal is generated. In addition, in addition to the transistor 3095 being turned on for a short time during the detection stage, when the control circuit 3060 determines that the lamp tube has been correctly installed in the lamp socket, the transistor 3095 will remain in the off state, so that the power module can operate normally. Operates to power the LED module.

Referring to FIG. 20D , the configuration and operation of the detection path circuit 3090 of this embodiment are substantially the same as those of the previous embodiment, and the main difference is that the detection path circuit 3090 of this embodiment further includes a current limiting element 3096 disposed on the power circuit. . The current limiting element 3096 is an example of a diode (hereinafter referred to as diode 3096 ) disposed at the first rectifier output end 511 and the input end of the filter circuit 520 (ie, the connection end of the capacitor 725 and the inductor 726 ). The circuit 520 is shown as a π-type filter circuit as an example, but the present invention is not limited to this. In this embodiment, the addition of the diode 3096 can limit the current direction on the main power circuit, so as to prevent the charged capacitor 725 from discharging the detection path reversely when the transistor 3095 is turned on, thereby affecting the accuracy of the anti-electric shock detection. It should be noted here that the configuration of the diode 3096 is only an example of a current-limiting element. In other applications, any electronic element that can be placed on the power loop and can limit the direction of the current can be implemented here. , the present invention is not limited to this.

Referring to FIG. 20E , the configuration and operation of the detection path circuit 3090 of this embodiment are substantially the same as those of the previous embodiment, the main difference is that the detection path circuit 3090 of this embodiment further includes current limiting elements 3097 and 3098 . The current limiting element 3097 is an example of a diode (hereinafter referred to as a diode 3097) disposed between the first rectifier input end (ie) and the first end of the resistor 3093, and the current limiting element 3098 is provided at For example, the diode between the second rectification input terminal 502 and the first terminal of the resistor 3093 (hereinafter referred to as the diode 3098 ). The anode of the diode 3097 is coupled to the first rectifier input end (ie, the end of the rectifier circuit 510 connected to the first pin 501 ), and the cathode of the diode 3097 is coupled to the first end of the resistor 3093 . The anode of the diode 3098 is coupled to the second rectifier input end (ie, the end of the rectifier circuit 510 connected to the second pin 502 ), and the cathode of the diode 3098 is coupled to the second end of the resistor 3093 . In this embodiment, the external driving signal/AC signal received by the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 is provided to the first end of the resistor 3093 via the diodes 3097 and 3098 . During the positive half-wave period of the external driving signal, the diode 3097 is forward-biased and turned on, and the diode 3098 is reverse-biased and turned off, so that the detection path circuit 3090 is equivalent to connecting the first rectifier input terminal with the second rectifier A detection path is established between the output terminal 512 (and the second filter output terminal 522 in this embodiment). During the negative half-wave period of the external driving signal, the diode 3097 is reverse biased and turned off, and the diode 3098 is forward biased and turned on, so that the detection path circuit 3090 is equivalent to connecting the second rectification input terminal with the second rectified output A detection path is established between the terminals 512 .

The diodes 3097 and 3098 in this embodiment play the role of limiting the power supply direction of the AC signal, so that the first end of the resistor 3093 receives a positive level signal (phase-phase Compared with the ground level), the voltage signal on the node X will not be affected by the phase change of the AC signal, resulting in an erroneous detection result. Furthermore, compared with the foregoing embodiments, the detection path established by the detection path circuit 3090 of this embodiment is not directly connected to the power supply loop of the power module, but is connected to the rectifier input terminal through the diodes 3097 and 3098. An independent detection path is established between the rectified output terminals. Since the detection path circuit 3090 is not directly connected to the power circuit, and is only turned on during the detection stage, when the LED straight tube lamp is normally installed and the power module operates normally, the current on the power circuit used to drive the LED module Does not flow through the detection path circuit 3090. Since the detection path circuit 3090 does not need to bear the large current of the power module under normal operation, the selection of component specifications on the detection path circuit 3090 is more flexible, and at the same time, the power loss caused by the detection path circuit 3090 is lower. Furthermore, compared to the embodiment in which the detection path is directly connected to the power circuit (as shown in FIG. 20B to FIG. 20D ), the detection path circuit 3090 of this embodiment is not directly connected to the filter circuit 520 in the power circuit. Therefore, in the circuit design, there is no need to worry about the problem that the filter capacitor will reversely charge the detection path, which is more convenient in the circuit design.

Please refer to FIG. 21A , which is a schematic circuit diagram of an installation detection module according to a sixth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The installation detection module includes a detection pulse generation module 3140 , a control circuit 3160 , a detection determination circuit 3170 , a switch circuit 3180 and a detection path circuit 3190 . The connection relationship of the detection pulse generating module 3140 , the control circuit 3160 , the detection and determination circuit 3170 and the switch circuit 3180 is the same as that of the above-mentioned embodiment of FIG. 20A , so it is not repeated here. In this embodiment, the main difference from the previous embodiment of FIG. 20A lies in the configuration and operation of the detection path circuit 3190 . The first detection connection terminal 3191 of the detection path circuit 3190 in this embodiment is coupled to the low potential terminal of the filter circuit 520 , and the second detection connection terminal 3192 is coupled to the second rectification output terminal 512 . In other words, the detection path circuit 3190 is connected between the low-level terminal of the filter circuit 520 and the second rectification output terminal 512 of the rectifier circuit 510 , that is, the low-level terminal of the filter circuit 520 is connected to the filter circuit 520 via the detection path circuit 3190 The second rectification output terminal 512 .

The configuration of the detection path circuit 3190 may be as shown in FIG. 21B or FIG. 21C . FIG. 21B and FIG. 21C are schematic circuit diagrams of an installation detection module according to different embodiments of the present invention. Please refer to FIG. 21B first, in this embodiment, the filter circuit 520 is a π-type filter structure including capacitors 725, 727 and an inductor 726 as an example (the present invention is not limited to this), that is, the inductor 726 is connected in series in the first Between a rectifier output end 511 and the first filter output end 521, the first ends of the capacitors 725 and 727 are correspondingly connected to both ends of the inductor 726, and the second ends of the capacitors 725 and 727 are connected together. The second terminal is the low-level terminal. The installation detection module includes a detection pulse generation module 3240 , a control circuit 3260 , a detection judgment circuit 3270 , a switch circuit 3280 and a detection path circuit 3290 . The detection path circuit 3290 includes a transistor 3295 and a resistor 3294. The gate of the transistor 3295 is coupled to the detection pulse generating module 3240 , the source is coupled to the first terminal of the resistor 3294 , and the drain is coupled to the second terminals of the capacitors 725 and 727 . The second terminal of the resistor 3294 is used as the second detection connection terminal 3292 to be connected to the second rectification output terminal 512 and the first installation detection terminal 2521. The detection and determination circuit 3170 is coupled to the first end of the resistor 3294 to detect the magnitude of the current flowing through the detection loop. In this embodiment, the detection loop can be equivalently composed of capacitors 725 and 727 , an inductor 726 , a transistor 3295 and a resistor 3294 .

In this embodiment, when the transistor 3295 receives the pulse signal provided by the detection pulse generating module 3240 (detection stage), it will be turned on during the pulse period. When at least one end of the lamp tube is mounted on the lamp socket, the current path from the first rectifier output terminal 511 to the second rectifier output terminal 512 via the detection path will be turned on in response to the turned-on transistor 3295, and the resistance A voltage signal is established on the first terminal of the 3294. The level of the voltage signal is determined according to the equivalent impedance of the filter circuit 520 and the voltage division of the resistor 3294 when the user does not touch the lamp tube/the lamp tube is correctly installed to the lamp socket. When the user touches the lamp, the equivalent resistance of the human body is equivalent to being connected in series between the second detection connection terminal and the ground terminal. At this time, the level of the voltage signal is determined according to the equivalent impedance of the filter circuit 520 , the resistance 3294 and the equivalent resistance of the human body. Therefore, by setting the resistor 3294 with a suitable resistance value, the voltage signal on the first end of the resistor 3294 can reflect whether the user touches the lamp, so that the detection and determination circuit 3270 can be based on the resistance of the resistor 3294. The voltage signal on the first terminal generates a corresponding detection result signal, and enables the control circuit 3260 to control the conduction state of the switch circuit 3280 according to the detection result signal. In addition, the transistor 3295 will not be turned on for a short period of time during the detection stage, when the control circuit 3260 determines that the lamp tube has been correctly installed in the lamp socket, the transistor 3395 will be switched to the on state, so that the power module can operate normally. Operates to power the LED module.

Referring to FIG. 21C , the installation detection module of this embodiment includes a detection pulse generation circuit 3340 , a control circuit 3360 , a detection determination circuit 3370 , a switch circuit 3380 and a detection path circuit 3390 . The configuration and operation of the installation detection module of this embodiment are substantially the same as those of the aforementioned embodiment of FIG. 21B , the main difference is that the detection path circuit 3390 of this embodiment is disposed at the second end of the capacitor 725 and the second rectifier output end 512 The second terminal of the capacitor 727 is directly connected to the second installation detection terminal 2522/the second filter output terminal 522.

Compared with the embodiment of FIG. 20A , since the passive element of the filter circuit 520 becomes a part of the detection path, the current size of the current flowing through the detection path circuit 3190 is much smaller than that flowing through the detection path circuit 3090 . The transistors 3295/3395 in the detection path circuit 3190 can be implemented with smaller size components, which can effectively reduce costs; in addition, the resistor 3294 can be designed as a relatively small resistor, when the human body resistance is equivalently connected to the lamp, the detection path The equivalent impedance changes on the upper part will be more obvious, which makes the detection result less susceptible to the influence of other component parameter offsets. Furthermore, due to the small current scale, the signal transmission design of the control circuit 3160 and the detection and determination circuit 3170 can more easily meet the signal format requirements of the driving controller, thereby reducing the integration design difficulty of installing the detection module and the driving circuit. degree (this part will be further explained in the subsequent embodiments).

Please refer to FIG. 22A , which is a schematic circuit diagram of an installation detection module according to a seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention. The installation detection module includes a detection pulse generation module 3440 , a detection determination circuit 3470 , a bias voltage adjustment circuit 3480 and a detection path circuit 3490 . The detection pulse generating module 3440 is electrically connected to the detection path circuit 3490 via the path 3441 for generating a control signal including at least one pulse. The detection path circuit 3490 is connected to the power circuit of the power module via the first detection connection terminal 3491 and the second detection connection terminal 3492, and conducts the detection path during the pulse period in response to the control signal. The detection and determination circuit 3470 is connected to the detection path through the path 3481, so as to determine the installation state between the LED straight tube lamp and the lamp socket according to the signal characteristics on the detection path, and send out a corresponding detection result signal according to the detection result. The resulting signal is provided to the back-end bias adjustment circuit 3480 via the path 3471 . The bias voltage adjusting circuit 3480 is connected to the driving circuit 1530 via the path 3481, wherein the bias voltage adjusting circuit 3480 can be used to influence/adjust the bias voltage of the driving circuit 3480, so as to control the operation state of the driving circuit 1530.

From the overall operation of the installed detection module, when the LED straight tube lamp is powered on, the detection pulse generation module 3440 will be activated first in response to the added external power supply, thereby generating a pulse to briefly conduct the detection formed by the detection path circuit 3490. path. During the conduction period of the detection path, the detection and determination circuit 3470 will sample the signal on the detection path and determine whether the LED straight tube light is correctly installed on the lamp socket or whether there is a human body contacting the LED straight tube light to cause leakage. The detection determination circuit 3470 generates a corresponding detection result signal according to the detection result and transmits it to the bias voltage adjustment circuit 3480 . When the bias voltage adjustment circuit 3480 receives the detection result signal that the indicator tube has been installed correctly, the bias voltage adjustment circuit 3480 does not adjust the bias voltage of the driving circuit 1530, so that the driving circuit 1530 can normally adjust the bias voltage according to the received bias voltage power. Start up, and perform power conversion to provide back-end LED module power. On the contrary, when the bias voltage adjustment circuit 3480 receives the detection result signal that the indicator tube is not installed correctly, the bias voltage adjustment circuit 3480 will be activated to adjust the bias power supply provided to the driving circuit 1530, wherein the adjusted bias power supply It is not enough to enable the driving circuit 1530 to start up or perform power conversion normally, so that the current flowing in the power loop can be limited below a safe value.

Specifically, regarding the configuration and operation of the detection pulse generation module 3440 , the detection determination circuit 3470 , and the detection path circuit 3490 in this embodiment, reference may be made to the descriptions of other embodiments. The main difference between this embodiment and the previous embodiments is that this embodiment mainly uses the bias voltage adjustment circuit 3480 to control the operation of the back-end driving circuit 1530, so that when it is determined that there is a risk of electric shock/improper installation, the bias voltage adjustment circuit 3480 can be adjusted directly. voltage to stop the operation of the driving circuit 1530, thereby achieving the effect of limiting the leakage current. Under this configuration, the switch circuits (eg, 2580, 2680, 2780, 2880, 2960, 3080, 3180) originally provided on the power loop can be omitted. Since the switch circuit originally arranged on the power circuit needs to carry a large current, the selection and design of transistor specifications are strictly considered. Therefore, the design of this embodiment can significantly reduce installation detection by omitting the switch circuit. The overall design cost of the module. On the other hand, since the bias voltage adjusting circuit 3480 of the present embodiment controls the operation of the driving circuit 1530 by adjusting the bias state of the driving circuit 1530, it is not necessary to change the design of the driving circuit 1530, so it is more beneficial to Commercial design.

Please refer to FIG. 22B , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the first exemplary embodiment of the detection pulse generating module according to the seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention. The detection pulse generating module 3540 includes resistors 3541 and 3542 , a capacitor 3543 and a pulse generating circuit 3544 . The first terminal of the resistor 3541 is connected to the rectifier circuit 510 via the first rectifier output terminal 511 . The first end of the resistor 3542 is connected to the second end of the resistor 3541 , and the second end of the resistor 3542 is connected to the rectifier circuit 510 via the second rectifier output end 512 . The capacitor 3543 and the resistor 3542 are connected in parallel with each other. The input terminal of the pulse generating circuit 3544 is connected to the connection terminals of the resistors 3542 and 3543, and the output terminal thereof is connected to the detection path circuit 3490 to provide the control signal with the pulse DP.

In this embodiment, the resistors 3541 and 3542 form a voltage dividing resistor string for sampling the bus voltage, wherein the pulse generating circuit 3544 can determine the time point of the pulse generation according to the bus voltage information, and output the pulse according to the set pulse width DP. For example, the pulse generating circuit 3544 can send out the pulse for a period of time after the bus voltage exceeds the voltage zero point, so as to avoid the misjudgment problem that may be caused by the anti-electric shock detection on the voltage zero point. For the pulse waveform and the interval sent by the pulse generating circuit 3544, reference may be made to the descriptions of the foregoing embodiments, which will not be repeated here.

Please refer to FIG. 22C , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the detection path circuit according to the seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention. The detection path circuit 3590 includes a resistor 3591 , a transistor 3592 and a diode 3593 . The first end of the resistor 3591 is connected to the first rectifier output end 511 . The transistor 3592 can be a MOSFET or a BJT, its first end is connected to the second end of the resistor 3591 , its second end is connected to the second rectifier output end 512 , and its control end receives the control signal Sc. The anode of the diode 3593 is connected to the first end of the resistor 3591 and the first rectifier output end 511, and the cathode of the diode 3593 is connected to the input end of the filter circuit 530 at the rear end. Taking the π-type filter as an example, the diode 3593 is connected to the capacitor 725 Connection to inductor 726.

In this embodiment, the resistor 3591 and the transistor 3592 form a detection path, wherein the detection path is accompanied by conduction when the transistor 3592 is turned on by the control signal Sc. During the conduction period of the detection path, the detection voltage Vdet changes due to the current flowing through the detection path, and the variation range of the detection voltage Vdet is determined according to the equivalent impedance of the detection path. Taking the sampling position of the detection voltage Vdet shown in the figure as an example (the first end of the resistor 3591), when the detection path is turned on, when there is no human body impedance connected (correct installation), the detection voltage Vdet will be equal to the rectified output. The bus voltage on the terminal 511; when there is a human body impedance connected (not installed correctly), the human body impedance can be equivalently connected in series between the rectifier output terminal 511 and the ground terminal, so the detection voltage Vdet will become the human body resistance and resistance 3591 partial pressure. In this way, the detection voltage Vdet can indicate whether there is a human body resistance connected to the LED straight tube light.

Please refer to FIG. 22D , which is a schematic circuit diagram of the detection and determination circuit according to the seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention. The detection and determination circuit 3570 includes a sampling circuit 3571 , a comparison circuit 3572 and a determination circuit 3573 . In this embodiment, the sampling circuit 3572 samples the detection voltage Vdet according to the set time point, and generates sampling signals Ssp_t1-Ssp_tn corresponding to the detection voltage Vdet at different time points.

The comparison circuit 3572 is connected to the sampling circuit 3571 to receive the sampling signals Ssp_t1-Ssp_tn, wherein the comparison circuit 3572 can select some or all of the sampling signals Ssp_t1-Ssp_tn to compare with each other, or compare the sampling signals Ssp_t1-Ssp_tn with a predetermined It is assumed that the signals are compared, and then the comparison results Scp are sequentially output to the determination circuit. In an exemplary embodiment, the comparison circuit 3572 can output a corresponding comparison result according to the comparison of the sampling signals at every two adjacent time points, but the present invention is not limited to this.

The determination circuit 3573 receives the comparison result Scp, and sends out the corresponding adjustment control signal Vctl according to the comparison result Scp, wherein, the determination circuit 3573 can be designed to determine that the comparison result Scp meets the correct installation condition, and the comparison result Scp continuously appears for more than a certain amount. The adjustment control signal Vctl corresponding to the correct installation is issued only after the number of times, so as to avoid misjudgment and further reduce the risk of electric shock.

Please refer to FIG. 22E , which is a schematic circuit diagram of a bias voltage adjustment circuit according to the seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention. The bias voltage adjustment circuit 3580 includes a transistor 3581, the first end of which is connected to the connection end of the resistor Rbias and the capacitor Cbias and the power input end of the controller 1631, the second end of which is connected to the second filter output end 522, and its control end receives the adjustment Control signal Vctl. In this embodiment, the resistor Rbias and the capacitor Cbias are the external bias circuits of the driving circuit 1630 , which are used to provide the power required for the operation of the controller 1631 .

When the detection and determination circuit 3570 determines that the LED straight tube light is correctly installed (no human body resistance is connected), the detection and determination circuit 3570 will send a disabled adjustment control signal Vctl to the transistor 3581. At this time, the transistor 3581 will be turned off in response to the disabled adjustment control signal Vctl, so the controller 1631 can normally obtain the operating power and control the operation of the switch 1635, thereby generating a driving signal to drive the LED module.

When the detection and determination circuit 3570 determines that the LED straight tube light is not properly installed (connected with a human body resistance), the detection and determination circuit 3570 will send an enabling adjustment control signal Vctl to the transistor 3581 . At this time, the transistor 3581 will be turned on in response to the enabled adjustment control signal Vctl, so the power input terminal of the controller 1631 will be short-circuited to the ground terminal, so that the controller 1631 cannot be activated. It is worth mentioning that when the transistor 3581 is turned on, although an additional leakage path may be established through the transistor 3581, the input power used by the controller 1631 is generally relatively small (compared to the whole lamp tube). According to the power supply), even a slight leakage current will not cause damage to the human body, and can meet the requirements of safety regulations at the same time.

Please refer to FIG. 22F , which is a schematic circuit diagram of a second exemplary embodiment of the detection pulse generating module according to the seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention. The detection pulse generating module 3640 includes resistors 3641 and 3642 , a capacitor 3643 and a pulse generating circuit 3644 . The configuration of this embodiment is substantially the same as that of the detection pulse generating module 3540 of the aforementioned first exemplary embodiment. The main difference between the two is that the first end of the resistor 3641 of this embodiment is connected to the rectifier circuit 510 through diodes 3693 and 3694. The first rectifier input terminal (represented by the first pin 501 ) and the second rectifier input terminal (represented by the second pin 502 ). The configurations and functions of the diodes 3693 and 3694 can be described with reference to the embodiment of FIG. 20E , which will not be repeated here.

Please refer to FIG. 22G , which is a schematic circuit diagram of a second exemplary embodiment of the detection path circuit according to the seventh preferred embodiment of the present invention. The detection path circuit 3690 includes a resistor 3691 , a transistor 3692 , diodes 3693 and 3694 . The configuration of this embodiment is substantially the same as that of the detection path circuit 3590 of the aforementioned first exemplary embodiment. The main difference between the two is that the detection path circuit 3690 of this embodiment is provided with diodes 3693 and 3694, wherein the first end of the resistor 3691 is The diodes 3693 and 3694 are connected to the first rectifier input terminal (represented by the first pin 501 ) and the second rectifier input terminal (represented by the second pin 502 ) of the rectifier circuit 510 , so that the rectifier input terminal and the rectifier output terminal are A detection path independent of the power loop is established between them. The specific configuration and function of the diodes 3693 and 3694 and the description of the embodiment in FIG. 20E described above will not be repeated here.

To sum up, in this embodiment, whether the user is at risk of electric shock can be determined by turning on the detection path and detecting the voltage signal on the detection path. In addition, compared with the foregoing embodiments, the detection path of this embodiment is additionally established instead of using the power loop as the detection path (ie, the power loop and the detection path do not overlap at least in part). Since the electronic components on the additionally established detection path are less than those on the power circuit, the voltage signal on the additionally established detection path can more accurately reflect the user's touch state.

Furthermore, similar to the foregoing embodiments, the circuits/modules described in this embodiment may also be partially or fully integrated into a chip configuration, as shown in the foregoing FIGS.

It should be noted that the switch circuits 2580 , 2680 , 2780 , 2880 , 2960 and 3080 mentioned in the second to fifth preferred embodiments are all implementations of current limiting means, and their function is that when they are enabled (if the switch circuit is turned off) to limit the current on the power loop to less than a certain value (eg 5MIU). Those skilled in the art should understand that the current limiting means can be implemented by a structure generally similar to a switch circuit after referring to the above-mentioned embodiments. For example, the switch circuit can utilize electronic switches, electromagnetic switches, relays, triacs (TRIACs), thyristors, adjustable impedance elements (variable resistors, variable capacitors) , variable inductance, etc.) to implement. In other words, those skilled in the art should understand that under the concept of implementing current limiting by using a switch circuit that has been specifically disclosed in this case, the scope included in this case is also equivalent to the above-mentioned various embodiments of the switch circuit.

In addition, in view of the first to fifth preferred embodiments, those skilled in the art should be able to refer to this article to understand that the installation detection module disclosed in the second preferred embodiment of the present application can not only be used as a distributed circuit design in In the LED straight tube lamp, some circuit components can also be integrated into an integrated circuit (such as the third preferred embodiment), or all circuit components can be integrated into an integrated circuit (such as the fourth preferred embodiment), Thereby, the circuit cost and volume of installing the detection module can be saved. In addition, by installing the detection module in a modular/integrated setting, the installation detection module can be more easily matched in the design of different types of LED straight tube lamps, thereby improving the design compatibility. On the other hand, the integrated installation detection module is used in the application of LED straight tube lamps, because the circuit area inside the lamp tube is significantly reduced, so the light-emitting area of the LED straight tube lamp can be significantly increased, thereby improving the LED straight tube lamp. Lighting performance. Furthermore, since the integrated design can reduce the operating current of the integrated components (by about 50%), and improve the circuit operating efficiency, the saved power can be used to supply the LED module for lighting, so that the LED The luminous efficiency of the straight tube lamp can be further improved.

16A, 17A, 18A, 19A, 20A, 21A and 22A embodiments teach that the installation detection module includes, for example, detection pulse generation modules 2540, 2740 and 3040, a pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840, and a signal generation unit 2940 for generating pulse signals. pulse generation mechanism, but the pulse generation means of the present invention is not limited to this. In an exemplary embodiment, the installation detection module can use the existing frequency signal of the power module to replace the function of the pulse generating mechanism of the foregoing embodiment. For example, a driving circuit (such as a DC-DC converter) has a reference frequency in order to generate a lighting control signal with a pulse waveform. The function of the pulse generation mechanism can be implemented by using the reference frequency of the reference lighting control signal, so that hardware circuits such as the detection pulse generation modules 2540, 2740 and 3040, the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 2840 and the signal generation unit 2940 can be omitted. In other words, the installation detection module can share the circuit structure with other parts of the power module, so as to realize the function of generating the pulse signal. In addition, the pulse duty cycle generated by the pulse generating means of the embodiment of the present invention can be any value in the interval from greater than 0 (normally closed) to less than or equal to 1, and the specific setting depends on the actual installation detection mechanism. Certainly.

Wherein, if the duty cycle of the pulse signal generated by the pulse generating means is set to be greater than 0 and less than 1, the installation detection module detects the power circuit/detection by temporarily turning on the power loop/detection path and during the conduction period The signal on the path is used to judge whether the lamp is installed correctly without causing the danger of electric shock, and when it is judged that the lamp is correctly installed on the lamp socket (the pins at both ends are correctly connected to the lamp socket socket), The current limiting means is switched to an off/disabled state (for example, the switch circuit is switched to on), so that the LED module can be normally lit. Under this setting, the current limiting means is preset to an enabled/enabled state (for example, the switch circuit is preset to be off), and before it is confirmed that there is no risk of electric shock (that is, the lamp has been installed correctly), the The power loop is maintained in a cut-off/current-limited state (ie, the LED module cannot be lit at this time), and the current-limiting means will be switched to a closed/disabled state only after it is determined that the lamp is properly installed. Such a configuration can be referred to as a pulse detection setting (duty cycle is set to be greater than 0 and less than 1). Under the pulse detection setting, the installation detection action is performed within the enabling period of each pulse after the external power supply is connected (that is, the LED module has not been lit at this time). The method is achieved by "do not limit the current when it is certain that the lamp is installed correctly".

If the duty cycle of the pulse signal generated by the pulse generating means is 1, the installation detection module can detect the signal on the power loop/detection path in real time/continuously, as the basis for judging the equivalent impedance, and in the judgment, etc. When the change of the effective impedance indicates that there is a risk of electric shock to the person, the current limiting means is switched to the ON/enabled state (for example, the switch circuit is switched to OFF), and then the lamp is powered off. Under this setting, the current limiting means is preset to a closed/disabled state (for example, the switch circuit is preset to be turned on), so that the power circuit is maintained to be turned on before the risk of electric shock is confirmed /Unlimited state (that is, the LED module can be turned on at this time), and only when it is determined that there is a real risk of electric shock, the current limiting means will be switched to the ON/enabled state. Such a configuration can be referred to as a continuous detection setting (duty cycle set to 1). Under the continuous detection setting, the installation detection operation will continue after the external power supply is connected, regardless of whether the lamp is lit or not. current limit immediately” to achieve.

Further, the risk of electric shock may occur as long as either end of the lamp is connected to an external power supply, as shown in Figure 23, no matter whether the installer is installing or dismantling the lamp, as long as the hand touches the lamp. Conductive parts expose installers to the risk of electric shock. In order to avoid such risks, in this embodiment, regardless of whether the lamp is in a lit state, the installation detection module can be configured according to the pulse detection device when the lamp is connected to an external power supply. The fixed or continuous detection settings can be used to comprehensively detect and protect the installation situation and electric shock situation, so that the safety of the lamp can be further improved.

It should be mentioned here that, in the application of continuous detection setting, the pulse generating means can also be regarded as a path enabling means, which is used to provide an open signal by default to turn on the power loop/detection path. Under this application, in an exemplary embodiment, the circuit structures of the detection pulse generating modules 2540 , 2740 and 3040 , the pulse generating auxiliary circuit 2840 and the signal generating unit 2940 in the foregoing embodiments can be correspondingly modified to provide a fixed voltage circuit structure. . In addition, the switching logic of the switching circuits 2580, 2680, 2780, 2880, 2960 and 3080 can be correspondingly modified to be turned on by default, and turned off when it is determined that there is a risk of electric shock (this can be achieved by adjusting the logic gate of the detection result latch circuit ). In another exemplary embodiment, by adjusting the settings of the detection determination circuit and the detection path circuit, the circuit structure for generating the pulse can be omitted. For example, the installation detection module of the first preferred embodiment may only include the detection result latch circuit 2560, the detection determination circuit 2570 and the switch circuit 2580, and the installation detection module of the second preferred embodiment may only include the detection result The configurations of the latch circuit 2760, the detection and determination circuit 2770 and the switch circuit 2780, and other preferred embodiments can be deduced by analogy. In addition, under the architecture provided with additional detection paths, if the continuous detection setting is adopted, the detection pulse generation module 3040 can be omitted, and the detection path circuit 3090 can be set to remain in an on state (eg, the transistor 3095 is omitted).

Please refer to FIG. 24A . FIG. 24A is a block diagram illustrating the application of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the ninth preferred embodiment of the present invention. Compared with FIG. 12A , the LED straight tube lamp of this embodiment includes a rectifier circuit 510 , a filter circuit 520 , a driving circuit 2530 , an LED module 630 , and a detection circuit 2620 is further added. The connection relationship among the rectifier circuit 510 , the filter circuit 520 , the driving circuit 2530 and the LED module 630 is as described in the above-mentioned embodiment of FIG. 12A , and details are not repeated here. The detection circuit 2620 of this embodiment has an input terminal and an output terminal, the input terminal is coupled to the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp, and the output terminal is coupled to the driving circuit 2530 .

Specifically, in the first exemplary embodiment, after the LED straight tube lamp is powered on (whether it is installed correctly or incorrectly), the driving circuit 1530 will enter an installation detection mode by default. In the installation detection mode, the driving circuit 2530 will provide a lighting control signal with a narrow pulse (eg, pulse width less than 1 ms) to drive the power switch (not shown), so that the driving circuit 2530 in the installation detection mode generates a lighting control signal. The drive current is less than 5MIU or 5mA. On the other hand, in the installation detection mode, the detection circuit 2620 detects the electrical signal on the power circuit, and generates an installation detection signal Sidm according to the detected result and sends it back to the driving circuit 2530 . The driving circuit 2530 determines whether to enter the normal driving mode according to the received installation detection signal Sidm. If the driving circuit 2530 determines to maintain the installation detection mode, the driving circuit 2530 outputs a lighting control signal with narrow pulses according to a set frequency to temporarily turn on the power switch, so that the detection circuit 2620 can detect the power loop At the same time, the current on the power circuit is less than 5MIU in the whole installation detection mode. On the contrary, if the driving circuit 2530 determines to enter the normal driving mode, the driving circuit 2530 will instead generate a lighting control signal with adjustable pulse width according to at least one or a combination of information such as input voltage, output voltage and output current.

The first exemplary embodiment is described below with reference to FIG. 24B . FIG. 24B is a schematic circuit diagram of the detection circuit and the driving circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. The driving circuit 2530 of this embodiment includes a controller 2531 and a converting circuit 2532, wherein the controller 2531 includes a signal receiving unit 2533, a sawtooth wave generating unit 2534 and a comparing unit 2536, and the converting circuit 2532 includes a switching circuit (also referred to as a power switch) ) 2535 and tank circuit 2538. The input terminal of the signal receiving unit 2533 receives the feedback signal Vfb and the installation detection signal Sidm, and the output terminal of the signal receiving unit 2533 is coupled to the first input terminal of the comparing unit 2536 . The output terminal of the sawtooth wave generating unit 2534 is coupled to the second input terminal of the comparing unit 2536 . The output terminal of the comparison unit 2536 is coupled to the control terminal of the switch circuit 2535 . The relative configuration and actual circuit example between the switch circuit 2535 and the tank circuit 2538 are as described in the aforementioned FIGS. 12A-12B and 12G-12J, and will not be repeated here.

In the controller 2531, the signal receiving unit 2533 can be, for example, a circuit composed of an error amplifier, which can be used to receive the feedback signal Vfb related to the voltage and current information in the power module, and the installation provided by the detection circuit 2620. Detection signal Sidm. In an embodiment, the signal receiving unit 2533 selects to output a predetermined voltage Vp or a feedback signal Vfb to the first input terminal of the comparing unit 2536 according to the installation detection signal Sidm. The sawtooth wave generating unit 2534 is used for generating a sawtooth wave signal Ssw to the second input end of the comparing unit 2536, wherein the sawtooth wave signal Ssw has at least one of the rising edge and the falling edge of the signal waveform of each cycle. The slope of is not infinite. In addition, the sawtooth wave generating unit 2534 of the present embodiment can generate the sawtooth wave signal Ssw with a fixed operating frequency regardless of the operating mode of the driving circuit 2530, or can be based on different operating frequencies in different operating modes To generate the sawtooth wave signal Ssw (that is, the sawtooth wave generating unit 2534 can change its operating frequency according to the installation detection signal Sidm), the present invention is not limited to this. The comparison unit 2536 compares the signal level on the first input terminal and the second input terminal, and outputs a high-level lighting control when the signal level on the first input terminal is greater than the signal level on the second input terminal The signal Slc, and when the signal level on the first input terminal is not greater than the signal level on the second input terminal, a low-level lighting control signal Slc is output. In other words, the comparison unit 2536 outputs a high level when the signal level of the sawtooth wave signal Ssw is greater than the predetermined voltage Vp or the signal level of the feedback signal Vfb, thereby generating the lighting control signal Slc in the form of pulses.

Please refer to FIG. 24B and FIG. 27C together. FIG. 27C is a schematic diagram of signal timing of the power module according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention. When the LED straight tube lamp is powered on (both ends are attached to the lamp socket, or one end is attached to the lamp socket and the other end is accidentally touched by the user), the driving circuit 2530 will be activated and enter the installation detection mode DTM by default. The operation in the first period T1 is described below. In the installation detection mode, the signal receiving unit 2533 outputs the preset voltage Vp to the first input terminal of the comparing unit 2536, and the sawtooth wave generating unit 2534 also starts to generate sawtooth. The wave signal Ssw is supplied to the second input terminal of the comparison unit 2536 . Judging from the change of the signal level of the sawtooth wave SW, the signal level of the sawtooth wave SW will gradually increase from the initial level after the time point ts when the driving circuit 2530 is activated, and then gradually decrease to the peak level after reaching the peak level. start level. Before the signal level of the sawtooth wave SW rises to the preset voltage Vp, the comparison unit 2536 outputs a low-level lighting control signal Slc; after the signal level of the sawtooth wave SW rises to exceed the preset voltage Vp, it falls again During the period before returning to lower than the preset voltage Vp, the comparison unit 2536 pulls up the lighting control signal Slc to a high level; and after the signal level of the sawtooth wave SW drops below the preset voltage Vp again, the comparison unit 2536 pulls up the lighting control signal Slc to a high level; The 2536 will pull down the lighting control signal Slc to a low level again. Through the comparison operation, the comparison unit 2536 can generate the pulse DP based on the sawtooth wave SW1 and the predetermined voltage Vp, wherein the pulse period DPW of the pulse DP is the signal level of the sawtooth wave SW higher than the predetermined voltage Vp period.

The lighting control signal Slc with the pulse DP will be transmitted to the control terminal of the switch circuit 2535, so that the switch circuit 2535 will be turned on during the pulse period DPW, thereby enabling the energy storage unit 2538 to store energy, and drive the power supply loop. current. Since the generation of the driving current will cause the signal characteristics of the power loop such as signal level/waveform/frequency to change, the detection circuit 2620 will detect the level change SP of the sampling signal Ssp at this time. The detection circuit 2620 further determines whether the level change SP exceeds a reference voltage Vref. In the first period T1, since the level change SP has not yet exceeded the reference voltage Vref, the detection circuit 2620 will output the corresponding installation detection signal Sidm to the signal receiving unit 2533, so that the signal receiving unit 2533 continues to maintain the installation detection mode DTM, and continues to output the preset voltage Vp to the comparison unit 2536 . In the second period T2, since the level change of the sampling signal Ssp is similar to that in the first period T1, the overall circuit operation is the same as the operation in the first period T1, and thus will not be repeated.

In other words, in the first period T1 and the second period T2, the LED straight tube light will be judged as not being installed correctly. In addition, it should be mentioned that in this state, although the driving circuit 2530 will generate a driving current on the power supply circuit, because the on-time of the switching circuit 2535 is relatively short, the current value of the driving current will not cause harm to the human body ( Less than 5mA/MIU, can be as low as 0).

After entering the third period T3, the detection circuit 2620 determines that the level change of the sampling signal Ssp exceeds the reference voltage Vref, so it sends a corresponding installation detection signal Sidm to the signal receiving unit 2533 to indicate that the LED straight tube lamp has been Install correctly on the lamp socket. After the signal receiving unit 2533 receives the installation detection signal Sidm indicating that the LED straight tube light has been correctly installed, the driving circuit 2530 will enter the normal driving mode DRM from the installation detection mode DTM after the third period T3 ends. In the fourth period T4 in the normal driving mode DRM, the signal receiving unit 2533 will instead generate a corresponding signal to the comparing unit 2536 according to the feedback signal Vfb received from the outside, so that the comparing unit 2536 can be based on the input voltage, output voltage, The pulse width of the lighting control signal Slc is dynamically adjusted based on information such as the driving current, so that the LED module can be lit and maintained at the set brightness. In the normal driving mode DRM, the detection circuit 2620 may stop operating, or continue to operate but the signal receiving unit 2533 ignores the installation detection signal Sidm, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

Referring to FIG. 24A again, in the second exemplary embodiment, after the LED straight tube lamp is powered on (whether installed correctly or incorrectly), the detection circuit 2620 will be activated in response to the formation of the current path, and in a short period of time During the period, the electrical signal of the power loop is detected, and an installation detection signal Sidm is returned to the driving circuit 2530 according to the detection result. Wherein, the driving circuit 2530 will determine whether to start the power conversion operation according to the received installation detection signal Sidm. When the detection circuit 2620 outputs the installation detection signal Sidm indicating that the indicator tube has been correctly installed, the driving circuit 2530 is activated in response to the installation detection signal Sidm, and generates a driving signal to drive the power switch, thereby converting the received power into The output power output to the LED module; in this case, the detection circuit 2620 switches to an operation mode that does not affect the power conversion operation after outputting the installation detection signal Sidm that the indicator tube has been correctly installed. On the other hand, when the detection circuit 2620 outputs the installation detection signal Sidm that the indicator tube is not installed correctly, the driving circuit 2530 will remain in a closed state until the installation detection signal Sidm that the indicator tube is installed correctly is received; In this case, the detection circuit 2620 will continue to detect the electrical signal on the power circuit in the original detection mode until it is detected that the lamp has been installed correctly.

The second exemplary embodiment is described below with reference to FIG. 24C . FIG. 24C is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection circuit and a driving circuit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. The power module of this embodiment includes a rectifier circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, a detection circuit 2620 and a driving circuit 2530, wherein the detection circuit 2620 includes a detection control circuit 2621, a detection path circuit 2622 and a detection determination circuit 2623; the driving circuit 2530 is a As an example, the power conversion circuit structure of FIG. 12G includes a controller 2531 , an inductor 2532 , a diode 2533 , a capacitor 2534 , a transistor 2535 and a resistor 2536 .

In the detection circuit 2620, the detection path circuit 2622 is an example of a configuration similar to the embodiment of FIG. 21B, which includes a transistor 26221 and a resistor 26222. The drain of the transistor 26221 is coupled to the second terminals of the capacitors 725 and 727 , and the source is coupled to the first terminal of the resistor 26222 . The second terminal of the resistor 26222 is coupled to the first ground terminal GND1. Incidentally, the first ground terminal GND1 and the second ground terminal GND2 of the LED module 630 may be the same ground terminal or two electrically independent ground terminals, and the present invention is not limited thereto.

The detection control circuit 2621 is coupled to the gate of the transistor 26221 and used to control the conduction state of the transistor 26221 . The detection and determination circuit 2623 is coupled to the first end of the resistor 26222 and the controller 2531, wherein the detection and determination circuit 2623 samples the electrical signal on the first end of the resistor 26222, and compares the sampled electrical signal with a reference signal to determine Whether the lamp is installed correctly; then the detection and determination circuit 2623 will generate the installation detection signal Sidm according to the comparison result and transmit it to the controller 2531 . In this embodiment, the working details and characteristics of the detection control circuit 2621, the detection path circuit 2622 and the detection determination circuit 2623 can be referred to the embodiment in FIG. 21B for the detection pulse generation module 3240, the detection path circuit 3290 and the detection determination circuit respectively. The relevant description of 3270 will not be repeated here.

In general, compared with the aforementioned power module including the installation detection module (2520), the power module of the ninth preferred embodiment integrates the installation detection and electric shock prevention circuits and functions into the driver In the circuit, the driving circuit is made into a driving circuit with electric shock prevention and installation detection functions. More specifically, the power module of the first exemplary embodiment only needs to be provided with a detection circuit 2620 for detecting the electrical signal of the power circuit, which can be combined with the function of the driving circuit 2530 to realize the installation detection of the LED straight tube lamp. The detection and prevention of electric shock, that is, by adjusting the control method of the driving circuit 2530, the detection pulse generating module, the detection result latch circuit and the switching circuit in the installation detection module can all be implemented by the existing hardware structure of the driving circuit 2530. To achieve, without adding additional circuit components. In the first exemplary embodiment, since the power module does not need a complicated circuit design such as the aforementioned installation detection module including a detection pulse generating module, a detection result latch circuit, a detection determination circuit, and a switch circuit, it can effectively Reduce the design cost of the overall power module. In addition, due to the reduction of circuit components, the layout of the power module can have more space, and the power consumption is also lower, which helps to make more input power used to light the LED module, thereby improving the light It also reduces the heat generated by the power module.

The configuration and action mechanism of the detection circuit 2620 of the second exemplary embodiment are similar to the detection pulse generation module, detection path circuit and detection determination circuit in the installation detection module, and the detection result in the original installation detection module is latched The circuit and switch circuit part is replaced by the existing controller and power switch of the drive circuit. In the second exemplary embodiment, through the specific configuration of the detection path circuit (2622), the installation detection signal Sidm can be easily designed to be compatible with the signal format of the controller 2531, thereby reducing circuit complexity. Under the foundation, the difficulty of circuit design is greatly reduced.

Incidentally, although the second exemplary embodiment is described with a configuration similar to the detection path circuit 3290 in FIG. 21B , the present invention is not limited to this. In other applications, the detection path circuit may also utilize the configurations of the other embodiments described above to implement the sampling/monitoring of transient electrical signals.

Please refer to FIG. 25A . FIG. 25A is a schematic block diagram of an application circuit of a power supply module for an LED straight tube lamp according to a tenth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The power module of this embodiment includes a rectifier circuit 510 , a filter circuit 520 , a detection trigger circuit 3020 and a drive circuit 2630 . The configurations of the rectifier circuit 510 and the filter circuit 520 are similar to those described in the previous embodiments. The detection trigger circuit 3020 is set on the power supply loop (here, it is set at the rear stage of the filter circuit 520 as an example, but the present invention is not limited to this), and is coupled with the power supply terminal or the voltage detection terminal of the driving circuit 2630 catch. The output end of the driving circuit 2630 is coupled to the LED module 630 .

In this embodiment, the detection trigger circuit 3020 is activated when the external power is applied to the power module, so as to adjust the electrical signal provided to the power terminal or the voltage detection terminal of the driving circuit 2630 to an electrical signal having a first waveform characteristic. . When the driving circuit 2630 receives the electrical signal with the first waveform characteristic, it will enter the detection stage, so as to output narrow pulses that meet the detection requirements to drive the power switch, and then detect the magnitude of the current flowing through the power switch or the LED module 630 to determine whether the lamp has been correctly installed on the lamp socket. If it is determined that the lamp has been installed correctly, the driving circuit 2630 will use the normal driving mode to drive the power switch, so that the driving circuit 2630 can provide a stable output power to light the LED module 630; at this time, the detection trigger circuit 3020 will When it is turned off, the power provided to the driving circuit 2630 is not affected, that is, the electrical signal provided to the power supply terminal or the voltage detection terminal of the driving circuit at this time does not have the first waveform characteristic. If it is determined that the lamp tube is not installed correctly, the driving circuit 2630 will continue to drive the power switch with narrow pulses until it is determined that the lamp tube has been installed correctly. The signal timing of this part is similar to that shown in Figure 27C, and can be described with reference to the corresponding paragraph.

25B and FIG. 25C are used for illustration. FIG. 25B is a circuit schematic diagram of a detection trigger circuit and a driving circuit according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 25C is a preferred embodiment of the present invention. The block diagram of the application circuit of the integrated controller. In this embodiment, the driving circuit 2630 includes an integrated controller 2631 , an inductor 2632 , a diode 2633 , an inductor 2634 and a resistor 2635 , wherein the integrated controller 2631 includes a plurality of signal receiving terminals, such as a power supply terminal P_VIN and a voltage detection terminal P_VSEN , the current detection terminal P_ISEN, the driving terminal P_DRN, the compensation terminal P_COMP and the reference ground terminal P_GND. The first terminal of the inductor 2632 and the anode of the diode 2633 are connected to the driving terminal P_DRN of the integrated controller 2631 in common. The resistor 2635 is connected to the current sensing terminal I_SEN of the integrated controller 2631 . In this embodiment, the detection trigger circuit 3020 can be, for example, a switch circuit, which is connected to the voltage detection terminal V_SEN of the integrated controller 2631 . In addition, in order to meet the operational requirements of the integrated controller 2631 , the power module also includes a plurality of auxiliary circuits disposed outside the integrated controller 2631 , such as resistors Rb1 and Rb2 connected to the output end of the filter circuit 520 . The power module may also include other external auxiliary circuits not shown, but this part does not affect the description of the operation of the overall circuit.

The integrated controller 2631 includes a pulse control unit PCU, a power switch unit PSW, a current control unit CCU, a gain amplification unit Gm, a bias voltage unit BU, a detection trigger unit DTU, a switch unit SWU, and comparison units CU1 and CU2. The pulse control unit PCU is used for generating a pulse signal to control the power switch unit PSW. The power switch unit PSW connects the inductor 2632 and the diode 2633 through the drive terminal P_DRN, and switches in response to the control of the pulse signal, so that the inductor 2632 can be repeatedly charged and discharged in the normal working mode to provide a stable output current to the LED module 630 . The current control unit CCU receives the voltage detection signal VSEN through the voltage detection terminal P_VSEN and the current detection signal (indicated by ISEN) indicating the magnitude of the current ISEN flowing through the resistor 2635 through the current detection terminal P_ISEN, wherein the current control unit CCU is in the normal operation mode The real-time working state of the LED module 630 is known according to the voltage detection signal VSEN and the current detection signal ISEN, and an output adjustment signal is generated according to the working state. The output adjustment signal is processed by the gain amplifying unit Gm and then provided to the pulse control unit PCU, so as to be used as a reference for the pulse control unit PCU to generate the pulse signal. The bias unit BU receives the signal filtered by the filter circuit 520 from the power module, and generates a stable driving voltage VCC and a reference voltage VREF for use by each unit in the integrated controller 2631 . The detection trigger unit DTU is connected to the detection trigger circuit 3020 and the resistors Rb1 and Rb2 through the voltage detection terminal P_VSEN, which is used to detect whether the signal characteristic of the voltage detection signal VSEN received from the voltage detection terminal P_VSEN conforms to the first waveform characteristic, and according to the detection result A detection result signal is output to the pulse control unit PCU. The switching unit SWU is connected to the first terminal of the resistor 2635 through the current detection terminal P_ISEN, which selectively provides the current detection signal ISEN to the comparison unit CU1 or CU2 according to the detection result of the detection trigger unit DTU. The comparison unit CU1 is mainly used for overcurrent protection, it compares the received current detection signal ISEN with an overcurrent reference signal VOCP, and outputs the comparison result to the pulse control unit PCU. The comparison unit CU2 is mainly used for protection against electric shock, it compares the received current detection signal ISEN with an installation reference signal VIDM, and outputs the comparison result to the pulse control unit PCU.

Specifically, when the LED straight tube lamp is powered on, the detection trigger circuit 3020 will be activated first, and the voltage detection signal VSEN provided to the voltage detection terminal P_VSEN is affected/adjusted by means such as switching, so that the voltage detection The signal VSEN has a specific first waveform characteristic. For example, taking the detection trigger circuit 3020 as a switch as an example, the detection trigger circuit 3020 can briefly switch the on-state several times at a preset time interval during startup, so that the voltage detection signal VSEN will respond to the switching of the switch. The voltage waveform oscillates. The integrated controller 2631 is preset to be disabled when receiving power, that is, the pulse control unit PCU will not immediately output a pulse signal to drive the power switch unit PSW to light the LED module 630 . Instead, the detection triggering unit DTU will first determine whether the waveform characteristic conforms to the set first waveform characteristic according to the voltage detection signal VSEN, and transmit the determination result to the pulse control unit PCU.

When the pulse control unit PCU receives a signal from the detection trigger unit DTU indicating that the voltage detection signal VSEN conforms to the first waveform characteristic, the integrated controller 2631 enters the installation detection mode. In the installation detection mode, the pulse control unit PCU will output narrow pulses to drive the power switch unit PSW, so that the current on the power circuit is limited to a current value (such as 5MIU) that will not cause the risk of electric shock to the human body. For the specific pulse signal setting of , please refer to the description of the above-mentioned embodiment related to the installation detection module. On the other hand, in the installation detection mode, the switching unit SWU switches to a circuit configuration for transmitting the current sensing signal ISEN to the comparison unit CU2, so that the comparison unit CU2 can compare the current sensing signal ISEN with the installation reference signal VIDM. Among them, because the second end of the resistor 2635 is equivalently connected to the ground terminal GND1 through the body resistor Rbody if it is not installed correctly, and in the case of the resistors connected in series, the equivalent resistance value will increase, so that the current detection signal The ISEN pulse control unit PCU can know whether the LED straight tube lamp has been correctly installed on the lamp socket according to the comparison result of the comparison unit CU2. Therefore, if the pulse control unit PCU determines according to the comparison result of the comparison unit CU2 that the LED straight tube lamp has not been correctly installed on the lamp socket, the integrated controller 2631 will maintain the operation in the installation detection mode, that is, the pulse control unit PCU will continue to output Narrow pulses are used to drive the power switch unit PSW, and according to the current sensing signal ISEN, it is judged whether the LED straight tube lamp is correctly installed. If the pulse control unit PCU determines that the LED straight tube lamp has been correctly installed on the lamp socket according to the comparison result of the comparison unit CU2, the integrated controller 2631 will enter the normal working mode.

In the normal working mode, the detection trigger circuit 3020 stops functioning, that is, the detection trigger circuit 3020 no longer affects/adjusts the voltage detection signal VSEN. At this time, the voltage detection signal VSEN is determined only by the voltage division of the resistors Rb1 and Rb2. In the integrated controller 2631, the detection triggering unit DTU may be disabled, or the pulse control unit PCU no longer refers to the signal output by the detection triggering unit DTU. The pulse control unit PCU mainly uses the signals output by the current control unit CCU and the gain amplifying unit Gm as the basis for adjusting the pulse width, so that the pulse control unit PCU outputs a pulse signal corresponding to the rated power to drive the power switch unit PSW, so as to provide a stable Current is supplied to the LED module 630 . On the other hand, the switching unit SWU will switch to the circuit configuration of transmitting the current sensing signal ISEN to the comparing unit CU1, so that the comparing unit CU1 can compare the current sensing signal ISEN and the overcurrent protection signal VOCP, and then make the pulse control unit PCU The output pulse signal can be adjusted in case of overcurrent condition to avoid circuit damage. It should be noted here that the function of the overcurrent protection is optional in the integrated controller 2631 . In other embodiments, the integrated controller 2631 may not include the comparison unit CU1, and in this configuration, the switching unit SWU may be omitted at the same time, so that the current detection signal ISEN can be directly provided to the input terminal of the comparison unit CU2.

Please refer to FIG. 25D. FIG. 25D is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection trigger circuit and a driving circuit according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. This embodiment is substantially the same as the aforementioned embodiment in FIG. 25B , the only difference is that the configuration of the transistor Mp and the parallel resistor array Rpa is added in this embodiment, wherein the drain of the transistor Mp is connected to the first end of the resistor 2635 , and the gate is connected to the integrated control A detection control terminal of the device 2631 is connected, and the source is connected to the first terminal of the parallel resistor array Rpa. The parallel resistor array Rpa includes a plurality of resistors in parallel with each other, the resistance values of which can be set corresponding to the resistors 2635 , wherein the second end of the parallel resistor array Rpa is connected to the ground terminal GND1 .

In this embodiment, the integrated controller 2631 sends a corresponding signal to the gate of the transistor Mp through the detection control terminal according to the current operating mode, so that the transistor Mp is turned on in response to the received signal in the installation detection mode, And in the normal working mode, it is reflected in the received signal and turned off. When the transistor Mp is turned on, the parallel resistor array Rpa can be equivalently connected to the resistor 2635 in parallel, so that the equivalent resistance value is reduced, and further matched with the human body resistance. In this way, when the straight tube lamp is not installed correctly and the human body resistance is connected to the power supply circuit, the adjustment of the equivalent resistance value can make the current change of the detection current signal ISEN more obvious when the human body resistance is added, thereby improving the installation detection efficiency. correctness.

Please refer to FIG. 26A . FIG. 26A is a block diagram illustrating the application of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the eleventh preferred embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the installation detection module 2720 is a structure configured to continuously detect signals on the power loop, wherein the installation detection module 2720 includes a control circuit 3160, a detection and determination circuit 3170, and a current limiting circuit 3180. The control circuit 3160 is used to control the current limiting circuit 3180 according to the detection result generated by the detection determination circuit 3170 , so that the current limiting circuit 3180 determines whether to perform the current limiting operation in response to the control of the control circuit 3160 . Wherein, the control circuit 3160 will preset the current limiting circuit 3180 not to perform the current limiting operation, that is, the current on the power loop is preset not to be limited by the current limiting circuit 3180 . Therefore, in the default state, as long as there is an external power supply connected, the rectified and filtered power can be provided to the LED module 630 through the power loop.

More specifically, the detection and determination circuit 3170 is activated/enabled by an external power source, and starts to continuously detect the signal on a specific node in the power loop, and transmits the detection result signal to the control circuit 3160 . The control circuit 3160 determines whether a human touch occurs according to one or more of the level, waveform, frequency and other signal characteristics of the detection result signal. When the control circuit 3160 determines that a human touch occurs according to the detection result signal, it will control the current limiting circuit 3180 to perform a current limiting operation, so that the current on the power circuit is limited below a specific current value, so as to avoid the occurrence of electric shock . It should be noted here that the specific node may be located at the input side or the output side of the rectifier circuit 510 , the filter circuit 520 , the drive circuit 1530 or the LED module 630 , and the present invention is not limited thereto.

Please refer to FIG. 26B . FIG. 26B is a block diagram illustrating the application of the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the twelfth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The installation detection module 2820 of this embodiment is substantially the same as the installation detection module 2720 of the previous embodiment, and the main difference between the two is that the installation detection module 2820 is configured to continuously detect signals on the detection path. The installation detection module 2820 includes a control circuit 3260, a detection and determination circuit 3270, a current limiting circuit 3280, and a detection path circuit 3290. For the operations of the control circuit 3260, the detection and determination circuit 3270 and the current limiting circuit 3280, please refer to the descriptions of the above embodiments , and will not be repeated here.

It should be noted here that the detection path circuit 3290 may be disposed on the input side or the output side of the rectifier circuit 510 , the filter circuit 520 , the drive circuit 1530 or the LED module 630 , and the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, the detection path circuit 3290 can use any passive components (such as resistors, capacitors, inductors, etc.) or active components (such as transistors, silicon-controlled rectifiers), etc., which can reflect impedance changes in response to human touch in practical applications. circuit configuration to implement.

In general, the power modules shown in FIGS. 26A and 26B are applications and configurations under the continuous detection setting, which can be used alone as a mechanism for installation detection, or can be combined with the pulse detection setting as installation detection / Mechanism of electric shock protection. For example, in an exemplary embodiment, the pulse detection setting may be applied to the lamp when it is not lit, and the continuous detection setting may be applied instead after the lamp is lit. From the point of view of circuit operation, the switching between the pulse detection setting and the continuous detection setting can be determined based on the current on the power loop. The installation detection module selects to enable the pulse detection setting, and when the current on the power loop is greater than a certain value, the installation detection module switches to enable the continuous detection setting. From the perspective of lamp installation and operation, the installation detection module is preset to enable the pulse detection setting, so that every time the lamp is powered on or receives an external power supply, the installation detection module will first use the pulse detection setting. It is fixed to detect whether the lamp is installed correctly and protect against electric shock. Once it is determined that the lamp is correctly installed on the lamp holder and lit, the installation detection module will switch to the continuous detection setting to detect whether the lamp is damaged. Risk of electric shock by accidentally touching conductive parts. In addition, if the lamp is powered off, the installed detection module will reset to the pulse detection setting again.

In terms of the hardware configuration of the LED straight tube light system, no matter whether the installation detection module is built into the LED straight tube light (as shown in Figure 15A) or externally mounted on the lamp holder (as shown in Figure 15B), the designer The above-mentioned pulse detection setting and continuous detection setting can be selectively applied to the LED straight tube light system according to requirements. In other words, regardless of the configuration of the built-in installation detection module or the external installation detection module 2520, the installation detection module can perform installation detection and anti-shock protection operations according to the descriptions of the above embodiments.

The difference between the built-in installation detection module and the external installation detection module is that the first installation detection terminal and the second installation detection terminal of the external installation detection module are connected to the connection between the external power grid/signal source and the LED straight tube light. Between the pins (ie, connected in series with the signal line of the external driving signal), and electrically connected to the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp through the pins. On the other hand, although it is not directly shown in the drawings, those skilled in the art should understand that in the embodiment of the installation detection module of the present application, the installation detection module further includes a bias voltage for generating a driving voltage The circuit, wherein the driving voltage is provided to the power required for the operation of each circuit in the installation detection module.

In order to specifically describe the working mechanism of the installation detection module, in the embodiment of the installation detection module in this case, the components in the installation detection module are mainly subdivided into a plurality of different functional modules for description, such as detection pulse detection Generation module, detection and determination circuit, detection result latch circuit/control circuit, switch circuit/current limiting circuit/bias adjustment circuit, etc., but not limited to this in actual circuit design. From another point of view, as shown in FIG. 28A , in the installation detection module, the circuits related to detecting the installation state and used to perform switch control can be collectively referred to as or integrated into a detection controller 2420; for responding to the detection controller The circuits that are controlled by 2420 and affect the magnitude of the current on the power loop can be collectively referred to or integrated as a switch circuit 2440 . In addition, although the foregoing embodiments do not specifically specify, those skilled in the art should understand that any circuit including active devices requires a corresponding driving voltage VCC to work, so there will be some components in the installation detection module /Line is used to generate driving voltage. In this embodiment, the circuits for generating the driving voltage VCC are collectively referred to as or integrated as a bias circuit 2450 .

Under the function module assignment of this embodiment, the detection controller 2420 is used for installation state detection/impedance detection, so as to determine whether the LED straight tube lamp is correctly installed on the lamp socket, or it can be said to determine whether there is an abnormal impedance connection input (eg, human body impedance), wherein the detection controller 2420 controls the switch circuit 2440 according to the judgment result. When the detection controller 2420 determines that the LED straight tube light is not properly installed/connected with abnormal impedance, the detection controller 2420 will control the switch circuit 2440 to disconnect, so as to avoid the electric shock hazard caused by the excessive current on the power circuit. The switch circuit 2440 is used to control the current of the power circuit to flow normally when it is determined that the LED straight tube light is correctly installed/connected with no abnormal impedance, and to control the current of the power circuit to be less than electric shock when it is determined that the LED straight tube light is installed incorrectly/connected with abnormal impedance circuits below safe values. In terms of circuit configuration, the switch circuit 2440 can be a switch circuit/current limiting circuit that is independent of the drive circuit and connected to the power supply circuit in series (eg, the switch circuit 2580 in FIG. 16A , the switch circuit 2780 in FIG. 17A , the switch circuit 2880 in FIG. 18A , The switch unit 2960 of FIG. 19A , the switch circuit 3080 of FIG. 20A , the switch circuit 3180 of FIG. 21A , the current limiting circuit 3180 of FIG. 26A , the current limiting circuit 3280 of FIG. 26B ) are connected to the power supply terminal or the start terminal of the driving circuit controller The bias adjustment circuit (as shown in the bias adjustment circuit 3480 of FIG. 22A ) or the power switch in the drive circuit (as shown in the power switch 2535 of FIG. 24B ). The bias circuit 2450 is used to provide the driving voltage VCC required for the operation of the detection controller 2420. For a specific embodiment, refer to FIGS. 28B and 28C, which will be described later.

From a functional point of view, the detection controller 2420 can be regarded as the detection control means used in the installation detection module of this case, and the switch circuit 2440 can be regarded as the switch means used in the installation detection module of this application, The switch means can correspond to any of the possible circuit implementations of the switch circuit 2440, and the detection control means can correspond to part or all of the circuits in the installation detection module except the switch means.

From the perspective of circuit operation, the steps for the detection controller 2420 to determine whether the LED straight tube lamp is correctly installed on the lamp socket/whether there is an abnormal impedance connection is shown in Figure 33, including: after a period of time, the detection path is turned on. Turn off (step S101 ); sample the electrical signal on the detection path during the conduction period of the detection path (step S102 ); determine whether the sampled electrical signal conforms to the preset signal characteristics (step S103 ); when step S103 is determined to be yes , the control switch circuit 2440 operates in the first configuration (step S104 ); and when the determination in step S103 is NO, the control switch circuit 2440 operates in the second configuration (step S105 ), and then returns to step S101 .

For the setting of the detection path and the setting of the period length of the conduction detection path, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments. In step S101 , conducting the detection path for a period of time may be implemented by a pulsed switch control means.

In step S102, the sampled electrical signal may be a voltage signal, a current signal, a frequency signal, or a phase signal, or a signal that can represent the impedance change of the detection path.

In step S103, the action of determining whether the sampled electrical signal conforms to the predetermined signal characteristic may be, for example, comparing the relative relationship between the sampled electrical signal and a predetermined signal. In this embodiment, the detection controller 2420 determines that the electrical signal conforms to the preset signal characteristics, which may correspond to determining that the LED straight tube light is correctly installed/connected without abnormal impedance, and the detection controller 2420 determines that the electrical signal does not conform to the preset signal characteristics. It is assumed that the signal characteristics may correspond to the state of determining that the LED straight tube light is incorrectly installed/connected with abnormal impedance.

In steps S104 and S105 , the first configuration and the second configuration are two different circuit configurations, and may depend on the configuration position and type of the switch circuit 2440 . For example, in the embodiment in which the switch circuit 2440 is a switch circuit/current limiting circuit independent of the driving circuit and connected in series with the power supply circuit, the first configuration may be a conduction configuration (unlimited current configuration) ), and the second configuration may be a cut-off configuration (current limiting configuration). In the embodiment in which the switch circuit 2440 is a bias adjustment circuit connected to the power supply terminal or the start terminal of the drive circuit controller, the first configuration may be a cut-off configuration (normal bias configuration), and the first configuration The second configuration can be a conduction configuration (adjusted bias configuration). In the embodiment in which the switch circuit 2440 is a power switch in the drive circuit, the first configuration may be a drive control configuration (that is, the switching of the power switch is only controlled by the drive circuit controller, and the detection controller 2420 does not affect the switching of the power switch). control of the power switch), and the second configuration may be a cut-off configuration.

The detailed operations and circuit examples of the above steps have been specifically described in each embodiment of the installation detection module, and the operation mechanism of the installation detection module is only described from different angles.

Please refer to FIG. 28B . FIG. 28B is a schematic circuit diagram of the bias circuit of the installation detection module according to the first preferred embodiment of the present invention. Under the application of AC power input, the bias circuit 2550 includes a rectifier circuit 2551 , resistors 2552 and 2553 and a capacitor 2554 . In this embodiment, the rectifier circuit 2551 is a full-wave rectifier bridge as an example, but the present invention is not limited to this. The input terminal of the rectification circuit 2551 receives the external driving signal Sed, and rectifies the external driving signal Sed, so as to output a DC rectified signal at the output terminal. The resistors 2552 and 2553 are connected in series between the output ends of the rectifier circuit 2551, and the capacitor 2554 and the resistor 2553 are connected in parallel with each other. The rectified signal is converted into the driving voltage VCC after the voltage division of the resistors 2552 and 2553 and the voltage regulation of the capacitor 2554. Output from both ends of capacitor 2554 (ie, node PN and ground).

In the embodiment with the built-in detection module, since the power module of the LED straight tube lamp itself includes a rectifier circuit (such as 510), the rectifier circuit 2551 can be replaced by the existing rectifier circuit of the power module, and the resistor 2522 and the resistor 2522 The 2553 and the capacitor 2554 can be directly connected to the power circuit, so as to use the rectified bus voltage (ie, the rectified voltage) on the power circuit as a power supply source. In the embodiment of the external installation detection module, since the installation detection module directly uses the external driving signal Sed as the power supply source, the rectifier circuit 2551 is set independently of the power supply module, so as to convert the AC signal into a suitable for installation detection module The internal circuits use the DC drive voltage VCC.

Please refer to FIG. 28C . FIG. 28C is a schematic circuit diagram of the bias circuit of the installation detection module according to the second preferred embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the bias circuit 2650 includes a rectifier circuit 2651 , a resistor 2652 , a Zener diode 2653 and a capacitor 2654 . This embodiment is substantially the same as the aforementioned embodiment in FIG. 28B , and the main difference between the two is that the resistor 2553 in FIG. 28B is replaced by a Zener diode 2653 in this embodiment, so that the driving voltage VCC can be more stable.

Please refer to FIG. 29. FIG. 29 is a schematic block diagram of the application circuit of the detection pulse generating module according to the preferred embodiment of the present invention. The detection pulse generation module 3140 of this embodiment includes a pulse start circuit 3141 and a pulse width determination circuit 3142 . The pulse start circuit 3141 is used for receiving the external drive signal Sed, and determines the time point at which the pulse generating module 3140 sends out the pulse according to the external drive signal Sed. The pulse width determination circuit 3142 is coupled to the output terminal of the pulse start circuit 3141 for setting the pulse width, and at the time point indicated by the pulse start circuit 3141, the pulse signal DP corresponding to the set pulse width is sent out.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generating module 3140 may further include an output buffer circuit 3143 . The input end of the output buffer circuit 3143 is coupled to the output end of the pulse width determination circuit 3142, which is used to adjust the output signal waveform (such as voltage, current) of the pulse width determination circuit 3142, so that the output can conform to the operation of the back-end circuit The required pulse signal DP.

Taking the detection pulse generation module 2640 shown in FIG. 16B as an example, the time point of the pulse is based on the time point when the driving voltage VCC is received, so the bias circuit that generates the driving voltage VCC can be regarded as the detection pulse generation module. 2640's pulse start circuit. On the other hand, the pulse width of the pulse signal sent by the detection pulse generation module 2640 is mainly determined by the charging and discharging time of the RC charging and discharging circuit composed of the capacitors 2642, 2645 and 2646 and the resistors 2643, 2647 and 2648. 2645 and 2646 and resistors 2643, 2647 and 2648 can be regarded as the pulse width determination circuit of the detection pulse generating module 2640. The buffers 2644 and 2651 are the output buffer circuits of the detection pulse generating module 2640 .

Taking the detection pulse generation module 2740 shown in FIG. 17B as an example, the time point at which the pulse is sent is related to the time point at which the driving voltage VCC is received and the charging and discharging time of the RC circuit composed of the resistor 2742 and the capacitor 2743, thus generating a driving The bias circuit of the voltage VCC, the resistor 2742 and the capacitor 2743 can be regarded as the pulse start circuit of the detection pulse generation module 2740 . On the other hand, the pulse width of the pulse signal sent by the detection pulse generating module 2740 is mainly determined by the forward and negative threshold voltages of the Schmitt trigger 2744 and the switching delay time of the transistor 2746, so the Schmitt trigger The flip-flop 2744 and the transistor 2746 can be regarded as a pulse width determination circuit of the detection pulse generating module 2740 .

In some exemplary embodiments, the pulse start circuits of the detection pulse generation modules 2640 and 2740 can implement the control of the pulse start time point by adding a comparator, as shown in FIG. 30A . 30A is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to the third preferred embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, the detection pulse generation module 3240 includes a comparator 3241 and a pulse width determination circuit 3242 as a pulse start circuit. The first input terminal of the comparator 3241 receives the external driving signal Sed, the second input terminal receives the reference level Vps, and the output terminal is connected to one terminal of the resistor 32421 (this terminal corresponds to the driving voltage VCC input terminal of FIG. 17B ). The pulse width determination circuit 3242 includes resistors 32421-32423, Schmitt triggers 32424, transistors 32425, capacitors 32426 and Zener diodes 32427. The configuration of the above components is similar to the configuration of FIG. 17B, so the circuit connection description can refer to the above implementation. example. Under this configuration, the RC circuit composed of the resistor 32421 and the capacitor 32426 will start charging when the level of the external drive signal Sed exceeds the reference level Vps, thereby controlling the generation time of the pulse signal DP. The specific signal timing is shown in Figure 31A.

Please refer to FIG. 30A and FIG. 31A together. In this embodiment, the comparator 3241 as the pulse start circuit outputs a high-level signal to one end of the resistor 32421 when the level of the external driving signal Sed is higher than the reference level Vps , so that the capacitor 32426 begins to charge. At this time, the voltage Vcp on the capacitor 32426 will gradually increase with time. When the voltage Vcp reaches the forward threshold voltage Vsch1 of the Schmitt trigger 32424, the output terminal of the Schmitt trigger 32424 will output a high-level signal, thereby turning on the transistor 32425. After the transistor 32425 is turned on, the capacitor 32426 starts to discharge to the ground through the resistor 32422 and the transistor 32425, so that the voltage Vcp gradually decreases with time. When the voltage Vcp drops to the reverse threshold voltage Vsch2 of the Schmitt trigger 32424, the output terminal of the Schmitt trigger 32424 will switch from outputting a high-level signal to outputting a low-level signal, thereby generating a pulse waveform DP1, in which the pulse The pulse width DPW of DP1 is determined by the forward threshold voltage Vsch1 , the reverse threshold voltage Vsch2 and the switching delay time of the transistor 32425 . After the set time interval TIV (that is, the period during which the level of the external driving signal Sed drops from lower than the reference level Vps to rises above the reference level Vps again), the Schmitt trigger 32424 will again follow the above The pulse waveform DP2 is generated by the operation, and the subsequent operations can be deduced by analogy.

In some embodiments, the pulse start circuit 3141 can issue a pulse generation instruction when the external drive signal Sed reaches a specific level, so as to determine the generation time point of the pulse signal, as shown in FIG. 30B . 30B is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, the detection pulse generation module 3340 includes a pulse start circuit 3341 and a pulse width determination circuit 3342 . The pulse start circuit 3341 includes a comparator 33411 and a signal edge trigger circuit 33412 . The first input terminal of the comparator 33411 receives the external driving signal Sed, the second input terminal receives the reference level Vps, and the output terminal is connected to the input terminal of the signal edge generator circuit 33412. The signal edge trigger circuit 33412 can be, for example, a rising edge trigger circuit or a falling edge trigger circuit, which can detect the time point when the output of the comparator 33411 transitions, and send out a pulse generation instruction to the back-end pulse width determination circuit 3342 accordingly. The pulse width determination circuit 3342 can be any pulse generation circuit that can generate a set pulse width at a specific time point according to the pulse generation instruction, such as the circuits in the aforementioned FIG. 16B and FIG. 17B , or an integrated component such as a 555 timer. , the present invention is not limited to this. The specific signal timing sequence of the detection pulse generating module 3340 may be shown in FIG. 31B or FIG. 31C . 31B is an example of a signal waveform triggered by a rising edge, and FIG. 31C is an example of a signal waveform triggered by a falling edge.

Please refer to FIG. 30B and FIG. 31B together. In this embodiment, the comparator 33411 outputs a high-level signal when the level of the external driving signal Sed rises to exceed the reference level Vps, and when the level of the external driving signal Sed increases The high-level signal output is maintained during the period when the level is higher than the reference level Vps. When the level of the external driving signal Sed gradually drops from the peak value to lower than the reference level Vps, the comparator 33411 will output a low level signal again. In this way, the output terminal of the comparator 33411 will generate an output voltage Vcp with a pulse waveform. The signal edge trigger circuit 33412 will trigger the output of an enable signal in response to the rising edge of the output voltage Vcp, so that the pulse width determination circuit 3342 at the back end is near the rising edge of the output voltage Vcp according to the enable signal and the set pulse width DPW. A pulse signal DP is generated. Based on the above operations, the detection pulse generation module 3340 can correspondingly change the pulse generation time point of the pulse signal DP by adjusting the setting of the reference level Vps, so that the pulse signal DP is generated only when the external drive signal Sed reaches a specific level or phase. Trigger pulse output. In this way, the problem of misjudgment that may be caused when the pulse signal DP is generated near the zero point of the external driving signal Sed in the previous embodiment can be avoided.

Please refer to FIG. 30B and FIG. 31C together again. The operation of this embodiment is substantially the same as that of the previous embodiment of FIG. 31B . The main difference between the two is that the signal edge trigger circuit 33412 of this embodiment responds to the output voltage Vcp. The falling edge triggers the output of the enable signal, so the pulse width determining circuit 3342 generates the pulse signal DP near the falling edge of the output voltage Vcp.

Based on the above teachings, those skilled in the art should understand that, with the operation of signal edge triggering, there are many possible decision mechanisms for pulse generation time points that can also be implemented by the pulse start circuit 3141 . For example, the pulse start circuit 3141 can be designed to start timing after detecting the rising edge/falling edge of the output voltage Vcp, and then trigger the enable signal to the back-end pulse width after reaching a predetermined time (which can be set by yourself). Decision circuit 3142. For another example, the pulse start circuit 3141 can activate the pulse width determination circuit 3142 in advance when the rising edge of the output voltage Vcp is detected, and then trigger the enable signal to the pulse width determination circuit when the falling edge of the output voltage Vcp is detected 3142 to output the pulse signal DP, so that the pulse width determination circuit 3142 can respond quickly to generate the pulse signal DP at a precise time point.

Please refer to FIG. 31D . FIG. 31D is a schematic diagram of a signal timing sequence of the detection pulse generating module according to the fourth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The operation of this embodiment is substantially the same as that of the aforementioned FIGS. 31B and 31C. The main difference between this embodiment and the aforementioned embodiment is that this embodiment starts timing a delay when the level of the external driving signal Sed exceeds the reference level Vps is detected. period DLY, and a pulse (DP1) is generated after the delay period DLY. Then the detection pulse generation module will generate a pulse (DP2) again according to the set time interval TIV, and the subsequent operations can be deduced by analogy.

Please refer to FIG. 32A . FIG. 32A is a schematic diagram of a circuit module of a power supply module of an LED straight tube lamp according to an eighth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The power module of this embodiment includes a rectifier circuit 510 , a filter circuit 520 , a drive circuit 1530 and an installation detection module 3700 , wherein the installation detection module 3700 includes a detection controller 3720 , a switch circuit 3740 , a bias circuit 3750 , and a startup control circuit 3770 and detection period determination circuit 3780. The configuration and operation of the rectifying circuit 510 , the filtering circuit 520 and the driving circuit 1530 can be referred to the descriptions of the related embodiments, which are not repeated here.

In the installation of the detection module 3700, the switch circuit 3740 is serially connected to the power supply circuit/power supply circuit of the power supply module (the figure shows the connection between the rectifier circuit 510 and the filter circuit 520 as an example), and is controlled by the detection controller 3720 to switch the on state. The detection controller 3720 will send a control signal to briefly turn on the switch circuit 3740 during the detection phase, so as to detect whether there is an additional impedance connected to the power module during the period when the switch circuit 3840 is turned on (ie, the period when the power supply loop/power loop is turned on). On the detection path (representing the risk of electric shock to the user), and according to the detection result, it is decided to maintain the detection phase to make the switch circuit 3740 conduct temporarily in a discontinuous form, or enter the operation phase to make the switch circuit 3740 respond to the installation state and remain in the on or off state. The period length represented by the "short-term conduction" refers to the period length during which the current on the power circuit passes through the human body without causing harm to the human body, for example, less than 1 millisecond, but the present invention is not limited to this. Generally speaking, the detection controller 3720 can realize the action of briefly turning on the switch circuit 3740 by sending a control signal in the form of a pulse. The specific design of the duration of the short turn-on period can be adjusted according to the impedance of the set detection path. For circuit configuration implementation examples of the detection controller 3720 and the switch circuit 3740 and related control actions, reference may be made to other embodiments related to the installation of the detection module.

The bias circuit 3750 is connected to the power loop to generate the driving voltage VCC based on the rectified signal (ie, the bus voltage). The driving voltage VCC is provided to the detection controller 3720 to enable the detection controller 3720 to start and operate in response to the driving voltage.

The startup control circuit 3770 is connected to the detection controller 3720, and is used for determining whether to affect the working state of the detection controller 3720 according to the output signal of the detection period determination circuit 3780. For example, when the detection period determination circuit 3780 outputs an enable signal, the startup control circuit 3770 will control the detection controller 3720 to stop working in response to the enable signal; when the detection period determination circuit 3780 outputs a disable signal, the startup control circuit 3770 is activated In response to the disable signal, the control circuit 3770 controls the detection controller 3720 to maintain a normal working state (ie, does not affect the working state of the detection controller 3720). The startup control circuit 3770 can control the detection controller 3720 to stop working by bypassing the driving voltage VCC or providing a low-level startup signal to the enable pin of the detection controller 3720. The present invention does not This is the limit.

The detection period determination circuit 3780 is used to sample the electrical signal on the detection path/power circuit, so as to count the working time of the detection controller 3740, and output a signal indicating the counting result to the activation control circuit 3770, so that the activation control circuit 3770 is based on the indication of the counting result The signal controls the working state of the detection controller 3720.

The operation of the installation detection circuit 3700 of this embodiment is described below. When the rectifier circuit 510 receives external power through the pins 501 and 502, the bias circuit 3750 generates the driving voltage VCC according to the rectified bus voltage. The detection controller 3720 is activated in response to the driving voltage VCC and enters the detection phase. In the detection stage, the detection controller 3720 periodically sends a control signal with a pulse waveform to the switch circuit 3740, so that the switch circuit 3740 is periodically turned on for a short time and then turned off. Under the operation of the detection phase, the current waveform on the power loop will be similar to the current waveform in the detection time interval Tw in FIG. 27D (ie, a plurality of current pulses Idp with intervals). Besides, the detection period determination circuit 3780 starts to count the working time of the detection controller 3720 in the detection phase when receiving the bus voltage on the power circuit, and outputs a signal indicating the counting result to the start control circuit 3770 .

In the case that the working time of the detection controller 3740 has not reached the set duration, the activation of the control circuit 3770 will not affect the working state of the detection controller 3720. At this time, the detection controller 3720 will decide to maintain the detection stage or enter the operation stage according to its own detection result. If the detection controller 3720 determines to enter the operation stage, the detection controller 3720 controls the switch circuit 3740 to maintain the conduction state, and shields the influence 3720 of other signals on its working state. In other words, in the operation stage, no matter what kind of signal the startup control circuit 3770 outputs, it will not affect the working state of the detection controller 3720 .

When the working time of the detection controller 3740 has reached the set duration and the detection controller 3740 is still in the detection stage, the startup control circuit 3770 will control the detection controller 3740 to stop working in response to the output of the detection period determination circuit 3780 . At this point, the detection controller 3720 no longer issues pulses, and the switch circuit 3740 is maintained in an off state until the detection controller 3720 is reset. Compared with FIG. 27D , the set duration is the detection time interval Tw.

According to the above working methods, the installation detection module 3700 can achieve the current waveforms shown in FIGS. 27D to 27F by setting the pulse interval and reset period of the control signal, thereby ensuring that the electric power in the detection stage is still within a reasonable safety range. , to avoid the human body hazard caused by the detection current.

From the perspective of circuit operation, the startup control circuit 3770 and the detection period decision circuit 3780 can be regarded as a delay control circuit as a whole. A specific path is then turned on to control the target circuit (eg, the detection controller 3720). Through the setting and selection of a specific path, the delay control circuit can realize circuit actions such as delayed turn-on of the power supply loop or delayed turn-off of the installed detection module in the LED straight tube lamp.

Please refer to FIG. 32B . FIG. 32B is a schematic circuit diagram of the installation detection module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the thirteenth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The power module of this embodiment includes a rectifier circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, a drive circuit 1530 and an installation detection module 3800, wherein the installation detection module includes a detection controller 3820, a switch circuit 3840, a bias circuit 3850, a startup control circuit 3870 and Detection period decision circuit 3880. The configuration and operation of the rectifier circuit 510, the filter circuit 520 and the driving circuit 1530 may refer to the description of the related embodiments; in addition, the configuration and operation of the detection controller 3820 and the switch circuit 3840 may refer to the description of the above-mentioned embodiment of FIG. Repeat.

In this embodiment, the bias circuit 3850 includes a resistor 3851 , a capacitor 3852 and a Zener diode 3853 . The first end of resistor 3851 is connected to the rectified output (ie, connected to the bus). The capacitor 3852 and the Zener diode 3853 are connected in parallel with each other, and the first terminal is connected to the second terminal of the resistor 3851 in common. The power input terminal of the detection controller 3820 is connected to the common node of the resistor 3851, the capacitor 3852 and the Zener diode 3853 (ie, the bias node of the bias circuit 3850) to receive the driving voltage VCC on the common node.

The startup control circuit 3870 includes a Zener diode 3871 , a transistor 3872 and a capacitor 3873 . The anode of Zener diode 3871 is connected to the control terminal of transistor 3872. The first terminal of the transistor 3872 is connected to the detection controller 3820, and the second terminal of the transistor 3872 is connected to the ground terminal GND. The capacitor 3873 is connected between the first terminal and the second terminal of the transistor 3872.

The detection time determination circuit 3880 includes a resistor 3881 , a diode 3882 and a capacitor 3883 . A first end of resistor 3881 is connected to the bias node of bias circuit 3850, and a second end of resistor 3881 is connected to the cathode of Zener diode 3871. The anode of diode 3882 is connected to the second terminal of resistor 3881 and the cathode of diode 3882 is connected to the first terminal of resistor 3881 . The first terminal of the capacitor 3883 is connected to the second terminal of the resistor 3881 and the anode of the diode 3882, and the second terminal of the capacitor 3883 is connected to the ground terminal GND.

The operation of the installation detection circuit 3800 of this embodiment is described below. When the rectifier circuit 510 receives external power through the pins 501 and 502, the rectified bus voltage will charge the capacitor 3852, thereby establishing the driving voltage VCC on the bias node. The detection controller 3820 is activated in response to the driving voltage VCCVCC and enters the detection phase. In the detection stage, from the first signal period, the detection controller 3820 sends a control signal with a pulse waveform to the switch circuit 3840, so that the switch circuit 3840 is turned on for a short time and then turned off.

During the period when the switch circuit 3840 is turned on, the capacitor 3883 is charged in response to the driving voltage VCC on the bias node, so that the voltage across the capacitor 3883 gradually increases. In the first signal cycle, the rising amount of the voltage across the capacitor 3883 has not yet reached the threshold level of the transistor 3872, so the transistor 3872 is kept in the off state, so that the enable signal Ven is kept at a high level accordingly. Then, during the period when the switch circuit 3840 is turned off, the capacitor 3883 will roughly maintain the level or discharge slowly, wherein the level change caused by the discharge of the capacitor 3883 during the off period of the switch will be smaller than that caused by the charging during the on period of the switch. level change. In other words, the voltage across the capacitor 3883 during the switch-off period will be less than or equal to the highest level during the switch-on period, and the lowest level will not be lower than its starting level at the charging start point, so the transistor 3872 is in the first signal cycle. The medium will always remain in the off state, so that the enable signal Ven is maintained at a high level. The detection controller 3820 is maintained in the active state in response to the high-level enable signal Ven. In the start-up state, the detection controller 3820 will determine whether the LED straight tube light is correctly installed (that is, whether there is additional impedance access) according to the signal on the detection path. The installation detection mechanism of this part is the same as that of the previous embodiment. This will not be repeated here.

When the detection controller 3820 determines that the LED straight tube lamp has not been properly installed on the lamp socket, the detection controller 3820 will maintain the detection stage and continuously output a control signal with a pulse waveform to control the switch circuit 3840 . In each subsequent signal period, the start-up control circuit 3870 and the detection period determination circuit 3880 will continue to operate in a manner similar to the first signal period, that is, the capacitor 3883 will be charged during the conduction period of each signal period, so that the capacitor The voltage across the 3883 increases in steps in response to the pulse width and pulse period. When the voltage across the capacitor 3883 exceeds the threshold level of the transistor 3872, the transistor 3872 is turned on so that the enable signal Ven is pulled down to the ground level/low level. At this time, the detection controller 3820 will be turned off in response to the low-level enable signal Ven. When the detection controller 3820 is turned off, the switch circuit 3840 will be maintained in the off state regardless of whether an external power source is connected or not.

When the detection controller 3820 determines that the LED straight tube lamp has been correctly installed on the lamp socket, the detection controller 3820 will enter the operation stage, and send a control signal to keep the switch circuit 3840 in a conducting state. In the operation phase, the detection controller 3820 does not change the output control signal in response to the enable signal Ven. In other words, even if the enable signal Ven is pulled down to a low level, the detection controller 3820 will not turn off the switch circuit 3840 again.

From the dimension of multiple signal cycles in the detection stage, the current waveform measured on the power loop will be as shown in Figure 27D, where the capacitor 3883 is charged from the initial level to the threshold level of the transistor 3872 during the period It can correspond to the detection time interval Tw. In other words, in the detection stage, the detection controller 3820 will continue to send pulses before the capacitor 3883 is charged to the threshold level of the transistor 3872 to conduct current on the power loop intermittently, and when the voltage across the capacitor 3883 exceeds the threshold After the level is reached, the pulse is stopped, so as to prevent the electric power on the power circuit from rising to a level sufficient to harm the human body.

From another point of view, the detection time determination circuit 3880 of this embodiment is equivalent to counting the pulse conduction period of the control signal, and when the pulse conduction period reaches the set value, a signal is sent to control the activation control circuit 3870, thereby making The activation control circuit 3870 affects the operation of the detection control 3920 to mask the pulse output.

Under the circuit structure of this embodiment, the length of the detection time interval Tw (ie, the time required for the voltage across the capacitor 3883 to reach the threshold voltage of the transistor 3872 ) is mainly controlled by adjusting the capacitance value of the capacitor 3883 . The resistor 3881, the diode 3882, the Zener diode 3871 and the capacitor 3873 are mainly used to assist the operation of the start-up control circuit 3870 and the detection time determination circuit 3880 to provide functions of voltage regulation, voltage limiting, current limiting or protection.

Please refer to FIG. 32C . FIG. 32C is a schematic circuit diagram of the installation detection module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the thirteenth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The power module of this embodiment includes a rectifier circuit 510 , a filter circuit 520 , a drive circuit 1530 and an installation detection module 3900 , wherein the installation detection module 3900 includes a detection controller 3920 , a switch circuit 3940 , a bias circuit 3950 , and a startup control circuit 3970 and detection period determination circuit 3980. The configuration and operation of the rectifier circuit 510, the filter circuit 520 and the driving circuit 1530 may refer to the description of the related embodiments; in addition, the configuration and operation of the detection controller 3920 and the switch circuit 3940 may refer to the description of the above-mentioned embodiment of FIG. Repeat.

The bias circuit 3950 includes a resistor 3951 , a capacitor 3952 and a Zener diode 3953 . The first end of resistor 3951 is connected to the rectified output (ie, connected to the bus). The capacitor 3952 and the Zener diode 3953 are connected in parallel with each other, and the first terminal is connected to the second terminal of the resistor 3951 in common. The power input terminal of the detection controller 3920 is connected to the common node of the resistor 3951, the capacitor 3952 and the Zener diode 3953 (ie, the bias node of the bias circuit 3950) to receive the driving voltage VCC on the common node.

The startup control circuit 3970 includes a Zener diode 3971 , a resistor 3972 , a transistor 3973 and a resistor 3974 . The anode of Zener diode 3871 is connected to the control terminal of transistor 3973. The first terminal of the resistor 3972 is connected to the anode of the Zener diode 3971 and the control terminal of the transistor 3973, and the second terminal of the resistor 3972 is connected to the ground terminal GND. The first terminal of the transistor 3973 is connected to the bias node of the bias circuit 3950 through the resistor 3974, and the second terminal of the transistor 3973 is connected to the ground terminal GND.

The detection time determination circuit 3980 includes a diode 3981 , resistors 3982 and 3983 , a capacitor 3984 and a Zener diode 3775 . The anode of the diode 3981 is connected to one end of the switch circuit 3940, and this end can be regarded as the detection node of the detection time determination circuit 3980. A first end of resistor 3982 is connected to the cathode of diode 3981 , and a second end of resistor 3982 is connected to the cathode of Zener diode 3971 . The first terminal of the resistor 3983 is connected to the second terminal of the resistor 3982, and the second terminal of the resistor 3983 is connected to the ground terminal GND. The capacitor 3984 and the Zener diode 3985 are connected in parallel with the resistor 3983 respectively, wherein the cathode and the anode of the Zener diode 3985 are connected to the first end and the second end of the resistor 3983 respectively.

The operation of the installation detection circuit 3800 of this embodiment is described below. When the rectifier circuit 510 receives external power through the pins 501 and 502, the rectified bus voltage will charge the capacitor 3952, thereby establishing the driving voltage VCC on the bias node. The detection controller 3920 is activated in response to the driving voltage VCC and enters the detection phase. In the detection stage, from the first signal period, the detection controller 3920 sends a control signal with a pulse waveform to the switch circuit 3840, so that the switch circuit 3840 is turned on for a short time and then turned off.

During the period when the switch circuit 3940 is turned on, the anode of the diode 3981 is equivalent to the ground, so the capacitor 3984 will not be charged. In the first signal cycle, the voltage across the capacitor 3984 will be maintained at the initial level during the on-time of the switch circuit 3940 , and the transistor 3973 will be maintained in the off state, so the operation of the detection controller 3920 will not be affected. Then, during the period when the switch circuit 3940 is turned off, the disconnected power loop will cause the level on the detection node to rise in response to the external power supply, wherein the level applied to the capacitor 3984 is equal to the voltage divided by the resistors 3982 and 3983 . Therefore, when the switch circuit 3940 is turned off, the capacitor 3984 is charged in response to the voltage divided by the resistors 3982 and 3983, and the voltage across the capacitor 3984 gradually increases. In the first signal cycle, the rising amount of the voltage across the capacitor 3984 has not yet reached the threshold level of the transistor 3972, so the transistor 3973 will remain in the off state, so that the driving voltage VCC remains unchanged. In the first signal period, no matter whether the switch circuit 3940 is on or off, the transistor 3973 is always kept in the off state, so that the driving voltage VCC is not affected. Therefore, the detection controller 3920 is maintained in the activated state in response to the driving voltage VCC. In the startup state, the detection controller 3920 will determine whether the LED straight tube light is correctly installed (that is, determine whether there is additional impedance access) according to the signal on the detection path. The installation detection mechanism of this part is the same as the previous embodiment. This will not be repeated here.

When the detection controller 3920 determines that the LED straight tube lamp has not been properly installed on the lamp socket, the detection controller 3920 will maintain the detection stage and continuously output a control signal with a pulse waveform to control the switch circuit 3940 . In each subsequent signal period, the start-up control circuit 3970 and the detection period determination circuit 3980 will continue to operate in a manner similar to the aforementioned first signal period, that is, the capacitor 3984 will be charged during the off period of each signal period, so that the capacitor 3984 The cross voltage of , gradually rises in response to the pulse width and pulse period. When the voltage across the capacitor 3984 exceeds the threshold level of the transistor 3973, the transistor 3973 will be turned on so that the bias node is shorted to the ground terminal GND, and then the driving voltage VCC is pulled down to the ground level/low level. At this time, the detection controller 3920 will be turned off in response to the low-level driving voltage VCC. When the detection controller 3920 is turned off, the switch circuit 3940 will be maintained in the off state regardless of whether an external power source is connected or not.

When the detection controller 3920 determines that the LED straight tube lamp has been correctly installed on the lamp socket, the detection controller 3920 will enter the operation stage, and issue a control signal to keep the switch circuit 3940 in an on state. In the operation stage, since the switch circuit 3940 is continuously turned on, the transistor 3973 is kept in an off state, so the driving voltage VCC will not be affected, and the detection controller 3920 can work normally.

From the dimension of multiple signal cycles in the detection stage, the current waveform measured in the power loop will be as shown in Figure 27D, where the period from the charging of the capacitor 3984 to the threshold level of the transistor 3973 is It can correspond to the detection time interval Tw. In other words, in the detection phase, the detection controller 3920 will continue to issue pulses before the capacitor 3984 is charged to the threshold level of the transistor 3973 to intermittently conduct current on the power loop, and when the voltage across the capacitor 3984 exceeds the threshold After the level is reached, the pulse is stopped, so as to prevent the electric power on the power circuit from rising to a level sufficient to harm the human body.

From another point of view, the detection time determination circuit 3980 of this embodiment is equivalent to counting the pulse cut-off period of the control signal, and when the pulse cut-off period reaches the set value, a signal is sent to control the activation control circuit 3970, thereby enabling the activation control Circuit 3970 affects the operation of detection controller 3920 to mask the pulse output.

Under the circuit structure of the present embodiment, the length of the detection time interval Tw (that is, the time required for the voltage across the capacitor 3984 to reach the threshold voltage of the transistor 3973 ) is mainly determined by adjusting the capacitance value of the capacitor 3984 and the resistors 3982 , 3983 and 3972 The size of the resistance value is controlled. Components such as diode 3981, Zener diodes 3985 and 3971, and resistor 3974 assist the operation of the start-up control circuit 3970 and the detection time determination circuit 3980 to provide functions of voltage regulation, voltage limiting, current limiting or protection.

Please refer to FIG. 32D . FIG. 32D is a schematic circuit diagram of the installation detection module of the LED straight tube lamp according to the thirteenth preferred embodiment of the present invention. The power module of this embodiment includes a rectifier circuit 510 , a filter circuit 520 , a drive circuit 1530 and an installation detection module 3900 , wherein the installation detection module 3900 includes a detection controller 3920 , a switch circuit 3940 , a bias circuit 3950 , and a startup control circuit 3970 and detection period determination circuit 3980. In this embodiment, the configuration and operation of the installation detection module 3900 are substantially the same as those in the aforementioned embodiment of FIG. 32C , the main difference between the two is that the detection period determination circuit 3980 of this embodiment includes a diode 3981 , resistors 3982 and 3983 , In addition to the capacitor 3984 and the Zener diode 3985 , resistors 3986 , 3987 and 3988 and a diode 3989 are further included. The resistor 3986 is connected in series between the diode 3981 and the resistor 3982. The first end of resistor 3987 is connected to the first end of resistor 3982 and the second end of resistor 3987 is connected to the cathode of zener diode 3971 . Resistor 3988 and capacitor 3984 are connected in parallel with each other. The anode of diode 3989 is connected to the first end of capacitor 3984 and the cathode of Zener diode 3971 , and the cathode of diode 3989 is connected to the second end of resistor 3982 and the first end of resistor 3983 .

Under the circuit structure of this embodiment, the circuit for charging the capacitor 3984 is changed from the resistors 3982 and 3983 to the resistors 3987 and 3988, that is, the capacitor 3984 is charged based on the voltage division of the resistors 3987 and 3988. Specifically, the voltage on the detection node will first generate a first-order voltage division on the first end of the resistor 3982 based on the voltage division of the resistors 3986, 3982 and 3983, and then the first-order voltage division will be based on the voltage division of the resistors 3987 and 3988. A second-order voltage divider is generated on the first end of the capacitor 3984. In this configuration, the charging rate of the capacitor 3984 can be controlled by adjusting the resistance values of the resistors 3982, 3983, 3986, 3987 and 3988, not only by adjusting the value of the capacitors. In this way, the size of the capacitor 3984 can be effectively reduced. On the other hand, since the resistor 3983 no longer needs to be used as a component on the charging circuit, a component with a smaller resistance value can be selected, so that the discharge rate of the capacitor 3984 can be accelerated, thereby shortening the circuit reset time of the detection time determining circuit 3980 .

In addition, it should be mentioned that in the description of this case, although there are functional names for each module/circuit, those skilled in the art should understand that the same circuit component can be regarded as different according to different circuit designs. functions, and different modules/circuits may share the same circuit components to implement their respective circuit functions. Therefore, the functional designation in this case is not intended to limit that a specific circuit component can only be included in a specific module/circuit, which will be described here.

For example, the installation detection module of the above-mentioned embodiment may also be called a leakage detection module/circuit, a leakage protection module/circuit or an impedance detection module/circuit, etc. The detection result latching module may also be called a detection result storage module. /circuit, control module/circuit, etc.; the detection controller may be a circuit including a detection pulse generation module, a detection result latch module and a detection judgment circuit, and the present invention is not limited to this.

To sum up, the above-mentioned embodiments of FIGS. 15 to 32D teach the concept of realizing the protection against electric shock by means of electronic control and detection. Compared with the technology that uses mechanical structure to act to prevent electric shock, since the electronic control and detection method does not have the problem of mechanical fatigue, it is better to use electronic signals to protect the lamp from electric shock. reliability and service life.

It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the pulse detection, the installation and detection module will not substantially change the characteristics and states of the LED straight tube lamp in terms of driving and lighting during operation. The driving and light-emitting characteristics are, for example, the characteristics of power supply phase, output current, etc. that affect the light-emitting brightness and output power of the LED straight tube lamp in the lighting state. In other words, the operation of the installation detection module is only related to the leakage protection operation when the LED straight tube lamp is not lit, and the DC power conversion circuit, power factor correction circuit and dimming circuit to adjust the LED straight tube lamp. The lighting state characteristics of the circuits are different.

In the design of the power module, the external driving signal can be a low-frequency AC signal (for example, provided by the mains), a high-frequency AC signal (for example, provided by an electronic ballast), or a DC signal (for example, provided by a battery) or external drive power), and can input the LED straight tube light by the drive structure of double-ended power supply. In the drive architecture of the double-ended power supply, only one end of the power supply can be used as a single-ended power supply to receive external drive signals.

When the DC signal is used as the external driving signal, the power module of the LED straight tube lamp can omit the rectifier circuit.

In the design of the rectifier circuit of the power module, the first rectifier unit and the second rectifier unit in the double rectifier circuit are respectively coupled to the pins arranged on the lamp caps at both ends of the LED straight tube lamp. The dual rectifier unit is suitable for the drive architecture of the dual-terminal power supply. Moreover, when at least one rectifier unit is configured, it can be applied to the driving environment of low-frequency AC signal, high-frequency AC signal, or DC signal.

The double rectifier unit may be a double half-wave rectifier circuit, a double full-wave rectifier circuit, or a combination of a half-wave rectifier circuit and a full-wave rectifier circuit.

In the pin design of the LED straight tube lamp, it can be a structure of single pins at both ends (two pins in total) and double pins at both ends (four pins in total). Under the structure of each single pin at both ends, it can be applied to the rectifier circuit design of a single rectifier circuit. Under the structure of double-terminal and each double-pin, it can be applied to the rectifier circuit design of the double-rectifier circuit, and use either one of the double-ended pins or any single-ended double-pin to receive the external driving signal.

In the filter circuit design of the power module, a single capacitor or a π-type filter circuit can be used to filter out the high frequency components in the rectified signal, and the DC signal with low ripple is the filtered signal. The filter circuit may also include an LC filter circuit to present a high impedance for a specific frequency to meet current magnitude specifications for a specific frequency. Furthermore, the filter circuit may further include a filter unit coupled between the pins and the rectifier circuit, so as to reduce the electromagnetic interference caused by the circuit of the LED lamp. When the DC signal is used as the external driving signal, the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp can omit the filter circuit.

In the design of the LED lighting module of the power module, only the LED module or the LED module and the driving circuit may be included. A voltage regulator circuit can also be connected in parallel with the LED lighting module to ensure that the voltage on the LED lighting module does not overvoltage. The voltage regulator circuit can be a clamp voltage circuit, such as a Zener diode, a bidirectional voltage regulator, and the like. When the rectifier circuit includes a capacitor circuit, a capacitor can be connected between a pin at each end of the two ends and a pin at the other end to perform a voltage dividing action with the capacitor circuit as a voltage stabilizing circuit.

In a design including only LED modules, when a high-frequency AC signal is used as an external driving signal, at least one rectifier circuit includes a capacitor circuit (ie, includes more than one capacitor), which is connected in series with a full-wave or half-wave rectifier circuit in the rectifier circuit , so that the capacitor circuit is equivalent to an impedance under the high-frequency AC signal to act as a current adjustment circuit and adjust the current of the LED module. Thereby, when different electronic ballasts provide high-frequency AC signals of different voltages, the current of the LED module can be adjusted within a preset current range without overcurrent. In addition, an additional energy release circuit can be added in parallel with the LED module. After the external drive signal is stopped, the filter circuit can be assisted to release energy, so as to reduce the flickering of the LED module caused by the resonance caused by the filter circuit or other circuits. In including the LED module and the driving circuit, the driving circuit may be a DC-DC boost conversion circuit, a DC-DC buck conversion circuit, or a DC-DC buck-boost conversion circuit. The driving circuit is used for stabilizing the current of the LED module at the set current value, and can also increase or decrease the set current value correspondingly according to the high or low value of the external driving signal. In addition, an additional mode switch can be added between the LED module and the driving circuit, so that the current is directly input to the LED module by the filter circuit or input to the LED module after passing through the driving circuit.

In addition, an additional protection circuit can be added to protect the LED module. The protection circuit can detect the current or/and voltage of the LED module to correspondingly activate the corresponding overcurrent or overvoltage protection.

In the auxiliary power module design of the power module, the energy storage unit can be a battery or a super capacitor, which is connected in parallel with the LED module. Auxiliary power modules are suitable for LED lighting module designs that include drive circuits.

In the LED module design of the power module, the LED module may include multiple strings of LED components (ie, a single LED chip, or an LED group composed of multiple LED chips of different colors) connected in parallel with each other, and the LED components in each LED component string may be connected to each other to form a mesh connection.

That is to say, the above features can be arranged and combined arbitrarily, and used for the improvement of LED straight tube lamps.

Claims (10)

1. The utility model provides a detection circuitry of mounted state, is applicable to the setting and in the power module of the LED straight tube lamp that has Type-B double-ended and advance the electric mode, its characterized in that includes:

the detection controller is used for detecting whether the LED straight tube lamp has abnormal impedance access or not and sending out a corresponding control signal, wherein when the LED straight tube lamp has abnormal impedance access, the detection controller sends out a control signal with a pulse waveform;

the switch circuit is connected in series with a power supply loop of the LED straight lamp and is controlled by a control signal sent by the detection controller to switch on or off states; and

a delay control circuit for sending a stop signal to the detection controller when the working time of the detection controller reaches a set time,

when the detection controller still judges that the LED straight tube lamp is connected with abnormal impedance after the set time length, the detection controller responds to the suspension signal to stop operation, and the switch circuit is maintained in a cut-off state.

2. The installation state detection circuit of claim 1, wherein when the LED straight lamp has no abnormal impedance, the detection controller sends out an enable control signal to enable the switch circuit to enter a conducting state.

3. The mounting state detection circuit according to claim 2, wherein when the detection controller determines that the LED straight lamp has no abnormal impedance after the set time period, the detection controller masks the interrupt signal and continues to emit the enable control signal to maintain the switch circuit in the on state.

4. The installation state detection circuit of claim 2, wherein when the detection controller determines that the LED straight lamp has no impedance abnormal access within the set time period, the delay control circuit stops sending the suspension signal.

5. The mounting state detection circuit according to claim 1, further comprising:

and the bias circuit is used for getting power from the power supply loop and generating a driving voltage to the detection controller according to the power, so that the detection controller is started and operated in response to the driving voltage.

6. The mounting state detection circuit of claim 5, wherein the bias circuit generates the driving voltage based on a rectified signal.

7. The mounting state detection circuit according to claim 6, wherein the bias circuit generates the driving voltage based on an alternating current signal on an input terminal of the LED straight tube lamp.

8. The mounted state detection circuit according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the delay control circuit comprises:

a detection period decision circuit for sampling an electric signal on the power supply circuit to count the operating time period and outputting an indication signal indicating whether the operating time period reaches the set time period; and

a start control circuit electrically connected to the detection controller and the detection period determining circuit, for determining whether to send the suspension signal according to the indication signal, wherein:

when the indication signal indicates that the operating time length reaches the set time length, the start control circuit sends the suspension signal in response to the indication signal, an

When the indication signal indicates that the working time length does not reach the set time length, the starting control circuit responds to the indication signal and does not send out the suspension signal.

9. The installation state detection circuit of claim 8, further comprising a bias circuit, and wherein said start control circuit comprises:

the first end of the transistor is electrically connected with the power supply end or the enabling end of the detection circuit, the second end of the transistor is electrically connected with the grounding end, and the control end of the transistor is electrically connected with the detection period decision circuit to receive the indication signal.

10. The circuit for detecting a mounting state of a power supply according to claim 9, wherein when the indication signal indicates that the operating time period reaches the set time period, the transistor is turned on in response to the indication signal, so that the driving voltage output terminal of the bias circuit is electrically connected to the ground terminal; and when the indication signal indicates that the working time length does not reach the set time length, the transistor is switched off in response to the indication signal.

Images